GWP Manual

RGNDWM Project Manual
Ground Water Prospects Mapping

using Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System
Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission Project
MANUAL
National Remote Sensing Agency

Dept. of Space, Govt. of India
Hyderabad-500 625
2008
nrsa
i
01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 1 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

2008
All rights reserved
© National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA)
nrsa
ii

Document Control Sheet
Document Number NRSA/RS&GIS-AA/ERG/HGD/TECHMAN/JAN08
Title Manual on Ground water prospects mapping using

Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System
Type of Document Technical Document
Number of Pages 276
Author(s) Inter-Center Committee of Department of Space
Reviewed by Chairman, Inter-Center Committee of Department of Space
Approved by Deputy Director, RS&GIS-AA, NRSA
Abstract This manual is prepared for carrying out ground water

prospects mapping work under Rajiv Gandhi National
Drinking Water Mission Project. It contains methodology and
technical guidelines for preparing the ground water
prospects maps showing potential zones for ground water
occurrence and suitable locations for constructing the
recharge structures using Remote Sensing & Geographic
Information System
Controlled by A master copy with Deputy Director, RS&GIS-AA, NRSA
Distribution Project team members and Partner Institutions
Reproduction Rights This manual and its contents are the property of National
Remote Sensing Agency and shall not be reproduced in part
or whole without the written permission from Director, NRSA
nrsa
iii

nrsa
iv

Preface
Groundwater is considered as the preferred source of water for meeting domestic,
industrial and agricultural requirements, due to its longer residence time in the ground,
low level of contamination, wide distribution, and availability within the reach of the
consumer. Hence, development of ground water gets first priority, both at individual
as well as governmental level, for different uses. However, the occurrence and
distribution of ground water is not uniform through out the country and is subject to
wide spatio-temporal variations depending on the underlying rock formations, their
structural fabric and geometry, surface expression, etc.
There are nearly one-third habitations in the country, either Not-Covered or Partially
Covered with respect to supply of drinking water. Even the existing wells are getting
dried-up due to depletion of ground water table as the natural recharge is not
sufficient. Satellite data provides cost and time effective information on different
factors that govern the ground water regime and it offer a common database for
integrated study of all the factors for evaluating the ground water condition. Utilizing
the potential of IRS-1C/1D, LISS-III data, the National Remote Sensing Agency has
developed a methodology for preparing the ‘Ground Water Prospects Maps’ under
Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission (RGNDWM), project.
The maps form a comprehensive database on ground water and are useful for
1) narrowing down the target areas for selection of sites for drilling new wells and
2) prioritization of zones and identification of areas for planning recharge structures
to improve the sustainability of drinking water sources.
I am sure, the maps prepared under this project will prove extremely useful in
providing scientific inputs for generating action plans by the respective states more
systematically to solve the drinking water problem. I am really happy to note that,
satellite data is put to effective use for addressing the drinking water problem in the
country. I complement the efforts of the Scientists of NRSA and the participating
organizations - both Govt. and private for successful completion of this stupendous
task which I feel is not possible for any individual organisation to complete in such a
short time.
K. RADHAKRISHNAN
Director, NRSA
nrsa
v

nrsa
vi

Acknowledgements
Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission (RGNDWM), in 1999 has taken up the
ground water prospect mapping using Remote Sensing and Geographic Information
System techniques on 1:50,000 scale. This project was sponsored by Dept. of Drinking
Water Supply (DDWS), MoRD, Govt of India and implemented by National Remote
Sensing Agency, Dept. of Space, Govt of India, Hyderabad.
The objective of the project was to provide the drinking water by means of identifying
the ground water sources through scientific means especially for the NC and PC
habitations and make them sustainable by way of augmenting the recharge conditions
of the aquifer i.e. the source of ground water. So far ten sates have been covered under
RGNDWM Phase I and Phase II programme and Phase III for six states has been
started recently and has to be completed by 2009. The rest of the states in the country
are to be completed in 11th five year period.
To carryout the mapping, technical guidelines were prepared for Phase I and Phase II
and these guidelines were the reference document for the various work centers to
implement the mapping, in order to obtain the quality maps. Relevant information with
respect to ground water parameters was generated spatially to execute the drinking
water supply schemes in the states. During the process of generating the technical
guidelines several experts from Dept. of Space, ISRO, Central Ground Water Board,
State Ground Water Depts. and Universities were consulted and their views and
suggestions were incorporated.
In the process of technological advancement and the improvement of satellite sensors,

the need was felt that a Project Manual should be prepared for Phase III by expanding
the scope of the Ground Water Resources in terms of different geomorphic provinces
like hilly terrains, alluvial plains, hard rock areas and basaltic terrains etc.
To generate the same the earlier technical guidelines were referred intensively for the
preparation of this manual.
During this process the former Directors of NRSA, Dr. D.P. Rao (1st November 1996 to
30th April 2001) and Dr. R.R. Navalgund (1st May 2001 to 6th November 2005) have
contributed immense support and encouragement in bringing out the technical guidelines
for Phase I & II programme. I acknowledge thankfully for them.
Dr. K. Radhakrishnan, Director, NRSA (07th November 2005 till date) has been giving
constant encouragement and guidance in preparing this manual for effective
implementation in grass root level. My sincere thanks are due to him.
Thanks are due to the then Project Director RGNDWM, NRSA Dr. P.R. Reddy, the then
Dy. Directors (Applications) Mr. S.K. Bhan, Dr. A. Bhattacharya for their guidance and
the contributions. The project Managers Mr. G. Sreenivasa Reddy, Mr. K. Seshadri,
nrsa
vii

Dr. K. Chandramouli, Mr. S.K. Srivastav, Mr. I.C. Das and Mr. Manoj Dangwal, and others
from NRSA and Dr. A. Perumal, Dr. S.K. Subramanian, Mr. M. V. V. Kamaraju, Mr. Udai
Raj, Mr. Ganesh Raj, Mr. M.A. Paul, Mr. V. Tamilarasan, Dr. A. Jeyaram, Dr. A.K. Joshi,
Mr. A.K. Gupta, Mr. A.K.Sharma, Prof. V.K. Jha and Mr. K. Ravindran for undertaking
the Quality Check in different stages with the work centers in bringing out the accurate
spatial data base during the preparation of ground water prospect maps.
This manual is prepared by Hydrogeology Division, NRSA with an inter center committee
of DOS consisting of Dr. S.K. Subramanian, Mr. S.K. Srivastav, Dr. A.K. Joshi,
Mr. A. Arunachalam, Mr. K. Seshadri, G. Sreenivasa Reddy and Dr. K. Vinod Kumar
under the chairmanship of Mr. V. Tamilarasan, SAC based on the terms of reference
given by Director, NRSA. Thanks to all of them for their valuable contributions and
suggestions.
Apart from the above Prof. S.M. Ramaswamy, Bharathidasan University,

Mr. M. Devarajan, TWAD, Dr. P. Phukon, Guwahati University, Mr. B. Jayakumar, CGWB,
Mr. Uday R. Patankar, GSDA, Pune have also given their valuable contributions and
suggestions in improving the manual.
Thanks are due to Dr. B.R.M. Rao, Group Director ERG and Mr. K. Babu Govindha Raj
for their support in preparation of the manual.
I owe a depth of gratitude to the Secretaries and their colleagues in the Ministry for their
support and co-operation in sponsoring the important project to NRSA.
I would like to thank every individual who have contributed directly or indirectly to this
manual and their support and efforts provided by all the personnel are duly acknowledged.
It would be difficult to name all of them individually, rest omit someone. They all deserve
my special thanks for completing the job excellently well. Special thanks are due to staff
members of P&MPF, NRSA for their valuable contribution in printing this manual.
Special appreciation and thanks to Mr. G. Sreenivsa Reddy of Hydrogeology Division,

NRSA and Member Secretary of the inter center Manual Committee for his contribution
and sincere efforts in bringing out this manual.
Dr. S.K. Subramanian as Head, Hydrogeology Division has played pivotal role to prepare
the manual. He has major challenge to implement the Phase III of RGNDWM. I am sure
with the support of colleagues of Hydrogeology Division and partner institutions the
project will be completed as per schedule.
P. S. ROY
Deputy Director
RS & GIS Application Area
nrsa
viii

Project Background and Previous Work

Department of Drinking Water Supply, Ministry of Rural Areas & Employment (later
renamed as Dept of Rural Development), Govt. of India has sponsored the Rajiv Gandhi
National Drinking Water Mission Project to the National Remote Sensing Agency, Dept.
of Space, Govt. of India. The project work was commenced in the year 1999. The
objective of the project was mainly the “preparation of the Ground Water Prospects
Maps on 1:50,000 scale” by combining the information derived from satellite data with
conventional ground hydrogeological surveys. It has been planned to implement the
project work throughout the country in a phased manner.
The phase-I project, covering six states namely, Andhra Pradesh, Chattisgarh, Karnataka,
Kerala, Madhya Pradesh & Rajasthan involving preparation of 1654 ground water
prospects maps was implemented based on a manual titled “National Rural Drinking
Water Mission, Methodology Manual for preparation of Ground Water Prospective Zone
Maps” Feb 1999, Document No. NRSA:GG:TR: 1/99. It was prepared by Dr. P. R. Reddy,
assisted by S. K. Srivastava, Dr. K. Chandramouli, K. Seshadri, G. Srinivasa Reddy and
Manoj Dongwal, scientists of NRSA. Another document titled “Digitisation guide lines
for preparing ground water prospects maps under Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water
Mission Project” was also prepared by the above team and AML programme has been
developed for generating the ground water prospects maps using GIS in a common
format. This manual was converted to “Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission -
Technical guidelines for preparation of Ground Water Prospects Maps” Feb 2000,
document no. NRSA/AD/GG/GD/TR: 1/2000.
Subsequently, under Phase-II, four more states namely; Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh,
Jharkhand and Orissa were taken up for preparing the maps. At this stage, some minor
modifications were made in the manual and a revised manual titled “Methodology &
Technical guidelines for preparation of Ground Water prospects Maps - Rajiv Gandhi
National Drinking Water Mission Project (phase-II)” April 2003, Document No.
NRSA/HD/RGNDWM / TR:02: 2003 was brought out by Dr. P. R. Reddy, Dr. K. Chandra
Mouli, S. K. Srivastava, K. Seshadri, G. Srinivasa Reddy, Manoj Dangwal and I. C. Das.
Using this manual nearly 650 maps have been prepared covering four States referred
above.
Convinced by the overwhelming success of this project in ten states, covering nearly
50% of the country, the Ministry of Rural Development, Govt of India has extended it to
the rest of the country under Phase-III programme, covering remaining 17 States which
involves preparation of nearly 2320 maps.
nrsa
ix

Based on the experience gained during the implementation of Phase-I and Phase-II, it
was felt necessary to bring out a revised edition of the manual for Phase-III combining
all the earlier documents referred above with necessary additions and modifications.
For this purpose, Director, NRSA has constituted an inter-center committee of Department
of Space with the following members.
Shri V. Tamilarasan, Scientist, SG, SAC, Ahmedabad – Chairman
Dr. S. K. Subramanian, Scientist, SG, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member
Dr. A. K. Joshi, Scientist, SF, RRSSC, Nagpur – Member
Shri S. K. Srivastav, Scientist, SF, IIRS, Dehradun – Member
Shri K. Seshadri, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member
Shri A. Arunachalam, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member
Shri G. Sreenivasa Reddy, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member

Secretary
The Committee, during the preparation of the manual for phase-III, took cognizance of
the methodology and Technical guidelines documented and used in Phase-I &
Phase-II. Since, it is an ongoing project, the methodology is modified / revised in such
a way that the continuity in terms of map layout and the map contents is maintained in
phase-III of the project. The concept on which the methodology is developed for
preparation of ground water prospects maps, the four factors controlling the occurrence
and movement of ground water, the classification systems and the map / database
codes and symbols remain the same for phase-III also. Some additional lithological,
structural, geomorphic units have been added in Phase-III. However, major
improvements/ modifications are made particularly with regard to 1) input data 2) mapping
procedure 3) Database creation and 4) output data. The improvements/ modifications
made in Phase-III with respect to Phase-I and Phase-II are furnished in the following
schematic diagram.
Incorporating the above, this revised edition of the manual has been brought out which
will be supplied to the participating organizations for their guidance / reference for
preparing the ground water prospects maps under RGNDWM project Phase-III.
nrsa
x

Phase-I & II Phase-III
Precision geocoded FCC’s Digital data with WGS 84 Datum

Hardcopy prints on 1:50,000 scale Input data LCC / UTM projection
Interpretation of satellite data On-screen satellite data interpretation

using light table Mapping On-screen mapping of themes
Mapping of themes on tracing films Procedure Simultaneous on-screen digitization
Scanning of tracings & digitization
Manual integration of thematic layers Integration of overlays in GIS

Integration procedure not well defined Integration environment
of data Integration procedure well defined
Digital database created after mapping Digital database created simultaneously
Ground water prospects information Ground water prospects information

available on hard copy only Database is a part of digital database
No flexibility in legend creation User friendliness in legend creation
Stand alone maps (phase-I) Digital edge match with adjacent sheets
Contents match with adjacent sheets Seamless mosaic
(phase-II) Outputs WGS 84 Datum, LCC/UTM projection
Polyconic projection- MOD clearance
required for data distribution No restriction on data distribution
Schematic diagram showing the technical advancements

made in the Phase-III manual
nrsa
xi

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
CONTENTS
Preface V
Acknowledgements VII
Project background and previous work IX
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
CHAPTER – 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Ground water scenario in the country 3

1.1.1 Ground water resource and distribution 3
INPUT AND OUTPUT

1.1.2 Development of ground water 4
CHAPTER - 3
1.1.3 Ground water exploration 6
DATA
1.2 Limitations of conventional approach 8
1.2.1 Lack of integrated scientific data 8
1.2.2 Complexity in conducting geophysical surveys 9
1.3 Need of scientific data base for the country 10
INTERPRETATION
1.4 Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission project 10
CHAPTER - 4
1.4.1 Background 10
IMAGE
1.4.2 Objectives 11
1.4.3 Project status 11
1.4.4 Mode of execution 12
1.4.5 Capacity building 13
CLASIFFICATION
1.4.6 Utility of maps 14
CHAPTER - 5
SYSTEMS
1.4.7 Phase-III programme 16
CHAPTER – 2: METHODOLOGY
2.1 Occurrence and movement of ground water-the concept 19

2.1.1 Controlling factors 19
CHAPTER - 6
STANDARDS
DATA BASE
2.1.2 Hydrogeomorphic units 19
2.1.3 Relevance of satellite data 20
2.2 Methodology 21
2.2.1 On-screen interpretation of satellite data 21
2.2.2 Thematic mapping 23
QUALITY EVALUATION
2.2.3 Delineation of hydrogeomorphic units 30

MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
2.2.4 Assessment of recharge conditions 32

2.2.5 Estimation of ground water prospects 33
2.2.6 Selection of sites for artificial recharge structures 37
2.2.7 Generation of ground water prospects map 40
2.2.8 Creation of legend 43
2.3 Scope of the database/ground water prospects map 51
ANNEXURES
2.4 Sample ground water prospects maps for reference 51
01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 13 4/2/2008, 10:33 AM

CHAPTER – 3: INPUT AND OUTPUT DATA
3.1 Input data 73

3.1.1 Satellite data 73
3.1.2 Field data 74
3.1.3 Survey of India topographic maps 76
3.1.4 Legacy data 77
3.2 Outputs 77
3.2.1 Deliverables 77
3.2.2 Digital data format 78
3.3 Basic hardware and software requirements 80
3.3.1 Hardware required 80
3.3.2 Software required 80
CHAPTER – 4: IMAGE INTERPRETATION
4.1 Image interpretation techniques 83

4.1.1 Image elements 83
4.1.2 Geotechnical elements 87
4.1.3 Convergence of evidence / Relationships / Association 92
4.1.4 Scale of satellite imagery 93
4.2 Feature extraction 94
4.2.1 Base map details 94
4.2.2 Rock formations 95
4.2.3 Geological structures 104
4.2.4 Landforms/Geomorphic units 107
4.2.5 Hydrological data 119
CHAPTER – 5: CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS
5.1 Classification systems 123

5.1.1 Lithology 123
5.1.2 Geological Structures 124
5.1.3 Geomorphology 124
5.1.4 Hydrological information and Recharge conditions 125
CHAPTER – 6: DATABASE STANDARDS
6.1 Database structure 139

6.2 Feature attributes and look-up tables 140
6.2.1 Lithology layer 140
6.2.2 Structural layer-1 143
nrsa
xiv

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
6.2.3 Structural layer-2 144

6.2.4 Geomorphology layer 146
6.2.5 Drainage/Streams (lines) layer 158
6.2.6 Drainage/Water bodies (polygons) layer 159
6.2.7 Canal layer 160
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
6.2.8 Springs layer 161
6.2.9 Rainfall layer 162
6.2.10 Irrigated area layer 162
6.2.11 Wells layer 163
6.2.12 Recharge structures (lines) layer 164
INPUT AND OUTPUT

6.2.13 Recharge structures (points) layer 165
CHAPTER - 3
6.2.14 Roads layer 165
DATA
6.2.15 Railway layer 166
6.2.16 Administrative boundary layer 167
6.2.17 Settlements layer 168
6.2.18 Integrated lithology & geomorphology layer 169
INTERPRETATION
6.3 Symbol codes 172
CHAPTER - 4
6.3.1 Line features 172
IMAGE
6.3.2 Polygon features 173
6.3.3 Point features 174
6.3.4 Text symbols for annotation 175
CLASIFFICATION
CHAPTER – 7: QUALITY EVALUATION MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 5
SYSTEMS
7. 1 Quality evaluation mechanism 179
7.1.1 Internal Quality Evaluation 179
7.1.2 External Quality Evaluation 179
7.2 Guidelines for Quality Checking of Ground Water Prospects Maps 180
7.2.1 Guidelines for Pre-field quality checking 181
CHAPTER - 6
STANDARDS
DATA BASE
7.2.2 Guidelines for Post field quality checking 184
7.2.3 Edge matching with adjoining sheets 185
7.2.4 Guidelines for quality checking of the map compositions 185
7.2.5 Quality of Digital data 186
QUALITY EVALUATION
Annexures – I to X 189
MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
References 255
ANNEXURES
nrsa
xv

LIST OF TABLES, FIGURES AND PLATES

Tables
Table. 1.1 State-wise distribution of the ground water resource 05
Table. 1.2 State-wise nodal departments 13
Table. 1.3 Details of training courses conducted in different states under 14
Phase-I&II
Table. 1.4 Feedback on the usage of the maps 15
Table. 1.5 States to be covered in Phase-III and their mapping priority 16
Table. 1.6 Phase-III Work schedule 16
Table. 2.1 Classification of aquifer material 31
Table. 2.2 Criteria for suggesting type of well 33
Table. 2.3a Approximate Yield ranges for different diameter pipes 34
Table. 2.3b Steps for estimating yield of a dug well 35
Table. 2.4 National and international standards of Drinking water 36
Table. 5.1 Classification of rock types / lithologic units 126
Table. 5.2 Classification of geological structures 128
Table. 5.3 Classification of geomorphic units / landforms 129
Table. 5.4 Classification of recharge conditions 136
Figures
Fig. 1.1 State wise details of ground water prospects maps prepared 12
under Phase – I&II
Fig. 1.2 Photographs of a) well and b) recharge structure constructed 15
using the ground water prospects maps in Jharkhand state
Fig. 2.1 Flow chart showing the salient features of the methodology 22
Fig. 2.2 A screen shot showing satellite image overlaid with thematic 23
coverage
Fig. 2.3 Base map layers 24
Fig. 2.4 Lithology layer 25
Fig. 2.5 Structural layers 26
Fig. 2.6 Geomorphology layer 27
Fig. 2.7 Hydrology layers 28
Fig. 2.8 Integration process showing delineation of hydrogeomorphic units 30
Fig. 2.9 Map layouts a) Lithology map layout b) Structural layout 41
c) Geomorphology layout d) Hydrology layout e) Base map layout
f) ground water prospects map layout
Fig. 2.10 Individual thematic maps generated from the coverages 42
Fig. 2.11 Ground water prospects map of part of Khammam district, 44
Andhra Pradesh (Map part).
nrsa
xvi

Fig. 2.12a Legend of the ground water prospects map of part of 45

Khammam district, Andhra Pradesh (Upper part).
Fig. 2.12b Legend of the ground water prospects map of part of 50
Khammam district, Andhra Pradesh (Lower part).
Fig. 3.1 UTM Zones of India 73
Fig. 3.2 Preparation of state-wise mosaic a) individual scenes and 74
b) state mosaic
Fig. 3.3 Extraction of map sheet-wise satellite data a) Punjab state map 75
overlaid with 50,000 grid b) satellite imagery extracted using
50,000 grid
Fig. 3.4 Diagrammatic list of the outputs along with their formats to be 77
delivered in the project
Fig. 4.1 Satellite image showing the habitations and transport network 95
Fig. 4.2 Satellite image of a part of a) Cuddapah basin and b) Vindhyan 97
basin showing consolidated sedimentary rocks
Fig. 4.3 Satellite image of Peninsular Gneissic Complex showing 98
a) granites and b) gneisses
Fig. 4.4 Satellite image of Maharashtra showing thick pile of basalt flows 99
forming a plateau. The contact of different flows is seen along
the scarp.
Fig. 4.5 Satellite image of Maharashtra showing basalt flows in a plain. 100
The contact of different flows is seen along the scarp.
Fig. 4.6 Satellite image of part of Maharashtra depicting different flows 101
and geomorphic units.
Fig. 4.7 Satellite image of Deccan trap area showing a pile of basalt 102
flows forming step like topography
Fig. 4.8 Satellite image of Deccan trap area showing denuded surface 102
exposing bunches of flows at different elevations
Fig. 4.9 The quaternary sediments of Purna basin show deposition of 103
alluvial fans and subsequent modification by later younger fans
obliterating the features. The Salbardi Fault runs across the area
in east-west direction seen as escarpment. The darker tones
in the alluvial fans are due to more clay rich sediments
Fig. 4.10 Basalt flows exposed at different elevations. The contact of 103
different flows is seen along the scarp. Dykes cut across the
flows and drainages are aligned along the dykes. The deeply
weathered plateau showing good agriculture is exposed in the
northern part whereas the southeast part is occupied by
barren plateau with exposed laterite.
nrsa
xvii

Fig. 4.11 Dykes cutting across the Deccan Traps in parts of Dhule District, 104
Maharashtra. They are mostly east-west, but some show
discordant relationship with regional trend.
Fig. 4.12 Satellite image of Peninsular India showing metamorphic rocks 105
Fig. 4.13 Satellite image of a) Thar Desert and b) Indo-Gangetic plain 105
showing unconsolidated sediments
Fig. 4.14 Satellite image of a) Vindhyan basin and b) Aravali mountain 107
belt showing attitude of beds
Fig. 4.15 Satellite image of a) Northeastern region and b) Cuddapah basin 108
showing folds
Fig. 4.16 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing thrust 108
Fault / Fractures
Fig. 4.18 Satellite image of Peninsular India showing the Denudational 110
landforms
weathered zones
Fig. 4.20 Satellite image of Aravali region showing the Denudational 111
landforms
Fig. 4.21 Satellite image of Cuddapah basin showing the Structural 111
landforms
Fig. 4.22 Satellite image of Vindhyan basin showing the Structural 112
landforms
Fig. 4.23 Satellite image of Basaltic terrain showing the Structural 112
landforms.
Fig. 4.24 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing the Structural 113
landforms.
Fig. 4.25 Satellite image of a) Siwalik foothills and b) part of a 113
Doon valley
Fig. 4.26 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing dissected 114
structural hills.
Fig. 4.27 Satellite image of Garhwal Himalaya showing- (a) old slided 115
mass with typical concave slope (b) denudational hill with concave
slope (c) recent slided mass
Fig. 4.28 IRS LISS-III FCC showing different fluvial landforms. 115
Fig. 4.29 Satellite image of Mahanadi delta showing fluvial landforms. 116
Fig. 4.30 Satellite image of a) Krishna delta b) Ganga plain c) Brahmaputra 116
basin showing fluvial landforms.
Fig. 4.31 Satellite image of Brahmaputra valley showing fluvial landforms 117
Fig. 4.32 Satellite image of a) Ganga river showing fluvial landforms. 117
Fig. 4.33 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing glacial landforms 118
nrsa
xviii

Fig. 4.34 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing glacial landforms. 118
Fig. 4.35 Satellite image of Himalayan region showing glacial landforms. 119
Fig. 4.36 Satellite image showing – (a) perennial and (b) ephemeral- 120
stretches of a stream.
Fig. 4.37 Satellite image showing ground water irrigated areas (a) weathered 120
pediplain (b) along a river course c) in the valley portions.
Plates
Plate. 2.1 Ground water prospects map of Vindhyan basin, Betul district, 54
Madhya Pradesh (Map part).
Plate. 2.2 Ground water prospects map of Vindhyan basin, Betul district, 56
Madhya Pradesh (Legend part).
Plate. 2.3 Ground water prospects map of Thar Desert, Jaisalmer district, 58
Rajasthan (Map part).
Plate. 2.4 Ground water prospects map of Thar Desert, Jaisalmer district, 60
Rajasthan (Legend part).
Plate. 2.5 Ground water prospects map of Peninsular Gneissic Complex, 62
Tumkur district, Karnataka (Map part).
Plate. 2.6 Ground water prospects map of Peninsular Gneissic Complex, 64
Tumkur district, Karnataka (Legend part).
Plate. 2.7 Ground water prospects map of Balangir district, Orissa 66
(Map part).
Plate. 2.8 Ground water prospects map of Balangir district, Orissa 68
(Legend part).
List of Annexures
Annexure-I Procedure for on- screen mapping 189
Annexure-II Symbols for representing base map information 209
Annexure-III Symbols for representing structural information 210
Annexure-IV Symbols for representing hydrological information 211
Annexure-VA Description of geological units 212
Annexure-VB Description of geomorphic units 221
Annexure-VI Colour scheme for representing ground water prospects 230
information
Annexure-VII Map Composition tutorial 231
Annexure-VIII Proforma for collecting lithologic/ tructural / geomorphic / 246
Hydrological information
Annexure-IX Proforma for collecting well inventory data 247
Annexure-X NNRMS Standards 248
nrsa
xix

nrsa
xx

Chapter - 1
INTRODUCTION
02_Rajeev gandhi_CH1_6_PAP.pmd 1 4/1/2008, 4:16 PM

nrsa
2

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
1.1 Ground Water Scenario in the Country
1.1.1 Ground Water Resource and Distribution
Groundwater is a major source for all purposes of water requirements in India. More than
90% of rural and nearly 30% of urban population depend on it for drinking water. It accounts
for nearly 60% of the total irrigation potential in the country, irrigating about 32.5 million
hectares. The dependency on the ground water is expected to increase in future due to
increase in population.
As per the estimation of Central Ground Water Board, the dynamic ground water resource,
i.e. utilizable ground water resource which is meant for meeting the water requirements
according to National Water Policy is about 43.2 million hectare meters. The static ground
water resource also known as fossil water available in the aquifer zones below the zone of
water level fluctuation is about 1081.2 million hectare meters. The dynamic resource gets
replenished every year through natural recharge, so that the balance is maintained.
However, the occurrence and distribution of the ground water is not uniform through out
the country and varies significantly based on geology, rainfall and geomorphology. India is
a vast country comprising of diversified geology, topography and climate. The prevalent
rock formations range in age from Archaean to Recent and vary widely in composition and
structure. Similarly, the variations in the landforms are also significant. They vary from the
rugged mountainous terrains to the flat alluvial plains of the river valleys, coastal tracts and
the aeolian deserts. The rainfall pattern also shows similar region-wise variations. The
topography and rainfall virtually control runoff and ground water recharge.
The high relief areas of the northern and north-eastern regions occupied by the Himalayan
ranges, the hilly tracts of Rajasthan and peninsular regions with steep topographic slope,
and characteristic geological set-up offer high run-off and little scope for rain water infiltration.
The ground water potential in these terrains is limited to intermontane valleys.
The large alluvial tract in the Sindhu – Ganga – Brahmaputra plains extending over a
distance of 2000 km from Punjab in the west to Assam in the east constitutes one of the
largest and most potential ground water reservoirs in the world. The aquifer systems are
extensive, thick, hydraulically interconnected and moderate to high yielding.
To the north of this tract all along the Himalayan foot hills, occur the linear belt of Bhabar
piedmont deposits, and the Tarai belt down slope with characteristic auto-flowing conditions.
Almost the entire Peninsular India is occupied by a variety of hard and fissured formations,
including crystallines, trappean basalt and consolidated sedimentaries (including carbonate
nrsa
3

rocks) with patches of semi-consolidated sediments in narrow intra-cratonic basins. Rugged

topography, compact and fissured nature of the rock formations combine to give rise to
discontinuous aquifers with limited to moderate yield potentials. The near surface weathered
mantle forms the all important ground water reservoir, and the source for circulation of
ground water through the underlying fracture systems. In the hard rock terrain, deep
weathered pediments, low-lying valleys and abandoned river channels, generally contain
adequate thickness of porous material to sustain ground water development under
favourable hydro-meteorological conditions. Generally, the potential water saturated fracture
systems occur down to 100 m depth, and in cases yield even upto 30 lps. The friable semi-
consolidated sandstones also form moderate yielding aquifers and auto-flowing zones in
these formations are not uncommon.
The coastal and deltaic tracts in the country form a narrow linear strip around the peninsula.
The eastern coastal and deltaic tract and the estuarine areas of Gujarat are receptacles of
thick alluvial sediments. Though highly productive aquifers occur in these tracts, salinity
hazards impose quality constraints for ground water development.
State-wise distribution of ground water in the country, net usable ground water resource for
various purposes and stage of ground water development is given in Table-1.1.
The quality of ground water in both hard rock and alluvial terrains is by and large fresh and
suitable for all uses. The specific conductance is generally less than 1000 μs/cm. But in
coastal areas, estuarine tracts of Gujarat, Rann of Kutch and arid tracts of Rajasthan, the
degree of mineralization in ground water is rather high and salinity hazards are not
uncommon. The salinity hazards in ground water are also noticed in the inland areas of
Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan and Gujarat, generally confined to arid and
semi-arid tracts.
1.1.2 Development of Ground Water
Ground water being a hidden resource is often developed without proper understanding of
its occurrence in time and space. The total number of wells in the country has gone up from
about 4 million in 1951 to more than 15 millions at present, and the number of energised
pump sets in the same period have grown from initially negligible to about 12 millions
(Press Information Bureau, Govt. of India). Most of these wells are drilled indiscriminately
based on the requirement. As a result, many of the times, the wells have gone either
unproductive or became failures causing financial loss to the users. In the over-exploitated
zones, the wells are gradually getting dried up in due course of time. In some of the areas,
the situation is so serious that there is a scarcity of water even for drinking purposes. In
these areas, the ground water needs to be recharged artificially, as the natural recharge is
not sufficient, to augment the resource and maintain the water table. On the other hand,
the resource is not yet exploited to the optimum level In many areas in the country.
nrsa
4

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
Table – 1.1: State-wise distribution of the ground water resource
Annual Categorization
Reple- Natural Stage of of assessment
Net Annual Annual Ground
nishable Discharge Ground Ground
Units
Sl. Water
State/Union Ground during non- Water Water
(number)
N0. monsoon Develop-
Territoriess Water Availability Draft Over
season ment (%)
Resource (MCM) (MCM) ex- Critical
(MCM) ploited
(MCM)
1 Andhra Pradesh 36.5 3.5 32.95 14.9 45 219 77

2. Arunachal Pradesh 2.56 0.26 2.3 0.0008 0.04 0 0
3. Assam 27.23 2.34 24.89 5.44 22 0 0
4. Bihar 29.19 1.77 27.42 10.77 39 0 0
5. Chhattisgarh 14.93 1.25 13.68 2.8 20 0 0
6. Delhi 0.3 0.02 0.28 0.48 170 7 0
7. Goa 0.28 0.02 0.27 0.07 27 0 0
8. Gujarat 15.81 0.79 15.02 11.49 76 31 12
9. Haryana 9.31 0.68 8.63 9.45 109 55 11
10. Himachal Pradesh 0.43 0.04 0.39 0.12 30 0 0
11. Jammu & Kashmir 2.7 0.27 2.43 0.33 14 0 0
12. Jharkhand 5.58 0.33 5.25 1.09 21 0 0
13. Karnataka 15.93 0.63 15.3 10.71 70 65 3
14. Kerala 6.84 0.61 6.23 2.92 47 5 15
15. Madhya Pradesh 37.19 1.86 35.33 17.12 48 24 5
16. Maharashtra 32.96 1.75 31.21 15.09 48 7 1
17. Manipur 0.38 0.04 0.34 0.002 0.65 0 0
18. Meghalaya 1.15 0.12 1.04 0.002 0.18 0 0
19. Mizoram 0.04 0.004 0.04 0.0004 0.9 0 0
20. Nagaland 0.36 0.04 0.32 0.009 3 0 0
21. Orissa 23.09 2.08 21.01 3.85 18 0 0
22. Punjab 23.78 2.33 21.44 31.16 145 103 5
23. Rajasthan 11.56 1.18 10.38 12.99 125 140 50
24. Sikkim 0.08 0 0.08 0.01 16 0 0
25. Tamil Nadu 23.07 2.31 20.76 17.65 85 142 33
26. Tripura 2.19 0.22 1.97 0.17 9 0 0
27. Uttar Pradesh 76.35 6.17 70.18 48.78 70 37 13
28. Uttarakhand 2.27 0.17 2.1 1.39 66 2 0
29. West Bengal 30.36 2.9 27.46 11.65 42 0 1
30. Andaman & 0.33 0.005 0.32 0.01 4 0 0
Nicobar
31. Chandigarh 0.023 0.002 0.02 0 0 0 0
32. Dadra & 0.063 0.003 0.06 0.009 14 0 0
Nagar Haveli
34. Daman & Diu 0.009 0.0004 0.008 0.009 107 1 0
35. Lakshadweep 0.012 0.009 0.004 0.002 63 0 0
Pondicherry 0.16 0.016 0.144 0.151 105 1 0
Total 433.02 33.77 399.25 230.6 58 839 226
Source : Ground Water Statistics 2006, Central Ground Water Board
MCM : Million Cubic Metres.
nrsa
5

In many States, Public Health Engineering Departments (PHEDs) and Panchayath Raj
Engineering Departments (PREDs) are engaged in rural drinking water supply. Potable
water is provided to the rural population by these departments mainly through hand pump
wells and piped water supply schemes by pumping of water from bore / tube wells and
connecting to overhead tanks / ground level reservoirs. In water scarcity areas, water is
also supplied to villages through tankers during summer season. These departments are
having well established drilling and maintenance units supported by experienced
hydrogeologists for selection of sites for drilling. However, scientific database on ground
water, which facilitates identification of prospective ground water zones for systematic
selection of appropriate sites for drilling, is not available in majority of the cases. Added to
this, these hydrogeologists have to select large number of sites for drilling in a short
period to tackle the drinking water problem on war footing. They do not have enough time
to select the sites by conducting systematic hydrogeological studies in the area followed
by site specific investigations in the favorable zones.
The Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) is a national agency which operates through a
regional office network located in each state. By and large, all the activities of the CGWB
in different States are conducted from these regional offices. The CGWB is involved in
specific operations such as - 1) Monitoring of water levels and quality 2) Exploration and
construction of wells 3) Testing aquifers for hydraulic parameters 4) Computation of water
balance 5) Resource and development assessment 6) Water quality studies 7) Special
projects and applied research and 8) Preparation of hydrogeological atlases.
It has established a Hydrogeological Information System (HIS) at agency, state and national
level to integrate the country-wide data pertaining to hydro-meteorology, surface water
and ground water (data on both quantity and quality), so that the data can be disseminated
to different users. For this purpose it has set up Regional Office Data Centers (RODC)
using the state-of-the-art technologies for data processing, storage and dissemination in
a systematic manner. Dedicated software – GEMS which takes care of all the requirements
of HIS - has been introduced. Main activities of RODCs are – 1) Assessing the needs of
the users 2) Establishment of an observation well network 3) Management of historical
data 4) Data collection 5) Data processing, analysis and reporting 6) Data exchange and
reporting 7) Data storage and dissemination and 8) Institutional and human resource
development.
1.1.3 Ground Water Exploration
As of now, the main focus of ground water exploration is through the site specific
investigations. An end-to-end exploration at a given site consists of more than one
investigation. They are classified into two groups – 1) Surface investigations and
2) Subsurface investigations.
nrsa
6

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
Surface Investigation: a) Study of existing geological, hydrological and meteorological

data – provides information on the parameters such as rock types, geological structures,
landforms and recharge conditions which control the occurrence and distribution of ground
water. Once, information on these 4 factors is precisely known, it is possible to understand
the ground water regime better by visualizing the gross aquifer characteristics of the area.
Based on the analysis of this data, the planning of the geophysical surveys is made.
b) Geophysical measurements – the most commonly used methods for groundwater

investigations include the electrical method and seismic methods. Less important are
gravity and magnetic methods. Basically, the geophysical techniques rely upon the contrast
or differences between the physical properties of various earth materials. Electrical
conductivity or resistivity parameters are measured directly between potential electrodes.
Induced electromagnetic fields are measured as they decay and by varying the size of the
loops that produce such fields, deeper layers are probed. Natural electromagnetic fluxes
which pass through the earth are measured in a technique known as telluromagnetics.
Gravity meters measure the differences in specific gravity. Seismic techniques measure
the speed of seismic waves through earth materials or reflected seismic waves of various
geologic surfaces.
Surface based geophysical methods are used to get information on geological structure,
rock type and porosity, water content and water quality. Based on the surface investigations,
the best locations for subsurface investigations are identified.
Subsurface Investigation: The subsurface investigations are comparatively expensive,

but impossible to avoid if data on quality and quantity of the groundwater are desired. One
or more, small diameter holes are drilled to supply information on the groundwater level
and the geological substrata. The results of the drilling and sampling of material make it
possible to establish a litho log with information from the different strata. It is also possible
to take groundwater samples for chemical analysis. Any number of geophysical logs can
be used, depending on the geological conditions, such as the spontaneous potential,
resistivity logging, acoustic log and temperature logs.
The last and perhaps the most informative step in an investigation for a groundwater well
is a pumping test. Pumping tests can be either short time (for information from the vicinity
of the hole) or long time (for information from larger area). Geological formations have
distinct physical properties that affect the flow of groundwater and determine the yield of
a well. These properties include;
• Effective porosity – the percentage of interconnected space in rock and soil
that can contain water.
• Hydraulic conductivity (K) – indicates how easily water moves through the aquifer.
• Transmissivity (T) – is the ability of the aquifer to transmit water (T = K * saturated
thickness of aquifer).
nrsa
7

• Storativity – the ability of a confined aquifer to take up or release water in

response to a change in head resulting from recharge or extraction.
Pumping tests on water wells are the most common way to determine these hydraulic
parameters of aquifers. During a pumping test, water is pumped from a well at a specific
rate, and measurements are taken to determine how fast and how far the water level in
the well drops (time-drawdown data). Measurements are also taken to determine how
fast the water level in the well returns to normal (time-recovery data) once pumping has
stopped. This data is used to determine what will happen to the aquifer if water is pumped
from it at a constant rate (progressive response to steady-rate pumping), and how much
water can move through the aquifer and into the well.
Based on these values and the height of the water column from the top of the aquifer to
the non-pumping water level (artesian pressure), a pumping rate referred to as ‘Safe
Yield’ can be calculated. The safe yield is the pumping rate over a given time that will
eventually remove enough water from the aquifer for the pumped water level to drop to
the top of the aquifer at the well.
Where larger volumes of water will be drawn, in addition to the production well, one or
more observation wells are studied. Test holes that may have been drilled earlier can be
useful as observation wells. These wells are used to obtain other data needed to calculate
the storativity of the aquifer. These observation wells help give a more accurate assessment
of the aquifer in terms of its capacity, geometry and flow direction. They also allow for
more complex mathematical assessments with computer modeling to give a better picture
of the potential for drawdown and recovery of the aquifer. Water sampling at suitable
intervals for chemical analysis is done during the duration of the pumping time.
1.2 Limitations of the Conventional Approach
1.2.1 Lack of Integrated Scientific Data
The CGWB has completed the systematic hydrogeological survey for the entire country
in 1991 with an objective to provide first hand information regarding the occurrence,
distribution and extent of ground water in space and time. It has brought out reports on the
surveys, which consist of preliminary information regarding hydro geological set up and
availability of ground water. Reappraisal Hydrogeological Surveys are carried out after
every three to five years in the areas already covered under Systematic Survey with an
objective to assess the changes in ground water regime in terms of quality and quantity
and to provide essential information for taking up various activities related to development
and management of ground water. Ground Water monitoring is being done through a
network of 15000 observation wells distributed throughout the country. Water level is
monitored four times a year (Jan/May/Aug/Nov) and water samples are collected once a
nrsa
8

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
year in the month of May for water quality analysis. Ground Water Year Book for each
state is compiled and published, giving details of depth to water level and maps for these
measurements. CGWB brings out ground water statistics annually which contains
information on ground water resources at national, state and district levels, resources
classification under basins, tribal & drought prone districts etc. It also contains State/
District-wise status of hydrograph network observation wells, State/District-wise status of
exploratory drilling and other related information. Based on the methodology recommended
by the Ground Water Resource Estimation Committee (1984, 1997), ground water
resources are estimated in consultation with state agencies and NABARD. The “Ground
Water Resource of India” was published by the Board in 1985 and is being updated which
gives a realistic picture of ground water resource availability in the country.
The CGWB has compiled the first hydrogeological map of the country in 1976, which was
revised in 1989 and 2002. The Board also published State Hydrogeological Atlases which
give a pictorial representation of the state’s total ground water scenario for use by planners.
So far, it has published the Hydrogeological Atlases of Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Bihar,
Karnataka, Orissa, Rajasthan, Tripura Tamil Nadu & West Bengal. During the Fresh Water
Year 2003, District Ground Water User Maps have been prepared for nearly all the districts
of the country depicting basic information regarding ground water development possibilities
in pictorial form.
However, the hydrogeological maps prepared by CGWB contain information on ground

water prospects, evaluated considering each rock type as a unit. In other words, the
hydro geological properties i.e., porosity and permeability are presumed to be uniform for
the entire rock type. Within the rock type the properties vary significantly due to faulting /
fracturing and subsequent weathering. The geomorphology / landforms also exercise
control over the amount of recharge that takes place. All these factors lead to significant
variations in the occurrence and distribution of ground water within the same rock type.
So far, a comprehensive data base generated by taking all the parametres that control the
occurrence and movement of ground water is not available for the country on all India
basis. Even the data on the individual parameters is also not available completely. Such
a data has been generated only for specific locations and it is fragmentary in nature.
Since the data that is available is generated based on only few ground water controlling
parameters, it becomes necessary to undertake complementary site-specific survey/
mapping to get more accurate picture of the site before developing ground water.
1.2.2 Complexity in conducting Geophysical Surveys
The procedure of conducting the geophysical surveys is quite cumbersome. Complex

instruments and technical man power are required for conducting the survey. Lot of logistic
support is also involved. The technology is not accessible to the common users, particularly
nrsa
9

to the private individuals who constitute the major section of ground water consumers in
the country. Because of all these reasons conducting a geophysical survey becomes a
costly affair.
Hence, it is not feasible to carryout these surveys at each and every place. Once the
prospective zone is identified through other methods, the geophysical surveys can be
conducted only to pinpoint the location for drilling the well in the prospective zone and to
know the quality of the water.
1.3 Need of a Scientific Data Base for the Country
There is an inherent linkage between development and management of ground water

resources. For an effective supply side management, it is essential to have full knowledge
of hydrogeological controls which govern the yields and behavior of ground water levels
under abstraction stress. The effects of ground water development can be short term and
reversible or long term and quasi-reversible which require a strong monitoring mechanism
for scientific management. There is a need for scientific planning in development of ground
water under different hydrogeological situations and to evolve effect management practices.
Demand driven development of ground water resources by different user groups without
any scientific planning and proper understanding of the behaviour of local ground water
regime, leads to sharp depletion of the resources and also degradation of quality. Signals
of mismanagement of ground water resources are seen in areas where ground water
extraction rate has exceeded the natural recharge. Ground water management has become
the foremost challenge for the Organizations dealing with ground water in India. The
activities of the Organizations and policies affecting ground water need to reflect the
priority issues with the overall objective to provide water security through ground water
management.
Therefore, a comprehensive and a reliable scientific database on ground water for the
entire country is a pre-requisite for proper management of ground water resource in the
areas where it is over-exploited and for planning its optimum development and effective
utilization in hitherto unexploited areas.
1.4 Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission Project
1.4.1 Background
The Government of India (Department of Drinking Water Supply), through the Rajiv Gandhi
National Drinking Water Mission (RGNDWM) supplements the efforts of the State
Governments to accelerate the pace of coverage of drinking water supply to Non Covered
(NC), Partially Covered (PC) and quality affected rural habitations with mission approach
by providing Central assistance under the Accelerated Rural Water Supply
nrsa
10

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
Programme (ARWSP). As per the estimation of the RGNDWM, there are nearly
4.4 lakh NC and PC habitations spread over in different States of the country, as on
01-04-1998, accounting for more than 30% of the total habitations. Taking this as a serious
issue, the Govt. of India has included the supply of drinking water to these habitations in
a time-bound-period in the ‘common minimum programme’ of the central Government.
As part of supplying the drinking water to these habitations, the RGNDWM has
approached the Dept. of Space / National Remote Sensing Agency to provide scientific
data on drinking water sources (ground water source) to the non-covered (NC) and
partially-covered (PC) habitations, within the radius of 1.5 km in case of plain areas and
within 100m elevation in case of hilly terrain, using the satellite data in a time bound
period. The NRSA / DOS has agreed to provide the same and taken up the project on
priority basis. Accordingly a project proposal has been formulated in consultation with
the RGNDWM. However, during the formulation of the project it was felt that more
habitations are likely to be added to NC and PC category every year as the ground
water is a dynamic resource – the ground water levels are expected to decline in future
due to over-exploitation and increasing usage. Hence, it is decided to cover all the
habitations including the NC and PC for creating ground water database.
1.4.2 Objective
The objective of the project is to prepare the ‘ground water prospects maps’,
corresponding to Survey of India toposheet on 1:50,000 scale, covering all the habitations.
The map has to show a) prospective zones for ground water occurrence b) tentative
locations for constructing recharge structures.
The information provided in the ground water prospects maps form a suitable database
for narrowing down the target zones and systematic selection of sites for drilling after
conducting follow-up ground surveys to establish drinking water sources to all the non-
covered and partially-covered habitations, besides providing information for selection
of sites for construction of recharge structures to improve the sustainability of drinking
water sources, wherever required.
1.4.3 Project Status
It was planned to execute the project work in different phases. Initially, in January, 1999,
under Phase-I programme, six (6) States namely – Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh,
Chhattisgarh, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Kerala were taken up involving preparation
of 1654 maps. The mapping has been completed as per the schedule in the year 2002.
Subsequently, during Phase-II, Jharkhand State was taken up in October 2001 followed
by Himachal Pradesh, Orissa and Gujarat States in October 2002, totally covering 650
maps. The ground water prospects maps pertaining to these states have also been
nrsa
11

prepared in different batches and submitted to the user department. The States covered
and the number of maps prepared so far, are given state-wise in Fig 1.1.
1.4.4 Mode of Execution
The IRS 1C/1D satellite data (precision geocoded images) with LCC projection have
been used as the input for preparation of the ground water prospects maps. In order to
prepare the maps with common standards and quality, technical guidelines consisting of
methodology, mapping procedure, mapping and quality standards, etc have been
formulated. The Phase-I maps are prepared using the ‘Methodology &Technical guidelines
for preparation of ground water prospects maps, February, 1999. The Phase-II maps are
prepared using the ‘Methodology &Technical guidelines for preparation of ground water
prospects maps, April, 2003. During the process of generating the technical guidelines
several experts from Dept. of Space, ISRO, Central Ground Water Board, State Ground
Water Depts. and Universities were consulted and their views and suggestions were
incorporated.
The maps are prepared by NRSA in association with various partnership institutions which
include different DOS Centres, State Remote Sensing Centres, State / Central Government
Departments, Private organizations, and Universities/Research organizations.
Phase – I
Sl. State Map
No. sheets
1. Andhra Pradesh(part) 247
2. Chhattisgarh 202
3. Karnataka 267
4. Kerala 67
5. Madhya Pradesh 458
6. Rajasthan 413
Phase – II
Sl. State Map
No. sheets
1. Jharkhand 129
2. Himachal Pradesh 91
3. Orissa 220
4. Gujarat 284
Fig. 1.1: State-wise details of ground water prospects maps prepared

under Phase-I&II
nrsa
12

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
Table – 1.2: State wise Nodal Departments

Sl. No. State Nodal Agency
1 Andhra Pradesh Panchayatiraj Engineering Department
2 Kerala State Ground Water Department
3 Rajasthan State Ground Water Department
4 Orissa Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Department
5 Gujarat Gujarat Water Supply & Sewerage Board
6 Himachal Pradesh Irrigation and Sanitation Department
7 Madhya Pradesh Public Health Engineering Department
8 Chattisgarh Public Health Engineering Department
9 Karnataka State Mines and Geology
10 Jharkhand Public Health Engineering Department
To coordinate the work pertaining to preparation of the maps and their usage on the
ground, Nodal Departments were identified in each state. The details of the nodal
departments in different states are furnished in Table-1.2.
The maps were quality checked at three stages i.e. pre-field (QC-1), post-field
(QC-2) and after digitization (QC-3), in order to produce the output maps with uniform
standards and quality, as they are prepared by different scientists / geologists from
different partner institutions. Experts from different DOS centres and from Central Ground
Water Board (CGWB) were involved in quality checking of the maps. The final ground
water prospects maps were supplied to the concerned State Government Departments
dealing with Drinking Water Supply in the respective states.
1.4.5 Capacity Building
As part of capacity building, the geologists of the partnership institutions were trained in
the preparation of the ground water prospects maps based on the interpretation of
satellite data with limited ground truth information. For this purpose, State-wise orientation
training programmes have been conducted covering all the partner institutions involved
in preparation of the maps in that state.
Training workshops (Table-1.3) were also conducted in all the States to the field geologists
of the concerned departments on the usage of the ground water prospects maps on the
ground. Demonstrations were also conducted in selection of well sites and for planning
recharge structures.
nrsa
13

Table – 1.3: Details of training courses conducted in different States under Phase-I&II
for demonstrating usage of ground water prospects maps.
Phase – I
Name of the Place Duration No. of officers
state of training trained
Andhra Pradesh Hyderabad 23-28 July, 2001 15
16-20 Oct, 2001 12
Chattisgarh MarwaluRaipur 26th May, 2002 55
3-4 Feb, 2003 70
Karnataka Bangalore 19-22 Sept, 2001 40
Kerala Thiruvanantapuram 21-22 Nov, 2002 63
14th July, 2004 47
Madhya Pradesh Indore 12-14 July, 2002 32
Rajasthan Jodhpur 6th Nov, 2001 42
Total no. of officers trained 376
Phase – II
Gujarat Gandhinagar 18-19 mar.2005 50
Orissa Bhubaneswar 23rd June, 2004 36
15-16 Dec 2006 65
Himachal Pradesh Shimla 16-17 July, 2004 50
Sundernagar 19-20 July, 2004 50
Dharmasala 22-23 July, 2004 50
Jharkhand Dhanbad 4-5th Aug, 2003 35
Ranchi 27-28 Apr, 2004 28
Dumka 30.4.04 to 1.5.04 22
Total no. of officers trained 276
1.4.6 Utility of Maps
It is reported that more than 90% success rate of wells has been acheived in all the
States by using the ground water prospects maps for selecting the drilling sites. Many
recharge structures have also been constructed using the information provided in these
maps. The state-wise details of the wells drilled along with sucess rate and the no. of
recharge structures constructed are furnished in Table-1.4. A sample well and a recharge
structure are shown in Fig. 1.2.
nrsa
14

INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER - 1
Fig. 1.2: Photographs of a) Well and b) recharge structure

constructed using the ground water prospects maps in Jharkhand State
Table – 1.4: Feedback on the usage of the maps
Phase – I
State No. of Wells Success rate No of Recharge Structures
Drilled Planned Constructed
Andhra Pradesh 34698 92.8% 440 440
Chattisgarh 33413 92.5% 1155 327
Karnataka 34688 92.7% 2574 2574
Kerala 7730 92% 65 8
Madhya Pradesh 18608 90% 5190 3361
Rajasthan 75733 85 – 95% 320 320
Phase – II
Gujarat 50 100% 09 —
Orissa 03 100% Nil Nil
Jharkhand All the district authorities of the state have

started using these maps for locating
the wells and recharge structures
Himachal Pradesh All the districts authorities of the state have

started using these maps for locating
the wells and recharge structures
(as on May, 2007)
nrsa
15

1.4.7 Phase-III Programme
In Phase-III, it is planned to prepare the ground water prospects maps for the remaining
17 states (excluding Tamilnadu) comprising approximately 2320 maps in the next 4
years period. The number of maps to be prepared in each state and the priority is given
in Table-1.5. The time schedule for preparing the maps is given in Table-1.6. The maps
pertaining to Tamilnadu are proposed to be prepared by TWAD Board of Tamilnadu
State using NRSA methodology. NRSA will provide technical support in standardization
and quality checking of the maps.
As done already in respect of Phase-I and Phase-II, the Phase-III work in the remaining
17 states also is planned to execute by involving all the concerned State / Central
government Departments from the beginning.
Table – 1.5: States to be covered in Phase-III and their mapping priority
Priority State No. of Maps
1st Andhra Pradesh (Part), Assam, Jammu &
Kashmir, Maharashtra, Punjab and 1290
Uttarakhand
2nd Arunachal Pradesh, Haryana

Uttar Pradesh (Part) and West Bengal (Part) 339
3rd Bihar, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram,

Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura, 691
Uttar Pradesh (Part) and West Bengal (Part)
Total 2320 maps
Table – 1.6: Phase-III work
No. of maps Region / states to be covered

to be produced
500 Andhra Pradesh & Maharashtra
600 North Eastern States, Uttaranchal
Left out maps in A.P. & Maharashtra
610 Jammu & Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh
Left out maps in North East & Uttaranchal
610 Bihar, West Bengal, Punjab, Haryana
Left out maps in Jammu & Kashmir & Uttar Pradesh
2320 17 states ( including Andhra Pradesh,
part of which was covered in Phase-I)
nrsa
16

Chapter - 2
METHODOLOGY
nrsa
17

nrsa
18

2.1 Occurence and Movement of Ground Water – The Concept
2.1.1 Controlling Factors
Ground water is a part of the hydrological cycle and forms a dynamic system. It comes
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
into existence with the process of infiltration at the surface. Then, it percolates into the
ground, which comprises of different rock formations having different hydrogeological
properties. The storage capacity of the rock formations depends on the porosity of the
rock. In the rock formation the water moves from areas of recharge to areas of discharge
under the influence of hydraulic gradients depending on the hydraulic conductivity or
permeability. In other words, at a given location, the occurrence of ground water depends
on the storage capacity and the rate of transmission.
However, the hydrogeological properties of aquifer developed at the time of formation of

the rocks with the initial geometric shape ranging from tabular to lenticular to cylindrical
undergo different changes as – a) The structural and erosional modifications change the
thickness and lateral continuity of most major rock units, b) The hydrothermal alteration,
contact metamorphism, digenesis, and thermal-mechanical effects modify rock-hydraulic
properties to differing degrees locally, and c) The fracturing alters permeability along fault
/ fracture zones. These changes bring significant variations in the hydrogeological properties
within the rock type thereby changing the ground water storage and transmitting abilities
both horizontally and vertically.
The framework in which the ground water occurs is as varied as that of rock types, as
intricate as their structural deformation and geomorphic history, and as complex as that of
the balance among the lithologic, structural and geomorphic parameters. The entire column
of subsurface acts as a three dimensional framework of groundwater conduits / aquifers
and ground water barriers/ confining units. Finally, the ground water prospects in the unit
depend on the availability of the recharge which in turn depends on the prevailing
hydrological conditions. Hence, the ground water regime can be defined as a combination
of four factors, i.e. 1) Lithology, 2) Landform, 3) Structure, and 4) recharge conditions. The
possible combinations of variety and intricacy are virtually infinite and the ground water
conditions at a given site are unique.
2.1.2 Hydrogeomorphological Units
The combined units in which the Lithology, landform, structure and recharge conditions
are unique are called ‘hydrogeomorphic units’. They are considered as three dimensional
homogenous entities with respect to hydrogeological properties and the recharge condition.
In other words, they are treated as the aquifers. The ground water prospects are expected
to be uniform in a hydrogeomorphic unit. However, some amount of heterogeneity may
exist at micro level and it can be brought out only through large scale studies. It is basically
nrsa
19

depended on the scale of mapping. The degree of heterogeneity and the resultant variations
in the ground water condition need to be accounted depending on the scale of study.
In order to study the ground water prospects of a hydrogeomorphic unit, inventory of the
controlling factors i.e., rock type, landform, structure, and recharge condition, by which
the hydrogeomorphic unit is made up of, has to be done and their hydrogeological
characteristics need to be evaluated.
2.1.3 Relevance of Satellite Data
As discussed in earlier section, the hydrogeomorphic unit is evolved from the original rock
formation due to structural, geomorphological and hydrological processes. These processes
and the resultant changes are manifested on the surface. Satellite imagery is the best
data base where the information pertaining to all these parameters is available in an
integrated environment. Based on the interpretation of satellite imagery in conjunction
with limited ground truth information, the extraction and mapping of spatial distribution of
the rock formations, landforms, structural network and hydrological conditions can be
done accurately. They can be better studied and understood in association with each
other. This is not possible through conventional ground surveys. Apart from this it takes lot
of time and energy there by becoming the ground water survey costly. The geology maps
showing rock types and major structures prepared by Geological Survey of India are
being used for gross estimation of the resource and its distribution. Particularly, the data
on the land forms, geological structures and recharge conditions are not at all available.
For example, an area occupied by granite gneisses intruded by dolerite dykes and cut
across by a number of faults and lineaments, it is possible to draw conclusions on - the
dolerite dykes act as barrier for movement of groundwater, whereas the lineaments/faults
which cut across them act as conduits for groundwater movement. The weathered zones
within the granite gneisses contain limited quantities of groundwater. The water bodies
(tanks) which are seen on the imagery as black patches not only provide irrigation facility
in the area but also contribute for recharge to groundwater. Thus, by providing appropriate
hydrogeological information the satellite data facilitate proper identification and mapping
of prospective groundwater zones. The satellite data by providing spatial distribution of
irrigated crop land as bright red patches are not only useful in calculating where and how
much of groundwater is being tapped for irrigation but also in classifying the entire area
into over-developed, under-developed, optimally developed and undeveloped zones,
indicating the status of groundwater development. Analysis of multispectral high resolution
data clearly depict minor faults and lineaments indicated by slips/offsets and gaps and in
the dyke ridges. These faults/lineaments act as conduits for movement of water below the
ground and form the prospective groundwater zone. With the help of field boundaries,
cart tracks, stream courses and other reference points, these zones can be more accurately
nrsa
20

demarcated on the ground. In addition, some minor fractures originating from these major
faults/lineaments, and passing through water bodies (tanks) which also form potential
sources for tapping drinking water to the nearby village could be delineated.
METHODOLOGY
2.2 Methodology
CHAPTER - 2
The methodology has been developed keeping in view the concept discussed above. It is
basically a systematic procedure evolved to prepare a ground water prospects map using
satellite data and GIS techniques in conjunction with limited field work. Various steps involved
in the preparation of ground water prospects maps are furnished as a flow chart in Fig. 2.1.
The total methodology can be divided into two main parts. The first part deals with the
delineation of hydrogeomorphic units considering parameters influencing the hydro
geological properties. It consists of a) creation of individual thematic layers on lithology,
geomorphology, structures, hydrology along with base map details based on the visual
interpretation of satellite data in conjunction with limited field / existing data, and b) derivation
of hydrogeomorphic units by integrating the thematic data. The second part deals with the
evaluation of hydrogeomorphic units based on hydrogeological characteristics of controlling
parameters. It consists of a) estimation of ground water prospects by taking into account
the well observatory data, and b) identification of suitable locations for constructing
recharge structures along with prioritization of the units. Most of this is adopted from
Reddy (1991) with minor modifications.
The data thus created at different stages is organised into a digital data base as per the
standards and specifications furnished in chapter-6. The database consists of 1) basic
data as different layers 2) individual thematic maps for all the four parameters and for
base map details and 3) integrated ground water prospects map as a final out put.
2.2.1 On-screen Interpretation of Satellite Data
The input satellite data in digital format (as FCC) has to be displayed on to a screen of the
computer system and the thematic data on lithology, structure, geomorphology, and
hydrology besides the base map details are mapped using image interpretation techniques
as show in Fig. 2.2. A detailed on-screen mapping and digitization procedure is provided
as a tutorial for reference in Annexure-I. The image characteristics of various rock types,
geological structures, landforms, hydrological and base map features and their extraction
techniques are described in Chapter-4. The interpreted data need to be cross-checked
and corrected with ground truth information collected during the limited field work, as a
mandatory. Resultant output from this will be in vector format comprising of point, line and
polygon features which supports complex GIS analysis.
nrsa
21

Source of
SOI Existing information
Topo sheets Satellite Data Maps / Data
On-screen interpretation of satellite data
Lithology Landform Structure-1 Drainage

Habitations
Structure-2 Water body Creation

Ground Roads of layer-
truth Canal wise
Data Railways data
Irrig. area Springs
Admn. units
Rainfall Wells
Integration of layers & Overlay analysis
Delineation
Hydrogeology layer (polygon) Recharge structures (line) of hydro-
geomorphic
units
Hydrogeology layer (line) Recharge structures layer (point)
Evaluation of Prioritization & Identification of

Well ground water prospects
Data locations for recharge structures
Map composition using GIS & Legend creation
Generation
Lithology map Geomorphology map Structural map
of ground
water
Hydrology map Base map prospect
map
Ground water prospects map
Fig. 2.1: Flow chart showing the salient features of the methodology
nrsa
22

METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
Fig. 2.2: A screen shot showing satellite image overlaid with thematic coverage.
The advantage with on-screen interpretation and mapping is that the smaller objects such
as inselbergs, dykes, minor fractures etc., can be identified easily by zooming the image.
The distribution and area extent of the objects can be mapped more precisely. However,
considering the spatial resolution of the input satellite data vis-à-vis the pixel break up, the
zooming scale for this study is fixed at 1: 25,000. Some of the features can also discriminated
easily using individual band data. The errors which normally creep-in during the creation of
vector data from tracing film drawings by digitization can be avoided. The digital data can
be created simultaneously while interpreting the image thereby saving the time.
2.2.2 Thematic Mapping
Concept of layers: As discussed in the earlier section, the occurrence and movement of
ground water is a function of lithological, structural, geomorphical and hydrological parametres.
Each parameter exercises its control over the quality and quantity of ground water. Hence,
a complete data on the parametres is a pre-requisite to understand the ground water regime
and map the prospects properly. Missing of one element also leads to erroneous conclusions.
To make sure that all the relevant data pertaining to each and every parameter are
systematically studied and considered, it is proposed to generate the data on every parameter
of all the five themes as a seperate layer in an orderly manner.
nrsa
23

Different parameters in each theme that are to be considered for mapping are identified.
Accordingly, all the rock formations, geological structures, landforms and recharge
conditions occurring in the country are classified in to various types and an exclusive
classification system for each of these themes has been evolved for this purpose. The
classification systems of rock formations, land forms and structures are giving chapter
5. The contents of the hydrology and base maps have been furnished in Annexure-II and
Annexure-IV respectively. The thematic layers have to be prepared as per the prescribed
contents using these classification systems. The data structure, feature codes and symbols
to be used in creating the digital data are furnished in Chapter-6. The lithology, structure,
geomorphology, hydrology, and base map layers can also be used as individual thematic
maps for various other purpose.
Edge matching of map contents: All the layers are to be prepared in such a way that the
contents in each map in all the four sides should match with the contents of the adjacent
map layer in all respects. Finally, it should be possible to generate a seamless mosaic for
the entire state/country.
i) Base map layers: It consists of four categories of information in four seperate layers as
shown in Fig 2.3. They are – a) Administrative units (maps covering areas that form a part
of single administrative unit may not have this coverage) b) Settlements, c) Road net
work, d) Railway lines (maps covering areas where railway lines are not present may not
have this coverage). Total number of coverages may vary depending on the study area.
Fig. 2.3: Base map layers
nrsa
24

The administrative units are mapped as polygon coverage, the settlements are mapped
as point coverage, the road net work and railway lines are mapped as separate line
coverages. The symbols to be used for representing the base map details on the layers
are shown in Annexure-II.
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
ii) Lithology layer: All the rock formations occurring in the study area are mapped in a
single layer as shown in Fig 2.4. The lithounits are represented as polygon features and
are annotated with respective numeric codes. Table-5.1 provides codes for all the rock
types occurring in the country. While preparing the lithology layer based on the interpretation
of satellite imagery, the existing geological / hydrogeological maps and literature need to
be consulted. It helps in understanding general geological setting of the area and different
rocks types that occur or likely to occur in the area. Where previous maps and literature
are not available and differentiation of rock types is very difficult / not possible, a
reconnaissance field visit will be useful. With this “priori knowledge”, the satellite imagery
has to be studied to correlate the different image characteristics with different rock types.
Where contrasting rock types are occurring, the boundaries can be seen very clearly on
the satellite imagery with different colours / tones or landforms. In other cases,
complementary evidences have to be considered to demarcate the boundaries between
different rock types. Where previous geological maps on 1:50,000 scale are available, the
same may be considered. However, the maps need to be modified / edited and updated
incorporating additional details that can be interpreted from satellite imagery.
Fig. 2.4: Lithology layer
iii) Structural layers: The geological structures occurring in the area are treated as two
major categories for mapping- i) faults, shear zones, thrusts, fractures, dykes, veins, etc.,
which occupy an area acting as conduits and barriers for the movement of ground water
nrsa
25

and ii) the structural elements such as bedding, schistocity / foliation, folds, etc., which
can be represented as attributes to either litho unit or landform. Both the categories are to
be mapped however, as two seperate layers as shown in Fig 2.5. The structures are
represented as line features and are marked with appropriate line symbols shown in
Annexure-III. Maps covering the alluvial plains, deltaic plains, etc, may not have these
coverages.
Fig. 2.5: Structural layers
In hilly terrains/Himalayan terrain as ‘thrusts’ form the major discontinuities, all the thrusts
need to be mapped. They can be mapped as two classes – 1) Thrust, and 2) Thrust
(inferred). The relation between the structural discontinuities (faults/shear zones/thrusts/
fractures) and occurrence of springs/seepage zones have to be studied to infer the control
of such discontinuities on ground water occurrence and flow. This information along with the
zone of influence of major thrusts/faults from ground water point of view has to be provided
in the ‘remarks’ column of the legend against appropriate unit(s). The thrust/fault zone,
wherever mappable and having bearing on ground water occurrence are to be delineated
as separate units (as a polygon), and listed in the legend at the appropriate place.
iv) Geomorphology layer: All the landforms / geomorphic units occurring in the study
area are mapped as a single layer as shown in Fig 2.6. They are represented as polygon
features in the layer and are annotated with alphabetic codes provided in Table-5.3. For
demarcating the geomorphic units the toposheets may be consulted to comprehend the
relief variations and other topographic features.
nrsa
26

METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
Fig. 2.6: Geomorphology layer
While preparing the geomorphology layer, the litho-unit/rock type has to be considered
as base unit and each rock type is to be classified into different geomorphic units /
landforms so that the final geomorphological layer is prepared showing assemblage of
different landforms corresponding to each rock type. Sometimes a single geomorphic
unit / landform may exits in one lithologic unit and vice versa. It is to be noted that
wherever the lithological and geomorphological boundaries are common, they should
be made co-terminus.
The geomorphic units/ landforms which are further classified into shallow, moderate
and deep categories based on their depth of weathering, thickness of deposited material,
etc have to be verified on the ground by observing the nala / stream cuttings, well
sections, etc. However, the contacts between shallow, moderate and deep categories
are to be treated as gradational.
Apart from dissection in the hills, slope-form also plays an important role in ground
water occurrence and flow in the hilly/ mountainous terrain. Therefore, the hills with
concave slope, especially in the lower reaches, have to be delineated as separate units
wherever possible, e.g. ‘highly dissected structural hills with concave slope (SHHc),’
‘moderately dissected denudational hills with concave slope (DHMc),’ etc. In hilly terrains,
since ‘mountain’ terminology is not used in the geomorphic classification system, a note
need to be included in the layer and in the corresponding ground water prospects map
at the bottom of the upper part of the legend that ‘the area forms part of the (local name
of the range) Himalayan mountain range.’
nrsa
27

Fig. 2.7: Hydrology layers
v) Hydrology layers: There are 7 items to be considered for mapping in hydrology theme.
They are – 1) Drainage, 2) Water bodies, 3) Canals, 4) Rainfall data, 5) Irrigated areas,
6) Springs, 7) Wells. The drainage is represented as line as well as polygon features, the
water spread area of the water bodies is represented as polygon features whereas the
bunds are marked as line features, the canals are represented as line features, the rain
fall data is considered in the form of rain gauge station with average amount of rainfall and
marked as point feature, the irrigated area as polygon feature, the springs and wells are
represented as point features. Each item is mapped as seperate layer as shown in Fig.2.7
using appropriate symbols and colours that are provided in Annexure-IV. The number of
layers may vary depending on the availability of items in the study area.
In the drainage layer, all the rivers/streams (entire drainage up to first order streams) both
perennial and ephemeral are to be mapped. In case of hilly areas and highly dissected
terrain where drainage density is very high, some first order streams can be omitted to
reduce the clumsiness in the map. The total drainage from toposheet may be taken first
and then some of the 1st order drainage may be omitted over the hills and high relief
areas, but none of the 2nd order streams should be omitted. Along major rivers and
streams where changes in the river / stream courses are more common, necessary
corrections in the drainage courses may be made by referring the satellite image. Hanging
drainages lines, if any, should be connected using image control.
nrsa
28

In alluvial terrain, the ephemeral and perennial streams are to be shown separately with
different symbols. In hilly terrains, the snow-covered areas as seen on the satellite image
(preferably of lean period) have to be demarcated and shown in geomorphological layer.
In the final ground water prospects map, in the ‘map unit’ column of the legend, such
METHODOLOGY
areas will be represented as SC, and in the ‘remarks’ column, it will be written as “it acts
CHAPTER - 2
as recharge zone.” No ground water structures required to be suggested in this unit.
Satellite image is the primary source of data for mapping water bodies. However, the
boundary of water spread area has to be taken from SOI toposheet and to be used for
delineating perennial and ephemeral catagories. Canal network is to be mapped basically
from SOI toposheet. But the new canals constructed recently have to be map using the
imagery. Maps available with Irrigation Departments can also be consulted.
Initially, a pre-field irrigated area layer has to be prepared based on visual interpretion
of the satellite image. Subsequently, during the field surveys, necessary information on
the surface and ground water irrigated areas, cropping pattern, command areas, etc.
have to be collected and incorporated for preparing the final irrigated area layer.
Location of rain guage stations in the study area and the average annual rainfall in mm
are to be recorded in rainfall data layer. Incase of the absence of raingauge stations in
the study area, the average annual rainfall of the region can be taken into account.
Source of rainfall data should be either IMD or District Gazetteer.
The well data layer is to be prepared based on entirely the field work. In each map (Full
map covering about 700 Sq. km), a minimum of 80-100 wells have to be observed and
represented on the map. These observation wells should be selected in such a way,
that they are properly distributed throughout the map covering all the map units. At least
2-3 wells should be observed in each unit so that the ground water prospects of each
unit can be evaluated judiciously. In case, if wells are totally absent in a particular unit,
then it should be mentioned in the legend against the corresponding map unit as “No
Wells”. But, before mentioning the same, one should make himself sure about the
absence of wells in that unit. The details pertaining to the wells to be collected in the
field include – type of well, depth to water table, water table fluctuation (i.e. pre- and
post-monsoon water tables), yield, total depth of well, type of subsurface formations
and any other related information. This information can be collected partly by observing
the wells and partly by discussing with well owners, neighbours, villagers, Gram
Panchayat representatives etc. In addition to the above, the data on the observation
wells (water table fluctuations) and the pump test data, drillers log, if any available with
the State and Central Govt. Depts., are to be collected and used for preparation of well
data layer. While selecting the wells for observation, preference should be given in the
following order:
1. Irrigation bore / tube wells
2. Water supply bore / tube wells
nrsa
29

3. Irrigation dug wells

4. Hand-pump wells (drinking water)
5. Dug-wells community water supply
6. Dug-wells individual house
Further, preference should be given to the wells located outside the village since, they
will not clash with the village symbol while representing on the map.
2.2.3 Delineation of Hydrogeomorphic Units
All the thematic layers thus created are integrated in GIS environment by superimposing
the layers one over the other. Then the layers are subjected to overlay analysis. The
data pertaining to hydrogeological properties present in each layer as the attribute data
is also processed simultaneously. The entire process of integration is carriedout in two
steps. In the first step, the lithology, geomorphology and structural layers are integrated.
During the process of integration, the boundaries of geomorphic units and rock types
should be made co-terminus by adjusting the boundaries to avoid sliver polygons. From
this exercise two types of units-1. lithology-landform controlled units 2. structure controlled
units are derived as shown in fig. 2.8.
Fig. 2.8: Integration process showing the delineation of hydrogeomorphic units
i) Lithology-landform controlled units: These units are derived basically from the
integration of lithology and geomorphology layers and the rock type and land form are
unique in each unit. The geological structures such as bedding, schistocity / foliation,
folding etc. are treated as structural character of the rock and is taken into account in
the rock type itself. The primary porosity and permeability of the rock formations and the
nrsa
30

secondary porosity and permeability developed due to geomorphic process / landform

genesis control the occurrence and movement of ground water in these units. A derivitive
layer comprising of all these units as polygons has to be generated as shown in fig. 2.8.
The polygon features are annotated with alphanumeric codes, e.g. PPS-71, PPD-81,
METHODOLOGY
UPM-32, etc. wherein the alphabetic code represents the geomorphic content and the
CHAPTER - 2
numeric code represents the lithological content.
Evaluation of aquifer material: The integrated lithology-landform units are treated as

homogenous areas with respect to hydrogeological properties and can be considered
as aquifers. However, in order to take the depth wise character of the aquifer into account,
the geological strata disposed in the subsurface at different levels has to be evaluated
considering the porosity and permeability. Accordingly the aquifer material can be
classified into six categories as shown in Table-2.1.
Table – 2.1: Classification of aquifer material
Loose Sediments (LS) Mainly Quaternary formations comprising of unconsolidated

sediments represented by coastal, deltaic, aeolian, alluvial
and flood plains.
Permeable Rock (PR) The semi-consolidated sediments and vesicular volcanic
rocks having primary porosity and permeability.
Weathered Rock (WR) Mainly weathered zones in hard rocks where the occurrence
and movement of ground water is controlled by the depth of
weathering.
Fractured Rock (FR) The fractured zones in the hard rocks which generally act as
conduits for movement of ground water.
Fissured Rock (FIR) The hard rocks like gneisses, schists, slates, quartzites,
limestones, etc having jointing, bedding, cleavage and other
weak planes which impart limited porosity and permeability
to the rock.
Impervious Rock (IR) Massive Rocks without significant porosity and permeability
like massive granite, dolerite dyke, etc which act as barrier
for ground water movement.
Mostly, the layered rock formations such as sedimentaries, Deccan traps and alluvial
deposits are characterized by the presence of multi-aquifer systems, because of the
inter-layering of different permeability horizons. Generally, shallow aquifers occur under
unconfined condition, and deeper aquifers occur under either semi-confined or confined
conditions. In order to increase the productivity of wells, multiple (more than one)
permeable horizons (aquifers) of different thickness are tapped through slotted pipes.
nrsa
31

In such cases, however, the yield and other parameters of each individual aquifer are
seldom known and the information available in the drillers logs or from the user is the
cumulative effect of all the aquifers tapped.
ii) Structure controlled units: The weak zones such as faults, thrusts, shear zones,
fractures etc., and the linear intrusives such as dykes, quartz veins, etc.form as structure
controlled units. Irrespective of rock type and landform, they act as conduits and barriers
for ground water movement. A seperate derivative layer containing of these units as line
features is generated as shown in fig. 2.8. The line features are represented with different
colours as indicated in Annexure III. The aquifer material of the structure controlled units
with respect to hydrogeological properties is considered as uniform throughout the length
and depth of the unit. However, depending on the intensity of the weak zones, they
have to be classified as minor and major categories. Since the weak zones and intrusives
are already mapped as type 1 structures in structural layer 1, the same can be converted
into structure controlled hydrogeomorphic unit (line) layer.
2.2.4 Assessment of Recharge Conditions
In the second step, the hydrogeomorphology layers (both polygon and line feature layers)
are integrated with hydrology layers. As a result the hydrological features occurring in
each hydrogeomorphic unit gets delineated. The study and analysis of the integrated
data facilitates evaluation of the unit in terms of the potential of the aquifer material for
the occurence and movement of groundwater, amount of the water available for recharge
and the actual recharge taken place.
The main sources of recharge to the aquifer / hydrogeomorphic unit are rainfall, water
bodies, return flow from the irrigation, etc. The amount of water available has to be
taken in to account for assessing the recharge condition from all these sources. However,
the total available water may not percolate in to the ground. It depends on the infiltration
capacity of the soil and the hydrogeological properties of the underlying rock formations.
Hence, the actual recharge is assessed not only based on the water available from
different sources but also the hdrogeological properties of geological material. The
recharge conditions are classified as excellent, very good, good, moderate, limited,
poor or nil and the criteria for classification is given in Table-5.4.
Water level fluctuation data: Depth of the water levels and their fluctuation observed
from the wells located in the geomorphic unit also indicates the recharge conditions
prevailing in the unit. Deeper water levels and high fluctuation indicates the poor recharge
condition and vice versa.
nrsa
32

2.2.5 Estimation of Ground Water Prospects
Then each hydrogeomorphic unit has to be has to be estimated for its ground water
prospects. The ground water prospects of lithology-landform controlled units are estimated
METHODOLOGY
based on the analysis of hydrogeological characteristics of all the parameters controlling
CHAPTER - 2
the occurrence and movement of ground water in conjunction with the observation well
data collected during the feild work. The ground water prospects of the aquifers are
estimated in terms of type of wells suitable, depth range of wells that can be drilled and
expected yield range. In addition, the success rate of wells, water quality and ground
water irrigated area are also estimated. The hydrogeological characteristics of individual
parameters are described in Annexure-VA & VB. The ground water prospects of structure
controlled units, however, are considered as anomolous with reference to surrounding
lithology-landform controlled units. The fault/fracture zones generally acts as conduits
for movement of ground water. The yields are significantly higher and wells are likely to
be sustainable for longer duration. The linear intrusive units generally acts as barriers
for ground water movement. But the fractured portions may form as good aquifers and
give high yields.
Types of wells suitable: The criteria for suggesting type of well is given in Table-2.2.
Based on this criteria, a suitable type of well has to be suggested in each
hydrogeomorphic unit.
Table – 2.2: Criteria for suggesting type of well
Dug Well (DW) Where, the water table is very shallow and/or
aquifers with low transmissivities are present
(weathered, fissured/clayey formations).
Bore Well (BW) Where, the water table is deep and/or a thick
column of weathered / fractured rocks or semi-
consolidated rocks with fairly good
transmissivities are present.
Tube Well (TW) Where, loose or collapsible unconsolidated and
semi-consolidated sediments with fairly good
transmissivities are present.
Dug-cum-Bore Well (DBW) Where, the water table is at moderate depth,
having semi-confined aquifers and the formation
is not collapsible.
Dug-cum-Tube Well (DTW) Same as above (DBW), but where the formation
is loose and collapsible requiring slotted casing.
Ring Well (RW) Same as DW, but where loose and collapsible
formation is present.
nrsa
33

Depth Range of wells: The depth range of the wells is estimated based on the depth to
water table, the water table fluctuation, the depth at which the productive acquifer occurs.
The depth ranges of wells can be classified into 3 categories i.e. less than 30m, 30 to
80 m, more than 80 m, as given in Annexure VI. Appropirate depth range suitable to the
hydrogeomorphic unit can be suggested.
Expected Yield range: Initially, considering the hydrogeological characteristics of the

controlling factors, the potential yield of the hydrogeomorphic unit is evaluated. Then
the yields of the existing wells located in the unit are to be considered for calibration.
While doing so 1) the average yield of the wells is to be taken in to account, 2) the wells
with abnormally low and abnormally high yields should be avoided (where abnormally
high yields are noticed in the hard rocks i.e. >200 lpm, the reasons also should be
verified and possibility of its occurrence on fracture zones may be checked by examining
the satellite imagery. If any fracture / lineament is inferred on the satellite data, some
more wells should be observed along such zone to confirm the existence of fracture
and represent the same on the map as ‘confirmed fracture’ with appropriate line symbol).
Finally, based on the correlation study, the expected yield range of wells in lpm or cu.m/
day has to be estimated for each unit. A more porous and pervious rock cannot give
lower yield than a less porous and pervious rocks. Similarly, a shallow weathered zone
on the same rock cannot give high yield than deeply weathered zone. The possible
seven categories of yield ranges are provided in Annexure VI.
For estimating the approximate yield range of a hydrogeomorphic unit, right at the observation
well, a chart (Table-2.3a) showing the diameter of the discharge pipe verses yield is provided.
Similarly, a procedure for estimating the yield of a dug well is also provided in Table-2.3b. In
those hydrogeomorphic units, where no observation wells are available, a tentative yield
range has to be given purely based on hydrogeological considerations.
Table – 2.3a: Approximate Yield ranges for different diameter pipes.
Water flow Approximate Yield Ranges (in lpm)

2" Dia pipe 21/2" Dia pipe 3" Dia pipe
Half (½) delivery (Half pipe) 10-50 15-75 22-112
Three-fourth (¾) delivery (three-fourth pipe) 50-75 75-112 112-168
Full delivery (full pipe) 75-100 112-150 168-225
Full pipe with pressure up to 1ft distance 100-150 150-225 225-337
nrsa
34

Table – 2.3b: Steps for estimating yield of a Dug well
1. Depth of the well

2. Diameter of the well / Length & Breadth of the well
3. Depth to water level
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
4. Quantity of water available in the well
5. Delivery pipe size: 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3" etc.
6. Pumping (draw down) time:
7. Recuperation time : 6 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs
8. Optimum yield of the well
Discharge x Pumping time
= ———————————————
Pumping time + recuperation time
While inferring the ground water prospects, in a hydrogeomorphic unit where in a shallow
as well as a deeper aquifers occur, the ‘type of wells suitable,’ ‘depth range of wells’ and
yield range of wells’ are to be suggested for both the aquifers. However, the depth and
yield of more productive aquifer has to be reflected on the map. In the legend, firstly the
prospects of shallow aquifer has to be mentioned followed by that of deeper aquifer. For
example:
Type of wells Depth range of wells Yield range of wells

suitable (suggested, in metres) (expected, in lpm or m3/day)
DW 20-25 m 50-100 m3/day
TW 100-150 m 800-1500 lpm
In the remarks column, the depth range(s) of granular zones likely to be encountered
will be given based on the existing lithologs, wherever available.
The discharge of the wells in the hilly/ mountainous terrain normally is low. It ranges
between 10-50 lpm and falls in any of the following 3 classes as shown in Annexure VI
• 10-20 lpm (pink colour)

• 20-30 lpm (brown colour)
• 30-50 lpm (orange colour)
Further, since in mountainous/hilly terrain, pump tests data are not available and ground
water development is mainly through bore wells fitted with hand pumps, the discharge
of wells and yields of aquifer are to be taken as synonymous for practical purposes for
inferring the ground water prospects of a map unit. This can be mentioned as a general
note in the map legend.
nrsa
35
02_Rajeev gandhi_CH1_6_PAP.pmd 35 4/2/2008, 10:32 AM

Table – 2.4: National and International Standards of Drinking water
Sr. Para- International ICMR, New Delhi ISI 10500 1991 NDWM, DRD,
No. meters Standards Second Edition (First Revision) Govt.of India
WHO-1971
Highest Max Highest Max Highest Max Highest Max
Dosirable Permisible Dosirable Permissible Dosirable Permissible Dosirable Permissible
limit limit limit limit limit limit limit limit
1 Colour 5PCU 50PCU 5PCU 25PCU 5HU 25HU 5Units 25Units
2. Taste and UO UO UO UO UO UO UO UO
Odour
3. Turbidity 5JTU 25JTU 5JTU 25JTU 5NTU 10NTU 5JTU 25JTU
4. TDS.mg/1 500 1500 500 3000 500 2000 500 1500
5. pH 7.0 to 6.5 to 7.0 to 6.5 to 6.5 to No 7.0 to 6.5 to
8.5 9.2 8.5 9.2 8.5 relaxation 8.5 9.0
6. Total 100 500 300 600 300 600 300 600

Hardness
(CaCo3)
mg/1
7. Calcium 75 200 75 200 75 200 75 200

(Ca)
mg/1
8. Chloride 200 600 200 1000 250 1000 200 1000

(Cl) mg/1
9. Sulphate 200 400 200 400 200 400 200 400

(S04)
mg/1
10 Nitrate 45 .. 20 100 45 100 45 100

(N03)
mg/1
11 Fluoride 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5

(F) mg/1
12 Iron(Fe)
mg/1 0.1 1.0 0.1 1.0 0.3 1.0 0.1 1.0
13 Manganes 0.05 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5

(Mn) mg/1
NOTE: 1.PCU = Platinum Cobalt Scale Unit; 2.HU= Hazen Unit; 3.JTU = Jackson Turbidity Unit;
4.NTU = Nephelometric Turbidity Unit; 5.UO = Unobjectionable
nrsa
36

Success rate of wells / Homogeneity of the map unit: The success rate of wells
varies from unit to unit depending on the homogeneity in the aquifer. Therefore, after
careful analysis of the controlling factors and the well observation data, the success
METHODOLOGY
rate of wells (very high, high, moderate, low or poor) has to be estimated for each unit
CHAPTER - 2
based on the homogeneity in the aquifer. For example, homogeneity in the aquifer and
success rate of wells is very high in well sorted semi-consolidated formations like
sandstones, whereas they are low/poor in hard rocks (fissured rocks) without fractures
and significant weathering. While fixing the success rate of wells, the yield ranges of the
wells suggested in the unit has also to be taken in to account.
Water Quality: The ground water quality, i.e. Potable (P) or Non-Potable (NP) is also
evaluated for each unit. This information is provided mainly based on the existing maps /
information, ground truth data and to some extent from the study of the composition of
the aquifer material. Wherever the water is non-potable, the reasons for non-potability
(e.g. high TDS, high fluoride, high nitrate content, etc.) are to be given.
In alluvial terrain, for the aquifers having non-potable ground water quality, while inferring
the prospects, i.e. in the ‘type of wells suitable,’ ‘depth range of wells’ and yield range of
wells’ columns, only the aquifer (depth-wise: shallow/ moderate/ deep) yielding the potable
water has to be considered. The aquifer yielding the non-potable ground water, however,
can be mentioned in the ‘remarks’ column of the legend. If all the aquifers (i.e. shallow /
moderate / deep) yield non-potable ground water, then appropriate measures in the
‘water harvesting / recharge structures suitable’ and in the ‘remarks’ column have to be
mentioned.
Ground water irrigated area: The extent of ground water irrigated area is estimated
for each unit to under stand the status of ground water exploitation and the stress on the
ground water regime.
2.2.6 Selection of Sites for Artificial Recharge Structures
In order to improve the ground water condition, particularly the sustainability of both drinking
as well as irrigation wells in the hydrogeomorphic unit, sufficient recharge is essential. In
case the natural recharge is not sufficient, it has to be met through artificial recharge.
Many a times the sites for constructing recharge structures are selected based on
administrative grounds. As a result proper recharge doesn’t take place leading to wastage
of money. To provide the user a scientifically appropriate location for constructing artificial
recharge structures, each hydrogeomorphic unit is evaluated for its recharge potential.
Accordingly, the types of recharge structures that are suitable in each hydrogeomorphic
unit are to be identified. The tentative locations for their construction are also to be
nrsa
37

suggested. The prioritization of the hydrogeomorphic units in to different priority zones

for taking up for construction activity has to be made. Incorporating all this data to layers
(line, point) have to be created.
Types of recharge structures: The following categories of recharge structures are

considered for suggesting in each hydrogeomorphic unit –
1. Percolation Tank (PT)

2. Check Dam (CD)
3. Nala Bund (NB)
4. Invert Well (i.e. Recharge Wells) (IW)
5. Desilting of Tank (DT)
6. Recharge Pit (RP)
7. Subsurface Dyke (SD)
Some of the similar type of terrain specific recharge structures like Storage Tank (ST) in
hilly terrain and ‘Recharge Shaft (RS)’ in alluvial terrain can also be considered. Soil
Conservation Measures (SCM) and In-situ water harvesting can be recommended
wherever applicable and can be mentioned as a footnote of the legend. Locations for
one or more than one type of the recharge structures are identified in each
hydrogeomorphic unit based on the following criteria.
Criteria for site selection: In general, the locations for recharge structures are to be
identified about 200-300 m upstream of the problem habitations. They have to be located
mainly on 1st to 3rd order streams and at the most up to the initial stages of 4th order
stream. No recharge structure is located on major streams / rivers occupying large
area and forming polygons. The locations of the recharge structures are shown in each
hydrogeomorphic unit with the respective symbols indicated in Annexure VIa. The criteria
for selection of tentative locations for various recharge structures is given below.
Check Dam: On the 1st and 2nd order streams along the foot hill zones and in the areas
with 0-5% slope.
Percolation Tank: On the 1st to 3rd order streams located in the plains and valleys
having sufficient weathered zone / loose material / fractures.
Nala Bund: On the 1st to 4th order streams flowing through the plains and valleys
where acquisition of land for inundation of large areas is not possible. In this case,
limited water will be stored in the river bed for some time which increases recharge.
Invert Well / recharge Well: In the areas where transmissivity of the upper strata is
poor, e.g. in shales underlain by sandstones, in buried pediplains with top soil having
nrsa
38

low permeability, in Deccan Traps where vesicular basalt is overlain by massive basalt
or thick black cotton soil or impervious zone.
Desilting of Tanks: The desilting is recommended in small tanks which are partially
METHODOLOGY
silted up. Siltation in the tanks is found by study of the image and ground truth.
CHAPTER - 2
Recharge Pit: Around the habitations where drainage does not exist, e.g. water divide
areas, hill / plateau tops, etc. The Recharge pits are preferred in the existing tanks also.
Subsurface dyke: To improve the subsurface storage in unsaturated zones eg. vesicular /
weathored / fractured basalt, lateritic terrain etc. where the ground water seepage as
base flow is significant.
Accordingly, in each hydrogeomorphic unit, the suitable types of recharge structures

have to be identified and shown on the map layer as well as in the legend with appropriate
symbals and abbreviations.
Prioritization of units: As mentioned earlier, the priority in which the hydrogeomorphic

unit is to be considered for taking up construction of recharge structures also
found to be an important issue based on the nature of the unit and cost – benefit analysis.
In view of this, different priority categories are identified and all the hydrogeomorphic
units showing the recharge structures suitable in that unit have to be assessed in
terms of priority.
Priority categories: The following categories of priorities are identified and considered
for the prioritization.
1. Very High Priority

2. High priority
3. Moderate Priority
4. Low Priority
5. No Priority
6. Not required.
Criteria for prioritization: The prioritization of hydrogeomorphic units for constructing

recharge structures should be based on the following criteria.
1. Presence of villages with drinking water scarcity (mainly due to the decline in
water table)
2. Status of ground water development
3. Areas where ground water levels are declining fast
nrsa
39

4. Areas where water quality problem exists

5. Where recharge is poor/limited due to unfavourable hydrogeological conditions
For example, in the hydrogeomorphic units where drinking water sources have dried up
or water levels are declining fast or more number of drinking water scarcity villages are
located or percentage of ground water irrigated area is very high or quality problem is
reported (which can be improved by dilution through recharge), ‘Very High Priority’ can
be indicated. Similarly, the units, which are mainly covered under forests or inhabited or
shallow water table having good to excellent recharge from canal commands and surface
water bodies and rivers etc, are to be given ‘No Priority’. The remaining units can be
given the ‘High Priority’ / ‘Moderate Priority / Low Priority. For the zones, which are not
suitable for recharge structures, it should be indicated as ‘Not required’. The priority in
which the hydrogeomorphic unit is classified can be indicated by mentioning as Low
Priority, Moderate Priority, High Priority, Very High Priority and Not required.
2.2.7 Generation of Ground Water Prospects Map
Based on the integration of the thematic data, a comprehensive ground water prospects
map showing all the above mentioned information has to be prepared. The map has to
be generated in such a way that – a) the information pertaining to the factors controlling
the occurrence and movement of ground water i.e lithology, geomorphology, geological
structures and recharge conditions is presented as different layers and forms a base,
b) the distribution of hydrogeomorphic units i.e the aquifers is shown as the derivative
of these four factors and c) the ground water prospects which is in the form of type,
depth and yield range of the recommended wells are to be provided as the outcome of
the analysis of hydrogeological characteristics of the hydrogeomorphic units.
Map layouts: In order to generate the outputs – individual thematic maps as well as the
integrated ground water prospects map – with common standards, fixed map layouts
have been created (Fig 2.9). The map lay outs have the provision for the title, map area,
legend area, etc. The map templates are provided to the partnership institutions along
with the methodology manual.
Map composition: In order to create the maps, first of all, the relevant map templates
have to be opened. Then the coverages / layers have to be called in to the layout as per
the requirement of contents. The five individual thematic maps are prepared by
considering the coverages / layers along with associated symbol libraries that are relevant
to that particular thematic map. The layers have to be opened in the corresponding template
and have to be given the symbol codes and all legend information also. With this the
Arc-Map MXD files can also be generated along with 18 coverage files. Once all the input
files are ready, then use the Ground Water Prospects Map template and start map
composition. For creating the ground water prospects maps, all the 18 input layers except
nrsa
40

the lithology, geomorphology and structure-2 and their symbol libraries are required. The
layers have to be called in a sequential order and the Lithgeom layer has to be called to
the template in the last so that all the the map contents are properly represented. Once the
map is ready, then call symbol codes for each layer and assign the symbols according to the
METHODOLOGY
standards. Again add the Labels also for each layer.
CHAPTER - 2
Fig. 2.9: Map layouts a) Lithology map layout b) Structural map layout
c) Geomorphology map layout d) Hydrology map layout e) Base map layout
f) Ground water prospects map layout
nrsa
41

Fig. 2.10: Individual thematic maps generated from the coverages
nrsa
42

The rock types are annotated with numeric codes, where as the landforms are with alphabetic
codes. The geological structures are shown with different types of lines and the hydrological
details are with different symbols. The hydrogeomorphic units are coloured with different
hatching patterns based on their yield and depth ranges.
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
For this purpose, VIBGYOR colour scheme with seven colours, i.e. violet to red, are used
for depicting different yield ranges (Annexure-VI). Within each yield range, 3 hatching patterns
are used for depicting the depth range of wells. Thus, a hydrogeomorphic unit showing one
of the three hatching patterns in a particular colour (from violet to red) indicates the expected
yield range and suggested depth range of the wells. For example, a unit with horizontal
hatching in blue colour indicates that the expected yield range in that unit is 200-400 lpm
and the depth range of the well is <30 m. The inselbergs, linear ridges, dykes, etc which act
as run-off zones/ barriers for ground water movement, are indicated with solid red colour,
and the hills (SH, DH and RH) and dissected plateaus where the prospects are limited to
valley portions only are indicated with red hatching.
In addition to the above, the rivers / streams and perennial water bodies / tanks are shown
in light cyan colour and roads, railways and settlements are shown in brown colour. All the
faults, fractures / lineaments which mainly act as conduits for ground water movement are
represented with blue colour. Similarly, the quartz reefs / quartzite bands, pegmatite veins,
dykes, shear zones, etc which mainly act as barriers for ground water movement are shown
with red colour. The dykes which act as carrier for ground water movement will also be
shown with blue colour lines, same as fractures / lineaments. The unit boundaries (polygon
boundaries) and unit annotations are represented in black colour as shown in Fig. 2.11.
Once this part is over, then create legend for the Lithgeom layer by inserting the legend from
menu. According to Stratigraphic sequence make corresponding legend rows and start
filling up the legend columns. Similarly fill the Map Index and other details also. Now the final
Ground Water Prospects Map is ready. Save the file with the corresponding map sheet
number. Map composition and legend creations using the template in Arc Map (Arc GIS) is
given in Annexure-II.
2.2.8 Creation of Legend
Since no separate report has to be prepared for each map, an exhaustive self explanatory
legend has been designed containing two parts. The upper part of the legend provides
map unit-wise ground water prospect information. The lower part provides the symbology
details about the base map, hydrological and geological information, colour scheme for
representing the yield range and depth range of wells, location map, toposheet index,
administrative index and other reference information. The format of the legend is fixed
nrsa
43

Fig. 2.11: Ground water prospects map of part of Khammam district,
Andhra Pradesh (Map part).
SCALE - 1:50,000
MAPSHEET NO. 65B/16 KHAMMAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
PIC-83
SH-95 I-83
Uyyalamadugu
FPM-11
PPS-67 Tippapuram
PPS-67
-95
PPS-62 Chelamala
FV
PPM-62
SH-95
Talperu Reservoir
PPS-62 FPM-11
RH-95
Gannavaram
CB-11
Upparigudem V-
9 5
PPM-62 Gisarli
V-9
Dosinapalli 5
Peddamidisileru
PB-11
S H -1 RH-95
2
1102 mm
PPS-62
PPM-62 Kotturu
Cherla
2
RH-95 Kotturu
BS-1
SH-95
FPM-11
Rayusupeta
PPM-62
Rayusupeta
1
Lingapurampadu Rallagudem Chinnamidisileru

PB-1
PPS-67
FPM-11 PPS-62
APM-11 Gumpenagudem PPM-62
Gompalle Anjanapuram
BC
-1
1
-1
1
B
P
Lingapuram
CB-11 APD-11
Kottapalle
11
PB-
iver
e ru R Tegada
Talp
LR-72
anal
Erragadda
Go
PPS-67
LR-72
ain C
da
PPM-62
va
ef t M
r iR
Medivaya
iv
uL
er
p er
APM-11
l
Ta
Gommugudem PPS-62
APD-11 Kaliveru
C NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY, DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA # Software Designed & Developed by Geology Division, NRSA ( AML version -II )
nrsa
44

Fig. 2.12a: Legend of the ground water prospects map

of part of Khammam district, Andhra Pradesh (upper part)
MAP UNIT GEOLOGICAL SEQUENCE/ GEOMORPHIC DEPTH TO RECHARGE GROUND WATER PROSPECTS
(HYDROGEOMORPHIC ROCK TYPE UNIT/LANDFORM WATER TABLE CONDITIONS QUALITY GROUND RECHARGE
UNIT)
SUMMER/PRE-MONSOON AQUIFER MATERIAL TYPE OF WELLS DEPTH RANGE YIELD RANGE HOMOGENITY R E M A R K S
(AVERAGE IN METERS) BASED ON SUITABLE OF WELLS OF WELLS IN THE AQUIFER OF WATER WATER STRUCTURES
METHODOLOGY
REPRESENTED
IN THE MAP WITH
(REPRESENTED IN THE MAP (REPRESENTED IN THE MAP AVIALABILITY & SUCCESS IRRIGATED SUITABLE &
OF WATER LS = LOOSE SEDIMENTS DW = DUG WELL (SUGGESTED) (EXPECTED) (PROBLEMS / LIMITATIONS)
ALPHANUMERIC CODE WITH NUMERIC CODE) WITH ALPHABETIC CODE) NO. OF WELLS RATE OF WEELS POTABLE (P) AREA PRIORITY
CHAPTER - 2
PR = PERMEABLE ROCK RW = RING WELL
(COLOUR INDICATES FIR = FISSURED ROCK BW = BORE WELL (IN LPM OR m3 /d) NON POTABLE (NP) = PERCOLATION TANK
GROUND WATER
OBSERVED (RAINFALL & OTHER FR = FRACTURED ROCK TW = TUBE WELL
MIN - MAX (PROBABILITY) PT
CD = CHECK DAM
SOURCES) WR = WEATHERED ROCK DBW/ = DUG-CUM- (IN METRES) VERY HIGH (INDICATE REASONS (APPROX RANGE = NALA BUND
PROSPECTS) NB
IR = IMPERVIOS ROCK DTW BORE / TUBE HIGH IF NON POTABLE) IN PERCENTAGE) IW = INVERT WELL
WELL MODERATE DT = DESILTING OF TANK
LOW RP = RECHARGE PIT
Burried channel 3-4 Very good scope for ground water

BC-11 ----- Very Good LS TW 5-10 Not required development. Recharge structures
(BC) >800lpm Very High P Nil
No wells not required.
3-5 TW Very good scope for ground water

CB-11 Channel Bar LS 5-10 >800lpm Very High P Nil development. Recharge structures
----- Very Good Not required
(CB) No wells not required.
Quarternary Formation
3-6 Suitable for further Ground

PB-11 LS TW 5-10 Very High Nil Not required water development.
Alluvium Point Bar ----- Very Good >800lpm P
No wells Casing is required.
(Sand / Silt dominant) (PB)
(11) Suitable for further Ground

Alluvium Plain 4-7 Good LS TW
APD-11 ----- 10-18 400-600lpm High 20-25 Not required water development.
-Deep P
5-TW Casing is required.
(APD)
Alluvium Plain 5-8 Good LS TW Further ground water development

APM-11 ----- 10-20 300-400lpm High 15-20
-Moderate P DT is suggested. Casing is required.
(APM) 5-TW
Flood Plain 6-9 LS TW Further ground water development

FPM-11 ----- Good 20-40 300-380lpm High 5-10 DT
-Moderate P is suggested. Casing is required.
(FPM) 4-TW
Alluvium 3-5
BS-12 (Clay dominant) Back Swamp Limited LS TW 10-20 300-350lpm Suitable for development
----- Moderate P Nil Not required
(12) (BS) No wells
(Proterozoic)
Intrusives
Basic Rock --------

LR-72 Linear Ridge -------- -------- -------- Run-off Zone
(Gabbro) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(72) (LR)
Shale Pediplain
PPS-67 -Shallow 4-7 Poor WR + FIR Shale acts as aquiclude.
(67) ----- BW 30-60 P Nil CD
Weathred 40-50lpm Low Fracture zones are favourable.
(PPS) 3-BW
Pediplain 30-40 Yields are uniform due to

PPM-62 -Moderately ------- Good WR + PR BW PT homoginity. Fracture zones are
30-50 200-300lpm Moderate 10-15
Weathred P favoureble
Cuddapah Super Group
7-BW
Sandstone (PPM)
(62) Pediplain 35-45
PPS-62 BW Yields are uniform due to
-Shallow ------- Good WR + PR 40-60 80-100lpm 5-10 homoginity. Fracture zones are
Weathred Moderate P RP
3-BW favourable
(PPS)
Fracutre Line 10-15

FV-95 --------- Limited WR + FR BW 30-45 200-300lpm Highly Suitable for ground water
Valley High P Nil CD development
(FV) No wells
15-25
V-95 Valley Limited WR + FR BW 35-60 Suitable for ground water
--------- 80-100lpm Low P Nil
Quartzite (V) No wells Not required development
(95)
RH-95 Residual Hill -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Run-off Zone
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(RH)
SH-95 Structural Hill -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Mainly run-off Zone. Prospects
-------- -------- -------- limeted to Fracture zones only
(SH)
Pediment Inselbergs acts as run-off zone.

Inselberg 30-40
PIC-83 -------- Poor WR + FR BW 60-90 40-50lpm Nil Pediments parts are suitable for
Complex Low P CD development.
(PIC) No wells
PGC
Granitoid Gneiss
I-83 Inselberg -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(83) -------- -------- -------- -------- Run-off Zone
(I)
F F These are fault / fracture zones, which generally act as conduits for movement of ground water in hard rocks. Along these zones, the yields are significantly higher and wells are likely to be sustainable for longer duration. However, the inferred fractures need to be confirmed by detailed ground surveys.
D D Q Q P P These are the dykes, quartz reefs, pegmatites etc. which generally act as barriers for ground water movement.
D D Q Q P P
N.B. - The depth range and yield range of wells may vary within the unit because of certain inhomogeneities. Fractures / lineaments which are clearly observed / inferred from the satellite image are indicated on the map. There could be some obscured fractures which also influence the ground water prospects.
Locations of the recharge structures shown in the map are tentative. This map is useful for narrowing down the target zones, and exact locations on the ground for wells and recharge structures should be identified based on follow-up ground hydrogeological / geophysical surveys.
C O M M O N M A P I N D E X
GROUND WATER PROSPECTS INFORMATION HYDROLOGICAL INFORMATION STRUCTURAL INFORMATION BASE MAP INFORMATION LOCATION INFORMATION
DEPTH RANGE OF WELLS DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SCHISTOSITY/ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
DIPS BEDDING
FOLIATION
YIELD COLOUR DEEP
CODE SHALLOW MODERATE CANAL/TANK IRRIGATED AREA
RANGE GENTLE (< 15 )
o
RIVER / STREAM
OF WELLS < 30 METERS 30-80 METERS > 80 METERS
GROUND WATER IRRIGATED AREA o o WATER BODY / SPRING

MODERATE (15 - 45 )
> 800 LPM

Violet o o
RAIN GUAGE STATION 800 CANAL
STEEP (45 - 80 )
(With average annual rainfall in mm)
NH - 7
SUB-VERTICAL NATIONAL HIGHWAY
RECHARGE STRUCTURES SUGGESTED o
Indigo TO VERTICAL ( > 80 )

400-800 LPM SH - 9
PERCOLATION TANK CHECK DAM STATE HIGHWAY
NALA BUND RECHARGE WELL
ANTICLINE / ANTIFORM
DESILTING OF TANK RECHARGE PIT
Blue METALLED ROAD
200-400 LPM SYNCLINE / SYNFORM
WELLS OBSERVED DURING FIELD VISIT
TREND LINE OTHER ROAD
YIELD RANGE BORE / YIELD RANGE DUG WELL/
ANDHRA PRADESH
IN LPM TUBE WELL IN m 3 / day RING WELL
Green ESCARPMENT RAILWAY
8/15
> 400 m 3/ day
15/70
100-200 LPM > 800 LPM
LITHOLOGIC / GEOMORPHIC UNIT CITY / VILLAGE
15/70 3 8/15
400-800 LPM 200-400 m / day BOUNDARY HABITATIONS: NOT-COVERED (NC)/
MINOR MAJOR PARTIALY COVERED (PC)
100-200 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
Yellow 200-400 LPM
50-100 LPM FAULT F F F F BOUNDARY :
15/70 3 8/15 ADMINISTRATIVE INDEX
100-200 LPM 50-100 m / day STATE MAPSHEET INDEX
FRACTURE / LINEAMENT
DISTRICT
15/70 3 8/15
50-100 LPM 25-50 m / day 65B/11 65B/15 65F/3
10-50 LPM
Orange 15/70 3 8/15 (Iinferred) OTHER INFORMATION
10-50 LPM 5-25 m / day
65B/12 65B/16 65F/4
Prospects KHAMMAM
< 5 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
limited to valley < 10 LPM (Confirmed / Inferred)
DYKE D D D D
portions only
Colour inside well symbol indicates yield range. The figures on the top 65C/9 65C/13 65G/1
(Hills, Plateaus right hand side of well indicate the depth to water level and total depth QUARTZ REEF (Confirmed / Inferred) Q Q Q Q
etc.) Red of well in meters.
Run-off zone/ DUG-CUM-BORE WELL HAND PUMP WELL PEGMATITE (Confirmed / Inferred) P P P P
Barrier for (Inselberg / Ridge / Dyke etc.) OBSERVATION WELL ( Lithologic contacts are inferred at places & Geomorphic boundaries
G.W. movement ARTESIAN WELL
OF G.W DEPT. / C.G.W.B are gradational )
PREPARED BY TECHNICAL GUIDANCE & QUALITY CHECK PARTICIPATING ORGANISATIONS METHODOLOGY & PROJECT EXECUTION SPONSORED BY
LANDENDS SOLUTIONS PRIVATE LIMITED
NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY 1) P.H.E Dept, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY RAJIV GANDHI NATIONAL DRINKING WATER MISSION
80, SATYANARAYANA NAGAR,
GUDIMALKAPUR
DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA 2) G.W. Dept, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA MINISTRY OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT
HYDERABAD-28 BALANAGAR, HYDERABAD. 3) Andhra Prades State Remote Sensing centre BALANAGAR, HYDERABAD GOVT. OF INDIA, NEW DELHI
4) Central Ground Water Board, Hyderabad
nrsa
45

to maintain the standards and uniformity. The details to be furnished in the upper and
the lower parts of the legend are discussed below:
Upper part
The upper part of the legend, which is meant for showing the unit-wise ground water
prospects, is divided into 14 columns. The information that is to be provided in each
column is furnished hereunder. However, for structure controlled hydrogeomorphic units,
the ground water prospects are to be given in a single row as a statement of inference.
These units can come at the end as shown in fig. 2.12a.
Column-1: Map Unit
In this column, the information about hydrogeomorphic unit has to be furnished with alpha-
numeric code, where the alphabetic code represents geomorphic unit and numeric code
represents lithological unit and both are separated by a dash (e.g. DH-91, PPM-91, etc).
Further, the box has to be filled with colour hatching. The colour represents the yield range
of wells and hatching pattern indicates the depth range of wells. While arranging all the
hydrogeomorphic units in the legend, the geological sequence should be followed. Within
the rock types, the geomorphic units have to be arranged as per the relief (i.e. starting from
valleys and plains on the top to hills at the bottom).
In case of Deccan trap, the flow numbers should be added as third digit to the lithologic
code. The flow no. or range of flow nos. separated by a dash should be kept in brackets and
placed after the lithologic code.
Column-2: Geological sequence / Rock Type
In this column, the lithologic units / rock types are to be indicated following the geological
sequence (stratigraphy). This column is sub-divided into 2 sub-columns. In the first sub-
column, name of the Super group / Group has to be given vertically (with geological
sandstone, Peninsular Gneiss etc). The code no. appropriate to each can be given in the
brackets after the rock type. The names of the rock types are to be given in capital letters.
In case of Deccan Traps, write Deccan Traps vertically with capital letters as shown in fig
2.12a. In sub-column 2, the list of flows with heading Basalt Flows should be given. For
each flow no., type of flow (e.g. massive, vesicular, unclassified group, etc) has to be
written in 1st line in capital letters and its elevation range (in m MSL) to be given in 2nd line
in small letters. Note that the list of flows should also include intertrappeans. In between
two flows, line separator is not required. However, between Mesa / Butte (M/B) unit and
the rest of the units in Deccan Traps, line separator is required. Further, for this unit, in
place of no. and type of flow, it should be written as On Different Flows in capital letters.
nrsa
46

Column-3: Geomorphic Unit / Landform
In this column, the name of geomorphic unit / landform has to be given followed by
alphabetic codes in brackets, e.g. Valley Fill – Shallow (VFS), Bajada – Shallow (BJS).
All the geomorphic units / landforms within a given rock type have to be arranged as per
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
the relief, i.e. starting from valleys and plains on the top and hills at the bottom.
In case of Deccan Trap, the name of geomorphic unit / landform should be given in the
1st line and the elevation range for each unit has to be given in second line.
Column-4: Depth to Water Table and No. of Wells Observed
In this column, information collected from field work on depth to the water level of summer
season / pre-monsoon period (minimum to maximum range in metres) along with the
number of wells observed are to be given. In the units where no wells are present, it has
to be mentioned as “No Wells”. Where, wells are not observed, it has to be mentioned as
“Wells Not Observed”.
Column-5: Recharge conditions
In this column, the recharge conditions generalised for each hydrogeomorphic unit have
to be given based on the water availability from rainfall and other sources, and
hydrogeomorphic conditions. The recharge conditions have to be categorised as
excellent, very good, good, moderate, limited, poor or nil.
Column-6: Aquifer material
In this column, the nature of aquifer material has to be indicated for each hydrogeomorphic
unit. The aquifer material can be one of the 6 categories (Table-2.1) based on their
material content. The abbreviation of the appropriate category is to be indicated. Where,
more than one category is to be indicated, it should be shown as LS + WR or WR + FIR
as the case may be.
Column-7: Types of Wells Suitable
In this column, type of well suitable for that particular hydrogeomorphic unit has to be
given. If in a particular map unit, more than one type of wells is suitable, they can be
mentioned in this column in two separate lines giving depth range, yield range and
other particulars separately for each type of well.
Column-8: Depth Range of Wells (Suggested)
In this column, the optimum depth range of wells in metres has to be indicated. Though
colour scheme-wise the depth range of wells is classified into 3 categories i.e. <30,
nrsa
47

30-80 mtr, >80mtr, actual depth range of wells like 40-55 mtr, 70-80mtr, 90-110mtr should
be given depending on the situation.
Column-9: Yield Range of Wells (Expected)
In this column, the tentative yield range of the wells has to be given in liters per minute
(lpm) for bore/tube wells or in cubic meters (cu m) per day for dug wells.
Column-10: Homogeneity in the Aquifer and Success Rate of Wells
In this column, the success rate of wells has to be indicated in the form of very high,
high, moderate, low or poor based on the homogeneity in the aquifer.
Column-11: Water Quality
In this column, the ground water quality, i.e. Potable (P) or Non-Potable (NP) has to be
mentioned for each unit. Wherever the water is non-potable, the reasons for non-potability
(e.g. high TDS, high fluoride, high nitrate content, brackishness, etc) have to be given in
this column.
Column-12: Ground Water Irrigated area
In this column, for each hydrogeomorphic unit, the extent of ground water irrigated area
(range in %) has to be indicated in terms of 5-10%, <5%, >30% etc.
Column-13: Recharge Structures Suitable / Priority
In this column, the type of recharge structure suitable and priority for taking up recharge
structures has to be indicated.
In addition to the above, wherever Very High, High Priority, No Priority or Not Suitable is
to be given in column no.13 and that should be justified in column no. 14 giving reason.
For example:
i) Very high priority for recharge structures, since ground water exploitation is
very high / wells dry up during summer.
ii) No priority for recharge structures, since mainly occupied by forest and no
habitation.
iii) Recharge structures not suitable, since mainly gullied / ravenous area, etc.
Column-14: Problems / Limitations / Remarks
In this column, the problems / limitations with reference to ground water prospects,
e.g. caving and collapsing of wells, high failure rate, quality / potability etc. other relevant
nrsa
48

information have to be given. In the sedimentary and volcanic formations where the
ground water prospects are better in the underlying rock type, such things also have to
be indicated in this remarks column, which particular zone / stratigraphic unit form the
aquifer may also be indicated there. Because of space constraint, it should be indicated
METHODOLOGY
in telegraphic language with minimum number of words and preference may be given to
CHAPTER - 2
such information, which has not been clarified in any other columns of the legend.
In case of Deccan Trap, mention should be made in telegraphic language about the
following aspects, wherever applicable –
• Wherever the basalt flow exposed at the surface is not forming an aquifer, mention
should be made of the underlying flows or intertrappean beds, if any, which form /
likely to form aquifers along with their elevation range (in m MSL).
• Basis for suggesting the depth and yield range of wells should be given. For
example, in a unit if no wells are existing or observed, it should be mentioned as
‘Prospects are inferred as no wells are available’. Similarly, it can be mentioned
that ‘Vesicular zone / potential aquifer encountered at … m MSL in few/ …. wells,
which needs to be explored / exploited.
• In case of units like Mesa / Butte, etc which are given solid red colour, it should be
written as ‘Run-off zone; Not suitable for ground water development.’
• For the units like Highly Dissected Plateau, which is given red hatching, it should
be written as ‘Mainly run-off zone; Prospects limited to valley portions only.’ In
such cases nothing should be written in 4th-13th columns and a dash has to be
given.
• For the units, which are mainly occupied by forest and / or inhabited, the same
may be mentioned in the remarks column.
In alluvial terrain, if the area is affected by ‘water-logging’, then the suitable measures to
arrest water-logging can be recommended in the ‘remarks’ column. The type(s) of
aquifer(s), i.e. unconfined / semi-confined / confined, can also be mentioned in the
‘remarks’ column, wherever possible.
Lower Part
The lower part of the legend comprises of different symbols used in the map to represent
the base map details, structural, hydrological and ground water prospects information,
location map, toposheet index, administrative index, data used, etc. Most part of it is
fixed; however, the following details which vary from map to map are to be given in each
map as shown in Fig 2.12b.
nrsa
49

nrsa
02_Rajeev gandhi_CH1_6_PAP.pmd
C O M M O N M A P I N D E X
50
GROUND WATER PROSPECTS INFORMATION HYDROLOGICAL INFORMATION STRUCTURAL INFORMATION BASE MAP INFORMATION LOCATION INFORMATION
DEPTH RANGE OF WELLS DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SCHISTOSITY/ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
DIPS BEDDING
FOLIATION
YIELD COLOUR DEEP
CODE SHALLOW MODERATE CANAL/TANK IRRIGATED AREA o
RANGE GENTLE (< 15 ) RIVER / STREAM
OF WELLS < 30 METERS 30-80 METERS > 80 METERS
o o
GROUND WATER IRRIGATED AREA WATER BODY / SPRING

MODERATE (15 - 45 )
> 800 LPM

Violet o o
RAIN GUAGE STATION 800 CANAL
STEEP (45 - 80 )
NH - 7
SUB-VERTICAL NATIONAL HIGHWAY
RECHARGE STRUCTURES SUGGESTED o
Indigo TO VERTICAL ( > 80 )

400-800 LPM SH - 9
PERCOLATION TANK CHECK DAM STATE HIGHWAY
DESILTING OF TANK RECHARGE PIT METALLED ROAD
Blue
200-400 LPM SYNCLINE / SYNFORM
TREND LINE OTHER ROAD
ANDHRA PRADESH
IN LPM TUBE WELL IN m 3 / day RING WELL
Green ESCARPMENT RAILWAY
15/70 3 8/15
100-200 LPM > 800 LPM > 400 m / day
LITHOLOGIC / GEOMORPHIC UNIT CITY / VILLAGE
15/70 8/15
400-800 LPM 200-400 m 3/ day BOUNDARY HABITATIONS: NOT-COVERED (NC)/
15/70 3 8/15 MINOR MAJOR PARTIALY COVERED (PC)
Yellow 200-400 LPM 100-200 m / day
50
50-100 LPM FAULT F F F F BOUNDARY :
15/70 3 8/15 ADMINISTRATIVE INDEX
100-200 LPM 50-100 m / day STATE MAPSHEET INDEX
DISTRICT
15/70 3 8/15
50-100 LPM 25-50 m / day 65B/11 65B/15 65F/3
10-50 LPM
Orange 15/70 8/15 (Iinferred) OTHER INFORMATION
10-50 LPM 5-25 m 3/ day
65B/12 65B/16 65F/4
Prospects 15/70 8/15 KHAMMAM
limited to valley < 10 LPM < 5 m 3/ day (Confirmed / Inferred)
DYKE D D D D
portions only
Colour inside well symbol indicates yield range. The figures on the top 65C/9 65C/13 65G/1
(Hills, Plateaus right hand side of well indicate the depth to water level and total depth QUARTZ REEF (Confirmed / Inferred) Q Q Q Q
etc.) Red of well in meters.
HAND PUMP WELL PEGMATITE (Confirmed / Inferred) P P P P
Run-off zone/ DUG-CUM-BORE WELL
Barrier for (Inselberg / Ridge / Dyke etc.) OBSERVATION WELL ( Lithologic contacts are inferred at places & Geomorphic boundaries
G.W. movement ARTESIAN WELL
OF G.W DEPT. / C.G.W.B are gradational )
PREPARED BY TECHNICAL GUIDANCE & QUALITY CHECK PARTICIPATING ORGANISATIONS METHODOLOGY & PROJECT EXECUTION SPONSORED BY
LANDENDS SOLUTIONS PRIVATE LIMITED
NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY 1) P.H.E Dept, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY RAJIV GANDHI NATIONAL DRINKING WATER MISSION
80, SATYANARAYANA NAGAR,
DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA 2) G.W. Dept, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA MINISTRY OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT
GUDIMALKAPUR
HYDERABAD-28 BALANAGAR, HYDERABAD. 3) Andhra Prades State Remote Sensing centre BALANAGAR, HYDERABAD GOVT. OF INDIA, NEW DELHI
4/1/2008, 4:17 PM
4) Central Ground Water Board, Hyderabad
Fig. 2.12b: Legend of the ground water prospects map of part of

Khammam district, Andhra Pradesh (Lower part).
1. Data used (details of satellite imagery, toposheet, geological maps consulted, etc.)
2. Name of the author and organization in box provided under the head “Prepared By”.
3. Location map, toposheet and administrative index as per format shown in Plate-1.
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
4. Any other information in the box provided (see Fig 2.12b)
2.3 Scope of the Database / Ground Water Prospects Map
These ground water prospects maps form a very good database and help the geologists of
user departments in identifying potential zones around the problem villages, thereby narrowing
down the target areas. Then, by conducting detailed ground hydrogeological and geophysical
surveys within these zones, most appropriate sites can be selected for drilling. These maps
should not be used directly for selection of sites without follow-up ground surveys. It is
suggested that detailed hydrogeological / ground geophysical investigations have to be
carried out in the prospective zones to obtain the exact information about the weathered
zone, fractured zone, thickness of deposited material, depth and thickness of aquifers,
presence of fractures in the subsurface and their subsurface configuration, information about
the existing wells, etc. Subsequently, based on the confirmatory evidences obtained from
ground geophysical / hydrogeological surveys, the sites have to be selected for drilling.
These, ground water prospects maps serve the twin benefit of helping the field geologists
to – 1) quickly identify the prospective ground water zones for conducting site specific
investigations, and 2) select the sites for planning recharge structures to improve sustainability
of drinking water sources, wherever required. The process of ground water development
and management becomes more efficient and easier.
2.4 Sample Ground Water Prospects Maps for Reference
Some sample ground water prospects maps (Plate-2.1 to Plate-2.8), representative of

different ground water provinces, have been given in the following pages for reference.
These maps have been prepared under Phase-I and Phase-II programmes of
RGNDWM project.
nrsa
51

nrsa
52

PLATES
nrsa
53

Plate – 2.1: Ground water prospects map

of Vindhyan basin, Betul district, Madhya Pradesh (Map part).
nrsa
54

METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
BETUL & HOSHANGABAD DISTRICTS, MADHYA PRADESH MAP SHEET NO:55F/11
APO - 12 APY - 11
APY - 11 PPM - 35
APY - 11 APY - 11 APO - 12 SH - 51
APO - 12 GHUMARDEV TANGNA 7/12
APO - 12
BHILATDEV SOMALWARA
APY - 11 APY-11 9.6/13
10/38 APO-12 HALDIER APY-11 PPM-35
APO - 12 APO - 12 11/37 PD - 51
APY - 11 PPM - 35
10.6/42 H KHARIPURA
PO-12APY-11 BHAMERIDEV BHARANGCHIKLI A T HE
APY - 11 APO - 12 R NA
APY-11 DI
APO - 12 SH - 51
APO - 12 BANDRI
APY - 11
KAHARIYA KHARDA
APO - 12 APY - 11 PD-51
PPM - 35 PPM - 35 KASLA KALAN
APY - 11
APY - 11 KHARDA NAYAPURA
APO-12
PPS-35 SH - 51
NIMANPUR APO - 12 PPM - 35 10/16
APO - 12 9/15 SALAI PD - 51
APO-12
APO - 12 APY - 11
PPM - 35
KHAL TILIANVLI CHANDAKHAR PD-51
PPS-35
GAJANPUR PD-51
10.6/106 PPM - 35
APO - 12 NAGJHIR
PPS - 33 PPM - 35 PD - 51 DR
APO - 12 PPS - 33
APY - 11 11/74
APO - 12
BARAKHAR KHURD
APO - 12 APY - 11
APY - 11 NARRI SH - 51 SH - 51
BHAMERI KHERA
PPS - 33 8/13
PPM-35 9/18
NANDARWARA PD - 51
GOTABARI
BPS-51
APO - 12 LALPA
MALAPAL PPM - 35
APO-12
PD - 51 SH - 51
APO - 12 PD - 51
NAHARKOLA DR
PPM - 35
APO - 12 PD - 51
DR
IKLANI
BARPURA BHATNA
12/42
APY-11 JHARBIRA SH - 51 DR
PPM - 35
PIPALTHAN PD - 51
PPM - 35 SH - 51
RANJHI
SOTACHIKHIL SH - 51 BPS-51
APO - 12 9.5/37
BORKUNDA
POLDY PD - 51
PPM - 35
AMPURA BATKI
APO - 12 NAYAGAON
NAYAPURA
PPM - 35 DR
BANDI
BEDRIPURA TEKRIPURA SH - 51
PD-51
APO - 12 SH - 51
PPM - 35
KHAKRAPURA SH - 51 BPM-51
SH - 51
10.5/40
PIPALGOTA
PPM - 35 SH - 51 10/55 PD-51 PPM - 51 BA

PD - 51
PPM-35
SH - 51
BELTALDI
SH - 51 BORKHE
PD - 51 SH-51 MPM - 35 SH - 51
PIPARIYA
UPM-35
KALICHHAPAR DR DR
SARHADA
SH - 51
PPM - 35
DR
BPS-51
JATAMOHU BPS-51 BORDHA
BANSPANI
PD - 51 DR SH - 51
SH - 51 GHOGRA
SH - 51
DR PPM-51
DR
SH - 51 MPM-35
F BHAMANDA
MPM-35 DR
BPS-35 SH - 51 CHHITAPURA
SH - 51 10.7/62 DR DR
UPM - 35
DR MPM - 35
SH - 51
CHICHWANI
BAINTH 10/42
SH - 51 SH - 51 DR MPM - 35
BPS-51 UPM - 35 SAD
SH - 51 DR
MPM-35
UPM-35
DR BAH
SH - 51 SH - 51 PPM - 51
SH - 51 DR
SH - 51 NAPUPURA
CHANDKIYA
M ORA ND N A D
MORAND
I NADI BPS-35 KHERA
MPM - 35
SH - 51 SH - 51
F DR 9/38
PPM - 51
BPS-51
MPM-35
SH - 51 DR
SH - 51 DEVTHAN HARRAPURA SH - 51 DR
MPM-35 BPS-51 BARASEL UPM-35 DR
SH - 51 BPS-51
BHONAYAKAPH
JUGALPURA DR
MPM - 35
DR
BASUPURA
SH - 51 KALAPANI
SH - 51 BPS-51 SH - 51
SH - 51 SH-51
9/12 TARAMKHERA
SH - 51
SH - 51 KANARI MPM - 35
BPM-51
SH - 51
F
KIRKIRIDHANA SH - 51
SH - 51 MPM - 35 SH - 51
DADYAKAHA
BPS-51 DR
TEKRIPURA
SH - 51 DR SH-51
BPS-51
SANVARIDA
F SH - 51 SH - 51
DR DR
MPM - 35 PANCHHI
10/15PAT
DR
SH - 51 BPS-35
TOKTA UPH - 35
BPS-51
UPH - 35 DHUTTAPURA
DR
LPM-35
AMAPURA GOLANPURA
MPM-35 SH - 51
MPM-35 UPM - 35 SH - 51
MOHANPUR UPH - 35 BPS-35
BPS-35 9.3/48
UPH-35 DABRI DHANWAR

F UPM - 35
LPM-35
BPS-35 UPM-35 BHATARIYA UPM - 35
UPH - 35 MPM-35 MPM-35
TIMARNI RAMAKOL
UPM-35
TIMARNI
I MPM - 35
AD CHETUPURA
MPM - 35 BPM-35
IN
AJ UPH - 35
BH BPM - 35
BHIMPURA
MPM-35 KHARWAR BPS-35BOR UPM - 35
UPH - 35 BPM-35 0PS-35 UPM - 35
MPM-35 F BPS-35
Software Designed & Developed by IA&I
C NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY, DEPARTMENT OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA
nrsa
55

Plate – 2.2: Ground water prospects map of Vindhyan bas
LEG
DEPTH TO RECHARGE
MAP UNIT GEOLOGICAL GEOMORPHIC
WATER TABLE CONDITIONS
(HYDROGEOMORPHIC UNIT) SEQUENCE/ROCK TYPE UNIT/LANDFORM AQUIFER MATERIAL
(REPRESENTED IN THE MAP (REPRESENTED (REPRESENTED (IN METERS) (BASED ON THE
LS=LOOSE SEDIMENT
WITH ALPHANUMERIC CODE) IN THE MAP WITH IN THE MAP WITH AVAILABILITY OF WATER PR=PERMEABLE ROCK
(COLOUR INDICATES GROUND NUMERIC CODE) ALPHABETIC CODE) No. OF WELLS FIR=FISSURED ROCK
WATER PROSPECTS) FROM RAINFALL & FR=FRACTURED ROCK
OBSERVED WR=WEATHERED ROCK
OTHER SOURCES)
IR=IMPERVIOUS ROCK
QUATERNARY TO RECENT
ALLUVIUM - ALLUVIAL PLAIN 10 - 11m
APY-11
SAND DOMINANT YOUNGER (APY) GOOD LS
3 WELLS
(11) (30 - 70M)
ALLUVIUM - ALLUVIAL PLAIN

9.5 - 11m
CLAY DOMINANT OLDER (APO) GOOD LS
APO-12
(40 - 100M) 4 WELLS
(12)
PEDIPLAIN
7 - 12m
MODERATELY
PPM-35 6 WELLS MODERATE WR/FIR
WEATHERED (PPM)
(5 - 10M)
PEDIPLAIN
9 - 10m
PPS-35 SHALLOW MODERATE WR/FIR
WEATHERED (PPS) 2 WELLS
(2 - 5M)
BURIED PEDIMENT
9 - 11m
BPM-35 MODERATE (BPM) MODERATE WR/FIR
2 WELLS
(5 - 8M)
BURIED PEDIMENT
10 - 11m
DECCAN TRAPS (CRETACEOUS TO EOCENE)
BPS-35 SHALLOW (BPS) LOW WR/FIR

2 WELLS
(1 - 5M)
MASSIVE BASALT
(35) LOWER PLATEAU
- WR/FIR
LPM-35 MODERATELY LOW
DISSECTED (LPM)
MIDDLE PLATEAU
9.5 - 10m
MODERATELY LOW WR/FIR
MPM-35 2 WELLS
DISSECTED (MPM)
UPPER PLATEAU
_ _ _
UPM-35 MODERATELY
DISSECTED (UPM)
UPPER PLATEAU
HIGHLY _ _ _
UPH-35
DISSECTED (UPH)
DOLERITE DYKE RIDGE _ _

_
DR
DYKE (DR)
PEDIPLAIN
MODERATELY 9 - 10m
PPM-51 MODERATE WR/FIR
WEATHERED (PPM) 2 WELLS
(5 - 10M)
BURIED PEDIMENT
9 - 10m
UPPER GONDWANAS
BPM-51 MODERATE (BPM) MODERATE WR/FIR

2 WELLS
(5 - 8M)
SANDSTONE /
BURIED PEDIMENT
PEBBLEBED / 9 - 10.7m
BPS-51 SHALLOW (BPS) LOW WR/FIR
CONGLOMERATE 2 WELLS
(1 - 5M)
(51)
PEDIMENT _
PD-51 LOW FIR
(PD)
STRUCTURAL HILL _ _ _
SH-51 (SH)
N.B. The yield ranges are tentative and ground water prospects are generalised for the entire unit excluding the fracture/ lineament
zones, where yield would be higher with better success rate of wells, especially in hard rocks. The fractures/ lineaments which are
clearly observed/inferred are indicated on the map. There could be some obscured fractures which also influence the ground water
nrsa
56

yan basin, Betul district, Madhya Pradesh (Legend part)
END
RECHARGE
GROUND WATER PROSPECTS STRUCTURES
HOMOGENEITY SUITABLE &
TYPES OF WELLS QUALITY GROUND
DEPTH RANGE YIELD RANGE IN THE AQUIFER PRIORITY
SUITABLE OF WATER WATER
DW=DUGWELL OF WELLS OF WELLS & SUCCESS RATE R E M A R K S
METHODOLOGY
BW=BOREWELL OF WELLS IRRIGATED PT - PERCOLATION TANK
(SUGGESTED) (EXPECTED) CD - CHECK DAM
(PROBLEMS/LIMITATIONS)
CHAPTER - 2
TB=TUBEWELL (PROBABILITY) POTABLE AREA NB - NALA BUND
DBW/DTW =DUG-CUM- Min-Max (In lpm or VERY HIGH (P) IW - INVERT WELL
(APPROX.)
BORE/TUBE WELL HIGH
NON POTABLE D - DESILTING OF TANK
RW=RING WELL (In meters) cu.m/day) MODERATE
(Range in %) R - RECHARGE PIT
LOW (NP)
Casing is required upto 60m. Mostly

TW/BW/RW 37 - 70m 300-600lpm HIGH P _ _
canal Irrigated area.
Casing is required upto 60-80m. Mostly

TW/BW/RW 37 - 100m 300-800lpm HIGH P _ _ Canal irrigated area.
Deep TW are most suitable.
Weathering is not uniform.

_ CD/PT/NB/SD
BW/DW 35 - 50m 100-200lpm MODERATE P Ground Water prospects are good along
Low Priority lineaments.
CD/PT/NB/SD Low success rate of wells due to shallow

_
BW/DW 40 - 50m 50-100lpm LOW P Low Priority weathering. Ground Water prospects are
good along lineaments.
In between plateau surface, thin soil cover

_ CD/PT/NB/SD & weathered zone has been developed.
BW/DW 50 - 60m 50-100lpm MODERATE P
Low Priority Ground water prospects are good along
the lineaments.
_ CD/PT/NB Ground Water prospects are good along

BW/DW 50 - 60m 10-50lpm MODERATE P
_ _
BW <30m 10-50lpm LOW P Limited ground water prospects.
Moderately dissected plateau surface with

_ CD/PT/NB/SD thin soil cover at an elevation of 400-500m
BW 30 - 40m 10-50lpm LOW P
Low Priority support thick forest. Ground water
prospects limited to valley portion only.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _
Run off zone.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _
Run off zone.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Act as Barrier for Ground Water

movement.
Weathering is not uniform.

_ CD/PT/NB/SD Ground Water prospects are good along
BW 40 - 50m 50-100lpm MODERATE P
In the low lying area of hill, thin soil cover

_ CD/PT/SD and weathered zone developed. Ground
BW 50 - 60m 50-100lpm MODERATE P
Low Priority Water prospects are good along
lineaments.
In the low lying area of hill, thin soil cover

_ CD/PT/NB/NB
BW 50 - 60m 10-50lpm LOW P and weathered zone developed. Ground
Low Priority Water prospects are good along
lineaments.
_ CD/PT/NB
BW 30 - 40m 10-50lpm LOW P Prospects only along lineaments.
Low Priority
_ _ _ _ Mainly run-off zone, prospects limited

_ _ _
to valley portion only.
prospects. This map may be used for narrowing down the target zones and selection of sites on the ground for drilling and recharge
structures should be done based on follow-up ground hydrogeological / geophysical surveys.
nrsa
57


of Thar Desert, Jaisalmer district, Rajasthan (Map part).
nrsa
58

MAP SHEET NO. 40N/6 JAISALMER & BARMER DISTRICTS,RAJASTHAN
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
DVC-16 DPV-18
B-514
DPV-18 B-514 DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18 EPD-16
DPV-18 DPV-18
B-514
EPD-16 DPV-18 B-514 DPV-18 B-514 DPV-18
DPV-18 STD-16 B-514
EPS-514
B-514 DPV-18 DRY/43
LAKHASAR B-514 DPV-18
B-514
CHARNON KI DHANI
DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18
F
DPV-18 IF-16 RASLA B-514
F B-514
DRY/41 110/200 B-514
F DPV-18
DPV-18 PU-514 F BC-16
B-514
B-514 ACHALA
B-514
SANWATA
PU-514 DPV-18 B-514 B-514
DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18
PU-514 B-514
DPV-18
DPV-18 PU-514
PU-514 B-514
DPV-18
B-514 B-514
PU-514 EPD-16 DPV-18
DPV-18 B-514 EPS-514
B-514 EPS-514 DPV-18

DPV-18
DPV-18 DRY/55
DPV-18
B-514 BHIMJI KI DHANI
B-514 MERAJOT
B-514
105/155
KARARA
STD-16 DPV-18
DPV-18 DPV-18
EPS-514 F
DPV-18
DPV-18
STD-16 B-514 DPV-18
B-514
DPV-18
LALA F
IF-16
B-514 DPV-18
B-514
EPD-16 DPV-18 DPV-18
IF-16 DRY/78 DPV-18
B-514 SWAMIJI KI DHANI
DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18 B-514 DPV-18

DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18 DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18
EPS-514
166/200
LAKHMANA
DPV-18
BHAINSARA
DPV-18
DRY/27
EPD-16
DPV-18
DPV-18 B-514
B-514 DPV-18
DPV-18
DPV-18
DPV-18 DPV-18
DPV-18 I-81
DPV-18
CHHORIA DPV-18
I-81
166/200 DPV-18
PIC-81
EPS-514
DVC-16
DVC-16
B-514 I-81
IF-16
PU-514
B-514
I-81
I-81
IF-16
JARELI TALAI
EPD-16
I-81
B-514 DVC-16
B-514 DANGRI
I-81 60/75
PIC-81
PU-514 B-514 62/80
65/78
58/74
MEHRERI
DVC-16 DRY/33
60/70 I-81
B-514
DVC-16
I-81
B-514
22/23
I-81
B-514 I-81
B-514 PIC-81 I-81

B-514
B-514 VFS-16
EPD-16 I-81
C NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY, DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA DATA USED: 1) IRS-1D LISS-III FCC dated 01 FEB 1999. 2) GROUND TRUTH & WELL OBSERVATION during SEPT-OCT 2001. 3) Published Geological maps & Literature. # Software Designed & Developed by Geology Division, NRSA ( AML version -II )
nrsa
59

Plate – 2.4: Ground water prospects map of Thar Des
L E G
MAP UNIT GEOLOGICAL SEQUENCE/ GEOMORPHIC DEPTH TO RECHARGE G R O U N D
(HYDROGEOMORPHIC ROCK TYPE UNIT/LANDFORM WATER LEVEL CONDITIONS
UNIT) SUMMER/PRE-MONSOON
BASED ON AQUIFER MATERIAL TYPE OF WELLS
(AVERAGE IN METERS) AVAILABILITY SUITABLE
REPRESENTED
(REPRESENTED IN THE MAP (REPRESENTED IN THE MAP OF WATER LS = LOOSE SEDIMENTS
IN THE MAP WITH NO. OF WELLS DW = DUG WELL
ALPHANUMERIC CODE WITH NUMERIC CODE) WITH ALPHABETIC CODE) PR = PERMEABLE ROCK RW = RING WELL
OBSERVED (RAINFALL & OTHER
(COLOUR INDICATES SOURCES) FIR= FISSURED ROCK BW = BORE WELL
GROUND WATER FR = FRACTURED ROCK TW = TUBE WELL
WR= WEATHERED ROCK DBW/ = DUG-CUM-
PROSPECTS) DTW BORE / TUBE
IR = IMPERVIOUS ROCK
WELL
BC-16
BURIED CHANNEL NO WELL LIMITED LS+PR BW
(BC)
22 M
---------
VALLEY FILL - SHALLOW 1 (DW)
(VFS)
VFS-16 LIMITED LS+PR BW
(THICKNESS OF VALLEY FILL DRY-78 M
---------
QUATERNARY SEDIMENTS
MATERIAL VARY FROM 2-4 M) 6 (DW)
EOLIAN PLAIN - DEEP

105-166 M
(EPD) ---------
EPD-16 LIMITED LS+PR BW
2 (BW)
(THICKNESS OF EOLIAN SAND,
SILT & CLAY VARY FROM 20-30 M)
EOLIAN SAND, SILT & CLAY
WITH CALCRETE & GYPSUM
INTERDUNAL FLAT
(16) 166 M
(IF) ---------
IF-16 LS+PR BW
1 (BW) LIMITED
(THICKNESS OF EOLIAN SAND,
DUNE VALLEY COMPLEX

DVC-16 (DVC) ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
STABILISED DUNE ----------- ----------- -----------

-----------
STD-16 (STD)
FORMATION
PHALSUND
DESERT PAVEMENT
OLDER ALLUVIUM, PEBBLE (DPV)
DPV-18 SPREAD WITH GYPSITE BEDS LIMITED LS+PR BW
(THICKNESS OF DESERT
NO WELL
(18) PAVEMENTVARY FROM 12-15 M)
EOLIAN PLAIN - SHALLOW 110 M

--------- LIMITED
(EPS) 1 (BW) LS+PR BW
EPS-514
(THICKNESS OF EOLIAN SAND
LATHI FORMATION
FERRUGINOUS SANDSTONE,
COARSE GRAINED SANDSTONE BUTTE
B-514 CONGLOMERATE, SILTSTONE (B) NO WELL LIMITED PR BW
CLAY & SHALE WITH LIGNITE
(514)
PLATEAU UNDISSECTED
PU-514 PR BW
(PU) NO WELL LIMITED
MALANI IGNEOUS SUITE
PEDIMENT INSELBERG 58-65 M

COMPLEX ----------
PIC-81 5 (HPW) LIMITED WR+FR BW
(PIC)
PINK & GREY GRANITE

(81)
INSELBERG
I-81 ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(I)
F F These
These are fault // fracture
are fault fracture zones,
zones, which
which generally
generallyact
actas
asconduits
conduitsfor
for movement
movementofofground
groundwater
waterininhard
hardrocks.
rocks.Along
Alongthese
thesezones,
zonesthe
theyields yields a
D D Q Q P P These are the dykes, quartz reefs, pegmatites etc. which generally act as barriers for ground water movement.
D D Q Q P P
N.B.
N.B. - -The
The depth
depth range
range and yield
and yield range range
of wellsof wells
may varymay vary
within within
the unit the unit
because because
of certain of certain inhomogeneities.
inhomogeneities. Fractures
Fractures / lineaments / lineaments
which are which
clearly observed are clearly
/ inferred from
observed
Locations of / inferred from
the recharge the satellite
structures shownimage are indicated
in the map onThis
are tentative. themap
map. There for
is useful could be some
narrowing downobscured fractures
the target zones, and which also influence
exact locations the ground
on the ground water
for wells and
nrsa
60

Thar Desert, Jaisalmer district, Rajasthan (Legend part).
G E N D
RECHARGE R E M A R K S
W A T E R P R O S P E C T S STRUCTURES
SUITABLE & (PROBLEMS / LIMITATIONS)
METHODOLOGY
S DEPTH RANGE YIELD RANGE HOMOGENEITY QUALITY GROUND
CHAPTER - 2
OF WELLS OF WELLS IN THE UNIT OF WATER WATER PRIORITY
(SUGGESTED)
& SUCCESS IRRIGATED PT = PERCOLATION TANK
(EXPECTED)
RATE OF WELLS POTABLE (P) AREA CD = CHECK DAM
3 (PROBABILITY) NON-POTABLE (NP)
MIN - MAX (in LPM or m / day) NB = NALA BUND
VERY HIGH
(IN METRES) (APPROX . RANGE RW = RECHARGE WELL
HIGH (INDICATE REASONS
MODERATE DT = DESILTING OF TANK
IF NON-POTABLE) IN PERCENTAGE)
LOW RP = RECHARGE PIT
Form highly productive aquifer. Casing is required upto loose

sediments. Underlying rock formation (Lathi Sandstone)
170-200 M 400-800 LPM HIGH P ------------ ------------ form the highly productive aquifer.
Good recharging zone. Casing is required upto loose

NB sediments. Underlying rock formation (Lathi Sandstone)
170-200 M 200-400 LPM HIGH P ------------ form the highly productive aquifer.
(LOW PRIORITY)
NB & DT Poor recharging conditions due to meagre rainfall. Casing is

170-200 M 200-400 LPM HIGH P ------------ (MODERATE required upto loose sediments. Underlying rock formation
PRIORITY) (Lathi Sandstone) form the highly productive aquifer.
Receive recharging from the surrounding dune slopes. Casing is

required upto loose sediments. Underlying rock formation
170-200 M 200-400 LPM HIGH P ------------ ------------ (Lathi sandstone) form the highly productive aquifer. Prospects
are inferred.
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------

----------- ----------- Not suitable for ground water development.
-----------
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- Not suitable for ground water development.
Ground water prospects depends on the thickness of pebbly

zone and recharge conditions. Casing is required upto loose
HIGH ------------ sediments. Underlying rock formation (Lathi Sandstone)
170-200 M 200-400 LPM P ------------ form the highly productive aquifer. Prospects are inferred.
Poor recharging conditions due to meagre rainfall. Casing is

DT required upto loose sediments. Underlying rock formation
170-200 M 200-400 LPM HIGH P ------------ (MODERATE (Lathi Sandstone) form the highly productive aquifer.
PRIORITY)
Butte form the run-off zone, but source rock (Lathi Sandstone)
170-200 M 50-100 LPM HIGH P act as good aquifer. Prospects are inferred.
------------ ------------
Lathi sandstone form the source rock which has primary porosity
170-200 M 200-400 LPM HIGH P ------------ ------------ and act as highly productive aquifer. Fracture zones are
more suitable for ground water development. Prospects are inferred.
150-200 M ------------ Inselberg act as run-off zone. Prospects limited to

50-100 LPM LOW P ------------ pediment part and fracture zones.
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Run-off zone.
the dsyields are significantly

are significantly higherhigher and wells
and wells are likely
are likely to be to be sustainable
sustainable for longer
for longer duration.
duration. However,
However, the inferred
the inferred fractures
fractures need
need to to be confirmed
be confirmed by detailed
by detailed groundground surveys.
surveys.
mprospects.
the satellite Locations of the recharge
image are indicated structures
on the map. shown
There could in the
be some map are
obscured tentative.
fractures whichThis
alsomap is useful
influence for narrowing
the ground down the target zones,
water prospects. and exact locations on
recharge
the groundstructures should
for wells andbe identifiedstructures
recharge based on follow-up
should ground hydrogeological
be identified based on / geophysical surveys.hydrogeological / geophysical surveys.
follow-up ground
nrsa
61


of Peninsular Gneissic Complex, Tumkur district, Karnataka (Map part).
nrsa
62

MAP SHEET NO. 57G/6 KOLAR,TUMKUR & ANANTAPUR DISTRICTS,KARNATAKA/ANDHRAPRADESH
METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER - 2
PIC-71 22/75
I-71
PIC-71 I-91 Hanumapalle Appalakunta
Kadagatturu
D
PPM-91 20/60
Maidenahalli Gutte PPS-81
I-71
Muddeneralakere
PPM-81
D Hosahalli
PENNER R
RH-71
PPM-91
DA V A T I R
Panjanadasappanapalya
D
D D D PPS-91
D Devarapalle
Giregaudanahalli Gundagal 18/55
KU M U
PPS-91
D PPS-71 16/50 Santebidanuru 22/80
18/60 Hosahalli D
D D
20/75 Reddihalli
Badakonahalli PPM-91
D 19/55
PIC-71 D Chunchenahalli VFS-91
Kodigenahalli
Kalenahalli 15/45 Tungepalle
Muddanahalli 16/55 D
D 20/65 Tumakunta
Vaddarahatti Upparahalli
Krishnayyanapalya D
Talakere Suranagenahalli Ekarlahalli
D
PPM-71 VFM-11
D Viranagenahalli D
17/45 Budenahalli PPM-91
VFS-91 PPS-91
D D Viranagenahalli Bachenahalli
PPM-91 Upperapalle
Kalidevarapura
Dodda Hatti Venkatapura Kudumalakunta
D D PPM-91 Kodalapura
18/60 15/50 Tigalarahalli Dodda Maluru
Hala Hatti
D Ameravati
25/70 DODDA Virapura PPM-91
HALLA Bairapura
Maruvekere Haralapura
18/50 Kempapura Chikkamaluru Bommanahalli Chauluru
Gajalagunte Sanjivapura Bommanahalli 20/65 Tingaluru
15.5/50 Karudipalle
PPM-71 VFM-11
16/55 VFS-91 Agraharampalle
Narasapur Haralapura
Joginahalli
PPS-91 Venkatapuram
Rajaputrapalya Timmanahalli Akalapura
19/70
Shambonhalli 24/80 Puravara
Siddanahalli Babenahalli
Kurbarahatti Raghonahalli Gondehalli
Ranganahalli Shravandanahalli
Muddayyanapalya 22/60
PPS-71 Sankapur
I-71 Gamkaranahallil VFS-91 Dodda Kurugodu
Giddayyanapalya Kamsanahalli D 20/70
I-71 Erapperapalya Chandanaduru
PPS-91
15.5/50 Aralimaradahalli Halgana halli
Timmalapura D D D
Mallenahalli Plakshmayyanapalya
PPM-71 VFS-91
D
20/80 D
Talemarada Gollarahatti
RH-71 20/25 Vidurashwattha
Sogenahalli Gollaratti D
Sukaligarahatti Dodda Hosahalli Kadirenahalli
D
Sogenahalli Kondavadi D
Hampasandra 19/60
Adikarnataka Colony 18/55
D PPM-91
Taggihalli D
Madaganahatti Hudumanottipalya Pujarihalli D

D PPS-91
D D
D D Bisalahalli Karaganahalli Nagasandra
Handralu
D
D
RH-71 I-91 Jalahalli
D RH-71
D Agrahara PIC-91 D
Byalya
Kundihalli Jakkenahalli
Sukaligarahatti
Vaddrahatti
VFS-91 PPS-91
PPM-71 18/19 18/70 Upparahalli
I-71 I-91
Hanumantapura VFS-91 Idaguru
Shettihalli PIC-71 Belagere
Chikka Hosahalli Kudarabyalya
RH-71 Megalapalya Hunasavadi
21/60
PIC-71 PPM-71
I-71 VFS-91
I-71 15/40 Badachavanahalli VFS-91
PPM-91 PPM-91 Kurubarahalli
PPS-71 Singraganahalli
Ranganahalli Kolamenahalli VFS-91 Anodi
PPM-91 VFS-91 Jalahalli
RH-71 Ijihalli Nittarahalli Bhimanahalli
Marabahalli Nanjapura
PPM-71 Hosapalya Batagere Chinnagiripalya
18/65 Kurudi PPM-91
18/60 PIC-91
Kodagadala PPM-91 18/50
Pemmayyanapalya I-71 20/60 VFS-91 Maraluru
PIC-71 VFM-11
Nagammanapalya Ramapura
22/80
I-71 Timmanahalli VFS-91 Vaichkurahalli
PIC-71 Navanadakanahalli
20/60 Channasagara Vudamalodu
16/21 I-91 Dranakunte
Lingarajanapalya D
I-71 Kalakere D Kadaranahalli
Balenahalli
Sunnavadi Bommashettihalli
PPM-71 Kallipalya
Ranganahalli
20/80 D
VFS-91 20/60
Kyasavara I-91
PPS-71 D
Kadalaveni Gundapura
Balrenahalli DR Kotaldinne
Arasapura PIC-91
PPS-91
21/70 D PPM-91 Mudigere
Garugadoddi 22/70
Rayavara D
D PPS-91
Reddihalli D D
Venkatapura Kurugodutammanahalli
PIC-71 Agrahara
I-71 Hosuru PPS-81
D Bhaktarahalli 16/55 Channenahalli
PIC-71 I-71 Basavanahalli 20/60 D DR
D
I-71 D
Hosapalya D
Baichapura D Gundenahalli Kurugodutammanahalli
Kadilapura 18/60
I-71 18/65 Hosa Timmagattanahalli
Bhadrayanapalya
PPM-71 Rampuravenkatapura Madenahalli Hosakote Hale Upparahalli 20/70
Ittugonahalli 9/14 D Gurappanahalli
I-71
I-71 Erapotenahalli Hale Timmagattanahalli
20/60 Hosahalli
D
Kachimachanahalli
D Yadigere
PPS-71 Vaddagerehatti D D D Kenkere
D PPS-91
I-71
D
Tumbadigollahalli Chikkanahalli D Hunasekunte
Chilgondanahalli Akkirampura Siddalingayyanapalya PPM-91 Vedalveni
Sunnakkalpalya PPM-71 Vaddagere
D
R
Kurudugoaahalli 20/60 D
HI
16/85 Kasapura
I-91 Bandarhalli
UK
A 20/75 Buddenahalli D
L PPS-91 D D I-91
M
AL
H VFM-11
D
A
N 19/65 D
AR
A
Ammanahalli
DD
Pakirappanapalya V I-91
D DO SU PPM-91
Mallappanahalli Jaipura Sonaganahalli
PIC-71 20/70
I-71 Kattigenahalli Narasimhanahalli
Buraganahalli D D D Bommasandra
Goddarahalli D D D D
D Sompura D
D D
PIC-91 Hanumanahalli D
PPS-71 PIC-91
I-71 RH-71
Singanahalli
RH-71 Togarighatta Marathapalya PPM-91
D
Bilekallahalli D
Pannenahalli I-91
VFM-11 D Ranajipalya Gedare
18/70
Gauragonahalli 16/20
I-91 PPS-91
I-91
Devarahalli Karakalghatta PPM-91 D
D
PPS-71 D Sunnakallapalya PPS-81
D
Chattenahalli Kuntachikkanahalli
R
I-91 D
TI
Hulikunte Machenahalli
VA
D D D
D
AD
D PPS-91 D Mallesandra
PPS-91 Muddanahalli
M
Holavanhalli PPS-92 D
KU
VFS-91 D D D
20/55 22/80 D
Duggenahalli Bommaladevipura PIC-81
Lingadevarahalli D PPM-91
Sonnenahalli 22/75 Konaganahalli
D D
D Kadirappanapalya
Gundalapalya
I-92 D D
PPS-91
Gantiganahalli 24/80 PIC-91
D D D Kondapura
Kayamenahalli 25/70 Karichikkanapalya D D
PPM-91 Tigalarapalya PPS-91
Bidalotti D Chilakalapalya I-91 DH-81
Mallappanahalli
Kayamenahalli Hosapalya
Kamarajanahalli Avalappanapalya
PPS-91 18/25 D Goddavalahalli
18/50 Chunchenahalli Guntameduru Kamaganahalli
Tattekere Gantigannahalli
Sankunitimmanhalli D Guttappanapalya PPS-91
D
Hariharappanapalya D Chikkapalya
PPM-91 I-92 I-91 PPM-91
PPM-91 Huchirayanapalya I-91 Dodda palya
Sikkeganahalli Kodalahalli Buddamaranpalya Marathapalya Virammanahalli
PPM-71 D VFM-11
D Akkajihalli PPS-91
PIC-91
D Hanarahalli PIC-92 Siglahalli
PPS-71 PPS-91 Virayyanapalya PPS-91 PIC-91
D
D
D
C NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY, DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA DATA USED: 1) IRS-1D LISS-3 FCC DATED APRIL 1998 (PATH-100,ROW-64). 2) GROUND TRUTH & WELL OBSERVATION DURING AUG 2000, 3) EXISTING LITERATURE AND MAPS OF GSI. # Software Designed & Developed by Geology Division, NRSA ( AML version -II )
nrsa
63

Plate – 2.6: Ground water prospects map of Peninsular Gne
L E
MAP UNIT GEOLOGICAL SEQUENCE/ GEOMORPHIC DEPTH TO RECHARGE G R O U N D W
(HYDROGEOMORPHIC WATER LEVEL CONDITIONS AQUIFER MATERIAL TYPE OF WELLS
UNIT) ROCK TYPE UNIT/LANDFORM SUMMER/PRE-MONSOON SUITABLE
REPRESENTED BASED ON = DUG WELL
(AVERAGE IN METERS) LS = LOOSE SEDIMENTS DW
IN THE MAP WITH AVAILABILITY RW = RING WELL
OF WATER PR = PERMEABLE ROCK
ALPHANUMERIC CODE
(REPRESENTED IN THE MAP (REPRESENTED IN THE MAP NO. OF WELLS FIR= FISSURED ROCK BW = BORE WELL
(COLOUR INDICATES TW = TUBE WELL
WITH ALPHABETIC CODE) OBSERVED (RAINFALL & OTHER FR = FRACTURED ROCK DBW/ = DUG-CUM-
GROUND WATER WITH NUMERIC CODE) SOURCES) WR= WEATHERED ROCK DTW BORE / TUBE
PROSPECTS) IR = IMPERVIOUS ROCK WELL
ALLUVIUM VALLEY FILL

RECENT
MODERATE 15-20 m LS RW
VFM-11 (SAND DOMINANT) -------- Good
(VFM) BW-8
(11) WR BW
(10-15 m)
PEDIPLAIN MODERATELY 15-20 m WR

--------
PPM-71 WEATHERED BW-6 Moderate BW
(PPM) FIR
PEDIPLAIN SHALLOW 15-25 m WR

PPS-71 WEATHERED -------- Limited BW
DW-2
(PPS) BW-6 FIR
CLOSEPET GRANITE PEDIMENT INSELBERG

PIC-71 (71) BW
COMPLEX No Wells observed Poor FIR
(PIC)
I-71
INSELBERG _____ _____ _____ _____
(I)
RESIDUAL HILL _____ _____ _____ _____

RH-71 (RH)
PEDIPLAIN SHALLOW WR
WEATHERED 22 m
PPS-81 --------
BW-1
(PPS) Limited FIR BW
PEDIMENT INSELBERG
PIC-81 COMPLEX No Wells observed
GREY GRANITE Poor FIR BW
(PIC)
(81)
PENINSULAR GNEISSIC COMPLEX
DENUDATIONAL HILLS _____ _____ _____

_____
DH-81 (DH)
VALLEY FILL SHALLOW LS DW

VFS-91 Good
(VFS) No Wells observed
(3-5 m) WR BW
PEDIPLAIN MODERATELY 15-24

--------m
DW-2 Moderate WR
PPM-91 WEATHERED BW
BW-24
(PPM) HP-1 FIR
PEDIPLAIN SHALLOW 15-25

--------m
DW-2 WR
PPS-91 WEATHERED Limited BW
(PPS) BW-8 FIR
GNEISS
(91) PEDIMENT INSELBERG 22 m
--------
PIC-91 COMPLEX BW-1 Poor FIR BW
(PIC)
INSELBERG _____
I-91 _____ _____ _____
(I)
DYKE RIDGE _____

DR _____ _____
(DR) _____
PEDIPLAIN SHALLOW 25 m
-------- WR
PPS-92 WEATHERED Limited BW
BW-1(HP) FIR
SARGUR SCHIST (PPS)
(92) PEDIMENT INSELBERG
COMPLEX No Wells observed Poor FIR BW
PIC-92
(PIC)
INSELBERG _____ _____ _____ _____

I-92
(I)
F F These are fault // fracture

fracture zones,
zones, which
which generally
generallyact
actas
asconduits
conduitsfor
formovement
movementofofground
groundwater
waterininhard
hardrocks.
rocks.Along
Alongthese
thesezones,
zones,the
the y yields a
D
D
D
D
Q
Q
Q
Q
P
P
P
P
Theseare
These arethe
thedykes,
dykes,quartz
quartzreefs,
reefs,pegmatites
pegmatitesetc.
etc.which
whichgenerally
generallyact
actasasbarriers
barriersforforground
groundwater
watermovement.
movement.
N.B. - The
N.B. - Thedepth
depthrange
range and
and yield range
range of
ofwells
wellsmay
may vary
vary within
within thethe
unitunit because
because of certain
of certain inhomogeneities.
inhomogeneities. Fractures
Fractures / lineaments
/ lineaments which
which are areobserved
clearly clearly observed
/ inferred /f
inferred fromofthe
Locations thesatellite
rechargeimage are indicated
structures shown in on
the the
mapmap. There could
are tentative. This be
mapsome obscured
is useful fractures
for narrowing which
down thealso influence
target the exact
zones, and ground water prospects.
locations Locations
on the ground for wellsofa
nrsa
64

ular Gneissic Complex, Tumkur district, Karnataka (Legend part).
G E N D
W A T E R P R O S P E C T S RECHARGE
STRUCTURES R E M A R K S
HOMOGENEITY QUALITY
DEPTH RANGE YIELD RANGE IN THE UNIT
GROUND SUITABLE &
OF WELLS OF WATER WATER PRIORITY (PROBLEMS / LIMITATIONS)
& SUCCESS
METHODOLOGY
(SUGGESTED)
OF WELLS RATE OF WELLS IRRIGATED PT = PERCOLATION TANK
CHAPTER - 2
POTABLE (P)
(EXPECTED) CD = CHECK DAM
NON-POTABLE (NP) AREA
(PROBABILITY)
MIN - MAX 3 VERY HIGH NB = NALA BUND
(in LPM or m / day) HIGH (INDICATE REASONS (APPROX . RANGE RW
= RECHARGE WELL
(IN METRES) MODERATE DT = DESILTING OF TANK
LOW IF NON-POTABLE) IN PERCENTAGE) RP = RECHARGE PIT
10-15 m 150-200 Cu.m/day High P Casing is required in the loose sediment portion. As good recharge
40-50 Not required
conditions already exist, no recharge structures are recommended.
15-50 m 300-400 lpm High P
CD/PT/DT
100-200 lpm Higher yields are possible by constructing suitable recharge
50-70 m Moderate P 40-50
Moderate priority structures at specific locations.
CD/PT/DT Improvement in the yields may be expected from the underlying

50-80 m 50-100 lpm Moderate P 20-30 fractured/fissured zones. Recharge structures create favourable
High Priority conditions for obtaining sustained yields.
90-100 m 10-50 lpm Low P Not suitable Inselbergs form run-off zone; prospects limited to pediment portion only.
Nil
_____ _____ _____ _____

_____ _____
Forms run-off zone; not suitable for ground water development.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____

Forms run-off zone; not suitable for ground water development.
CD/PT/DT Recharge structures create favourable conditions for obtaining

50-80 m 50-100 lpm 20-35
Moderate P sustained yields.
High Priority
Not suitable Inselbergs form run-off zone; prospects limited to pediment portion only.
90-100 m 10-50 lpm P Nil
Low
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ Hill portions form run-off zone; prospects are restricted to valley
portions only.
8-12 m 150-200 Cu.m/day High P

Casing is required in the loose sediment portion. As good recharge
40-50 Not required
250-350 lpm High P conditions already exist, no recharge structures are recommended.
25-50 m
CD/PT/DT Moderate yields are expected, recharge structures will improve

40-70 m 100-200 lpm Moderate P 45-50 the prospects.
Low priority
Improvement in the yields may be expected from the underlying
P CD/PT/DT fractured/fissured zones. Sustained yields are possible by improving
50-80 m 50-100 lpm Moderate 30-40
the recharge conditions by constructing suitable recharge structures
High Priority at selected locations.
90-100 m Low P Nil Not suitable Inselbergs form run-off zone; prospects limited to pediment portion only.
10-50 lpm
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ Forms run-off zone; not suitable for ground water development.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ Forms ground water barrier; ridge forms run-off zone; hence low
ground water potential, not suitable for ground water development.
Improvement in the yields may be expected from the underlying

CD/PT/DT fractured/fissured zones. Recharge structures create favourable
50-80 m 50-100 lpm Moderate P <5
conditions for obtaining sustained yields.
High Priority
90-100 m 10-50 lpm Low P Nil Not suitable Inselbergs form run-off zone; prospects limited to pediment portion only.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ Forms run-off zone. Not suitable for ground water development.
s, the yields
yieldsare
aresignificantly
significantlyhigher
higher and
and wells
wells are
are likely
likely to
to be
be sustainable
sustainable for longer duration. However, the inferred fractures need to be confirmed
confirmed by
by detailed
detailed ground
ground surveys.
surveys.
the recharge
from structures
the satellite image areshown in the
indicated map
on the areThere
map. tentative.
couldThis map obscured
be some is useful fractures
for narrowing down
which also the target
influence the zones,
ground and
waterexact locations on the ground for wells and
prospects.
recharge
and rechargestructures
structuresshould identifiedbased
should be identified basedon on follow-up
follow-up ground
ground hydrogeological
hydrogeological / geophysical
/ geophysical surveys. surveys.
nrsa
65


of Balangir district, Orissa (Map part).
nrsa
66

MAP SHEET NO. 64P/3 BALANGIR DISTRICT, ORISSA

SR-83
PIC-83
METHODOLOGY
V-8
PPS-83 V-83
7/8 3 Rengabahali
3
Dhumamal Rengali Bhandarbanji SR-85 8 PIC-85
S-8
V-
CHAPTER - 2
I-85 PPS-83
PP
I-83 I-83
8/58 PPS-83
I-85
3
PIC-83 PPS-85 PIC-83

S-8
PIC-83
PP
Antarla I-83
7/63
V-
Tengra Beherabhata
83
8/65
Sanjharbahali Jinkidungri
Andaldal
PIC-85 PIC-85
PIC-83
PPS-83 Jamapadar 8/62
I-83
PIC-83
PPS-83 Jharbahali
I-83
V-83 PPS-85
V-83 5/8 Ichchhapara 7/60
PPS-83 Patamara
8/60 V-85 Sandhibahal
PIC-83 SR-83
Khaliapali 5/8 PIC-83 PIC-85 V-83
Badseimara I-85
Bhorpara
V-85 CHILA NT Lathakend
PPS-83 V-85 Chalaki SH-85
SH-85 VFS-83
NA
DI
PIC-85 Bandapala
SR-85 8/60 RH-85
Chanutmal PIC-85
PPS-83 Amjharan I-85 Bandhumunda PPS-8 SR-85
SR-85 Lapher
SR-85 5 V-85 I-85
Dhatukiuri 7/72 Jhimanpali V-85
7/63 PPS-85 6/62
Satighat
85
V-83
S-
PPS-85 PPS-85 Khujanpali
PP
V-83 V-85 I-85
I-85
Kharbahali
Hirapur I-85 V-85 SH-85 VFS-85
PPS-83 V-85 PPS-85 I-85
I-85 7/62 PIC-85
5
Patrapali Jointora
V-8
9/60 Dukalghat
PIC-83 SR-83 7/75 Kachharbhadi Munumura
Chanabahal V-85
Jamunabahal V-85 Banjipadar
Balikhamar PIC-85
Nuwamunda
5
Gudighat Nuwapara
V-8
Pudapali PPS-85 PIC-85 Limpadar
V-8
PIC-83 V
PPS-83 -83 Bijamal PIC-85 PPS-85 Karamtala
PPS-85
V-
5
PPS-85 4/75
8 3 Rambahi
Bagbahali
VFS-85
Nagphena Gurmani Chhanachharha
V-85 Jamlisar
Dumermunda
PPS-83 Salepada RH-85 SH-85 7/63
V-85
V-83 PPS-85 Govindpur I-85 6/62
5
S-8
PPS-85 PIC-85
PP
V-
Sudda
Manjhipara Tustapali PIC-85
8
PIC-85
PP
LA NT NA DI
5
I-85 V-8 5
I-8
5
S-
I-85
Kumbhari Korla
PPS-83
85
PIC-85 6/63 RH-85
PPS-83
I-8
Sukanpadar V-83 Babejuri SH-85 PPS-85
V-85
5
I-85
M-8
Kusmel
PP
Dengapadar PIC-85 Suwabara FP
I-83 Bankel S-8
V-85 5
7/75 5
V-83 PPS-83 V-8 IV-85 PPM-85
Gamharikhol Ghusaramunda PIC-83 Dhorapgad

PIC-83
Barbandh PPS-85
V-85 4/60
PPS-83 SH-85 Dharapgad
5
V-83 C-8
83
V-83 RH PP
PPS-83
S- I-83 -85
VF I-83 Kurrakend
I-83
RH-83 Gulariyapadar
PPS-85
PIC-83 V-83 Khatiyapadar
1124 mm. VFS-85
PIC-83
7/72
PIC-83 VFS-85
I-85
Khaliyakhamar
Muribahal 5/8
Goilvadi VFS-85
VFS-83 8/60 V-83 V-83
Satbabani I-83
Ghantbahali I-83
3
V-8
V-85 V-83
5/8 V-83
V-83
PIC-83 I-83 Sialjhudungi PIC-83 I-83

V-83
3
V-
V-8
PPS-85 Banbahal
8
PIC-83
3
Gulmi
V-85 4/7
PPS-83 PIC-83
Lakhana Dongarpara PIC-85 I-85
PIC-85
7/60 V-85 8/60
VFS
-83 PIC-85 I-85
Jamuna Karlapita
PD
-8 RH-85 PIC-85 I-85
5
RH-85 SR-85 I-85
Sialjhungi 4/7
PP
PIC
RH 3
-8 SR-85
Dongarpara PIC-85 4/7 Gudguda I-85
S-
-8
3 I-85 7/60
83
I-85 Dengapadar
PPS-83 SR-85
SR-85
Kharali
Pipilibandh
PIC-83 PIC-85 I-85
Chilphupra Gandapadar I-85
Pudisara Santentelkhunti I-85 SH-85 Dumdumi V-85
PPS-83 IV-85 RH-85
3 Chiknibahali Banjijhal
FS
-8 Dongarpara
V Patalpara PPS-83 Kharali Ampali
PP
Malisira
S-
Potamora 5/7 I-85

PIC-85
V-83 PIC-83 Ludhipara Kapsibhata
83
VFS-83
V-
Desil
PPS-83 6/54 Mahulpara
8
Haladi Gambherimal
5
5/70 V-83 7/63 V-85

Khaliakaol Desil I-85 Shiker
Malisira PPS-83
Simalpali Malisira V-83 6/8
Gurjibhata PPS-83 I-85 V-85 SH-85
SR-85 Sagorghat
PIC-83 I-83 Tentelkhunti Katapara Kapsibhata
Malisira Bhirkapara I-83
PIC-85
7/60 Bhuslar
Ghantabahali V-83 7/72 7/50 Nawapara Suagpur
8/10
Juggirata I-83
Rengali V-83 Nanajhar RH-85
Dengpadar
VF
PIC-83 Nawapara
S-8 6/63
3 Khuyermalpali Tulang
Rhuyermal Bhuslar
PPS-83 Patrapali V-83 Bitaband I-83
PIC-83
I-83
Malpara Kherat V-83
V-83
I-83 PIC-85
3
VFS-83
S-8
I-83 I-83 7/61 5/8 Tikrapara Malngan PIC-83

VF
V-83 V-83
SR-83 Thalka
Kandakhal PIC-83
7/72 PIC-85
Durkapara V-83 PPS-83
7/62
VFS-83 Bankilpali
Sasurpada Pitapara PPS-83 7/60 V-83
Dongriguda Thalka
I-83 -83
VFS
PIC-83 Dungrigura Limpara Bilekani 7/70 Kumbhipara
I-83 7/63
I-83 7/65 V-83 PPS-83 I-83 V-83 Gurjibhata
VFS-85
PIC-83 Chhattarpara
Sirol
Gunchitra Pipalpadar
Tentalpara Bankel PIC-83 Lakhmipali I-83
PIC-83 Palsapara PIC-83 PIC-85
TA N Khajurpara I-83 Burdipara
VFS-85
Larpara
GJ
Jamkani OR
83
VFS-83 7/65
I-83 Bandhpara V-83
S-
I-83 Mahulpara PPS-85

PPC-85
VF
Janipara Tuppaurarpali I-83

VFS-83 Belapadar Mathanpala
Balpadar I-83 Debhuin
Tuppaurar V-83 - 83 SR-83 Chingermunda 1337 mm. 7/65 I-83 PD-85 5/8
6/60 PPS-83 Salepara
PIC-83
V FS PIC-83 V-85
I-83
Jaropara Lenjha PPS-83
Putli I-83
Tatopara I-83 PPS-85
-83
VFS-83
SR-83
SR-83 SH-85 Rangabahali
PIC
I-83 PIC-83
PPS-83 7/63 VFS-83
SR-83 Titlagarh
VFS-83 Barhadhar Satighat Bandupala I-85
Banjipadar SR-83 Lenjha
Pitapara I-83 SR-83 8/60 I-83 VF
5/8 Ranabandh I-83 S-8
V-83 Lenjha PIC-83 6/61 5 Jugibhata
SR-83 Pipaldani
SR-83
I-83
I-83
I-83 VFS-83 Deshil PD-85
VFS-83 Purmuri 4/8
I-83 PIC-83 7/58
Sardhapur I-83
I-83 I-83 I-83 I-83 V-83 Charbhata PPS-85 6/8
SR-83 Bhatipara Sirbhata
Utkela I-83
Salebhatta Dorla VFS-83
PIC-83 Patrapali Rigdal
-85
I-83
Kotarpara 5/7 I-83
PPM
5/63 Turla Kumuda 7/8

6/7 Onlabahi VFS-83 PPS-83 V-83 Sinapali V-8
Gandpadar
SR-83
I-83 PIC-83 5
AC
V-83 Makripara
9/62
VFS-83 PD-85 Karlapara
PPS-83 Kumudipadar RH-85
Dejuri Mahulpara Surgipara Khaliapali V-85 V-85
VFS-83 PIC-83
V-83 Kendumundi Banjipadar
I-83
Lebarha VFS-83 PPS-83
7/75
PIC-83 I-83 PIC-83
7/62
ER 11
SR-83 Dungripara PIC-83 Lotera Belpara

RH-85
RIV M-
I-83 Jagua
RH-83 SR-83 PPS-83 VFS-83 V-83 VFS-83 Katarkela
VFS-83
TEL FP
VFS-83 FPM-11
VF
VF
PPS-85
3
FP S-8
3
S-8
S-8
S-8
S-8
VFS-83 Chitarul 5
3 PPS-83 AC
VF
3 PPS-83 BJS-85
3
SR-83 Pendrapada
VF
I-83
S-8
Onlabhata VFS-83
PP
M-8 FPS-83
VF Syaljungi RH-83 PPS-83 PPS-85
3
C NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING AGENCY, DEPT. OF SPACE, GOVT. OF INDIA DATA USED: 1.IRS-1D LISS-3 FCC dated 3rd May 2003 2. Ground Truth & Well Observation During June,2004 3. Published Geological Maps & Literature. # Software Designed & Developed by Geology Division, NRSA ( AML version -II )
nrsa
67

Plate – 2.8: Ground water prospects map of B
L E G
MAP UNIT GEOLOGICAL SEQUENCE/ GEOMORPHIC DEPTH TO RECHARGE G R O U N D
(HYDROGEOMORPHIC
UNIT) ROCK TYPE UNIT/LANDFORM WATER LEVEL CONDITIONS AQUIFER MATERIAL TYPE OF WELLS
SUMMER/PRE-MONSOON BASED ON SUITABLE
REPRESENTED (AVERAGE IN METERS) AVAILABILITY
IN THE MAP WITH LS = LOOSE SEDIMENTS DW = DUG WELL
(REPRESENTED IN THE MAP OF WATER PR = PERMEABLE ROCK RW = RING WELL
ALPHANUMERIC CODE (REPRESENTED IN THE MAP NO. OF WELLS BW = BORE WELL
(COLOUR INDICATES WITH NUMERIC CODE) OBSERVED (RAINFALL & OTHER FIR= FISSURED ROCK TW = TUBE WELL
WITH ALPHABETIC CODE) SOURCES) FR = FRACTURED ROCK
GROUND WATER WR= WEATHERED ROCK DBW/ = DUG-CUM-
DTW BORE / TUBE
PROSPECTS) IR = IMPERVIOUS ROCK WELL
QUATER-
ALLUVIUM Flood Plain - Moderate RW

NARY
FPM-11 (SAND & SILT DOMINANT) No well observed Very good LS

(FPM)
(11) (10-12 m alluvium) TW
Flood Plain - Shallow DW
FPS-83 (FPS) No well observed Good LS+WR+FIR
(5-9 m. alluvium) TW
Valley Fill - Shallow 5-6 DW
VFS-83 (VFS) __________
Good LS+WR+FIR
(5-8 m.) 4DW 1BW BW
Valley 4-6
__________ Good
V-83 WR+FIR BW
(V) 3DW 1BW
Pediplain Moderately
PPM-83 Weathered No well observed Good to moderate WR+FIR BW
(PPM)
Pediplain - Shallow 5-9
GRANITE/BIOTITE GNEISS Weathered (PPS) __________ BW
PPS-83 Moderate WR+FIR
(5-9 m.) 1DW 21BW
(BASEMENT GNEISS)
Pediment Inselberg Complex 7-9
__________ Poor FIR BW
PIC-83 (83) (PIC) 12BW
Residual Hills __________
RH-83 __________ __________ __________
(RH)
EASTERNGHAT SUPERGROUP (ARCHAEAN)
Sheet Rock
SR-83 __________ __________ __________ __________
(SR)
Inselberg
I-83 __________ __________ __________ __________
(I)
Flood Plain - Shallow DW
FPS-85 (FPS) No well observed Good LS+WR+FIR
(5-9 m. alluvium) TW
Intermontane Valley DW
IV-85 LS+WR+FIR
No well observed Good
(IV) TW
Valley Fill - Shallow 4-6 DW
__________ Good LS+WR+FIR
VFS-85 (VFS)
(5-8 m.) 2DW 3BW BW
Valley 4-6
__________
V-85 Moderate WR+FIR BW
(V) 4DW 1BW
Pediplain Moderately
PPM-85 Weathered No well observed Good to moderate WR+FIR BW
(PPM)
Pediplain Under Canal 5
Command __________
PPC-85 Good to moderate WR+FIR BW
(PPC) 1DW
Pediplain - Shallow 6-7
PPS-85 Weathered (PPS) __________ Moderate WR+FIR BW
(5-9 m.) 2DW 4BW
Bazada - Shallow LS+FIR
BJS-85 KHONDALITE No well observed Moderate TW
(BJS)
(85) 6-8
Pediment Inselberg Complex __________
PIC-85 Poor FIR BW
(PIC) 2DW 6BW
Pediment FIR
PD-85
(PD) No well observed Poor BW
Residual Hills __________

RH-85 __________ __________ __________
(RH)
Structural Hills __________ __________

SH-85 __________ __________
(SH)
__________ __________
Sheet Rock __________

SR-85 __________ __________ __________
(SR)
Inselberg
I-85 __________ __________ __________ __________
(I)
F F These are
These are fault
fault // fracture
fracture zones,
zones, which
which generally
generally act
act as
as conduits
conduits for
for movement
movement of
of ground
ground water
water in
in hard
hard rocks.
rocks.Along
Alongthese
thesezones,
zones,the
they yields a
D
D
D
D
Q
Q
Q
Q
These
These are
are the
the dykes,
dykes, quartz
P
P
quartz reefs,
P
P
reefs, pegmatites
pegmatites etc.
etc. which
which generally
generally act
act as
as barriers
barriers for
for ground
ground water
water movement.
N.B. - The
N.B. - Thedepth
depthrange and
range yield
and range
yield of of
range wells may
wells vary
may within
vary thethe
within unit because
unit becauseof of
certain inhomogeneities.
certain inhomogeneities.Fractures / lineaments
Fractures which
/ lineaments are are
which clearly observed
clearly / inferred
observed fromf
/ inferred
the satellite of
Locations image are indicated
the recharge on the
structures map.inThere
shown could
the map are be some This
tentative. obscured
map isfractures
useful forwhich also down
narrowing influence the ground
the target zones,water prospects.
and exact Locations
locations of the for
on the ground recharge
wells a
nrsa
68

map of Balangir district, Orissa (Legend part).
E N D
W A T E R P R O S P E C T S RECHARGE
STRUCTURES R E M A R K S
DEPTH RANGE YIELD RANGE HOMOGENEITY QUALITY GROUND SUITABLE & (PROBLEMS / LIMITATIONS)
IN THE UNIT OF WATER WATER
OF WELLS OF WELLS & SUCCESS
PRIORITY
METHODOLOGY
POTABLE (P) IRRIGATED
(SUGGESTED) (EXPECTED) RATE OF WELLS PT = PERCOLATION TANK
AREA
CHAPTER - 2
NON-POTABLE CD = CHECK DAM
(PROBABILITY)
(NP) NB = NALA BUND
MIN - MAX VERY HIGH RW = RECHARGE WELL
3
(IN METRES) (in LPM or m / day) HIGH (INDICATE REASONS (APPROX . RANGE DT = DESILTING OF TANK
MODERATE IF NON-POTABLE) IN PERCENTAGE) RP = RECHARGE PIT
LOW
3
6-12 100-200 m /day Highly prospective zone. Yield may vary with thickness of alluvium.
Very high P Negligible Not required Perforated casing is required througout the loose sediments. Depth and
20-30 200-400 LPM yield are inferred.
6-12 3
100-200 m /day High P Not required Prospective zone for groundwater development. Loose sediments alongwith
Negligible weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. perforated casing is required
30-40 200-400 LPM throughout the loose sediments. Depth and yield are inferred.
3 Loose sediments and weathered rock forms the aquifer. Perforated casing
6-12 50-75 m /day NB is required throughout the loose sediments. Prospects inferred based on
High P Negligible 4dw & 1bw observations. Large dia dugwells are suitable. However,
40-80 100-150 LPM Moderate deeper borewell may give better yield.
NB/CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Central part of the unit and
60-80 100-140 LPM Moderate P Negligible along the fracture prospect is more. Recharge structures near the habitation
Moderate would enhance the yield. Prospect inferred based on 3dw and 1bw.
NB/CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Weathering is not uniform.
60-80 100-150 LPM Moderate P Negligible Prospect is high along the fractures. Large dia dugwells are also suggested.
Moderate Depth and yield are inferred.
CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Weathering is not uniform.
80-100 50-100 LPM Low P Nil Prospect is high along the fractures. Recharge structures near the habitation
Moderate would enhance the yield.
P CD Inselbergs are runoff zones. Fractures are suitable for groundwater

80-100 10-50 LPM Low Nil
Moderate exploitation
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ Mainly runoff zones. Limited Prospects along fractures and valleys.
__________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ Mainly runoff zones.
6-12 Prospective zone for groundwater development. Loose sediments along with
100-200 m /day
High P Negligible Not required weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Perforated casing is required
30-40 200-400 LPM Depth and yield are inferred.
33
6-10 50-100 m /day
High P Not required Good recharge zones. Large dia dugwells are suitable. Perforated casing is
Nil required throughout the loose sediments.Depth and yield are inferred.
20-30 100-200 LPM
3
6-12 50-75 m /day PT/NB Loose sediments and underlain weathered rock forms good aquifer.Large dia
High P Negligible dugwells are suitable . However,deeper borewells may give better yield.
40-80 100-150 LPM Moderate Prospect based on 2dw & 3bw observation.
NB/CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Central part of the unit and
60-80 100-150 LPM Moderate P Negligible along the fracture prospect is more. Recharge structures near the habitation
Moderate would enhance the yield. Prospect based on 4dw & 1bw observation.
NB/CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Weathering is not uniform.
60-80 Negligible Prospect is high along the fractures. Recharge structures near the habitation
100-150 LPM would enhance the yield. Large dia dugwells are also suitable. Depth & yield
Moderate P Moderate are inferred.
Recharge is high due to canal irrigation.Higher yield is expected in deep
60-80 100-150 LPM Moderate P Nil Not required borewell.
CD/PT Weathered and fissured rock forms the aquifer. Weathering is not uniform.
80-90 50-100 LPM Low P Negligible Prospect is high along the fractures. Recharge structures near the habitation
Moderate would enhance the yield.Prospect based on 2dw & 4bw observation.
Drilling is a problem due to colluvial material. Perforated casing is necessary
40-60 10-50 LPM Low P Nil Not required throughout the colluvial zone. Depth and yield are inferred. Good recharge
zone.
CD
80-100 10-50 LPM Low P Inselbergs are runoff zones. Fractures are suitable for groundwater exploitation
Nil Moderate
10-50 LPM Low P CD Fracture zones are suitable for groundwater expolitation.
Nil
80-100
Moderate
__________ __________ Mainly runoff zones.

__________ __________ __________ __________
es, the yieldsare

yields aresignificantly
significantlyhigher
higher and
andwells
wellsare
arelikely
likely to
to be
besustainable
sustainablefor
forlonger
longerduration.
duration.However,
However,the
theinferred
inferredfractures
fracturesneed
needtotobe
beconfirmed
confirmedby
bydetailed
detailed ground
groundsurveys.
surveys.
structures
from shownimage
the satellite in theare
map are tentative.
indicated This There
on the map. map is useful
could be for
some narrowing down
obscured the target
fractures whichzones, and exact
also influence the locations on the
ground water ground for wells and recharge structures
prospects.
should
and be identified
recharge based
structures onbe
should follow-up
identifiedground hydrogeological
based on follow-up ground/ geophysical surveys.
hydrogeological / geophysical surveys.
nrsa
69

nrsa
70

Chapter - 3
INPUT AND OUTPUT DATA
nrsa
71

nrsa
72

3.1 Input Data
3.1.1 Satellite Data
Satellite data is the main input for preparing the ground water prospects maps. It is to be
used mainly for preparing the lithology, geomorphology, structures and hydrology map
layers which in turn are integrated to generate the ground water prospects maps.
The raw IRS P6 LISS III scene-wise data, preferably of summer season (Feb-April period),

procured from NRSA Data Centre have to be subjected to ortho and geo-rectifications
CHAPTER - 3
using Landsat ETM+ data as the reference. As the ETM+ data is in UTM projection and
WGS 84 datum, the IRS P6 LISS III data also carries the same projection and datum. Fig
3.1 shows the UTM zones of India.
In order to avoid errors related to edge matching and seamless mosaic of the output data,
individual scenes need to be mosaiced to get state-wise satellite data. The scene-wise
data can be mosaiced using any image processing software. In order to prepare the
State-wise mosaics, input Satellite data need to be re-projected to LCC / TM Projection
using the NSF Parameters given in Annexure-X. After re-projecting the input scene-wise
satellite data, state-wise mosaic is to be prepared. Fig 3.2 depicts the procedure for the
preparation of satellite data mosaic of a state.
660 720 780 840 900 960
42 43 44 45 46
660 720 780 840 900 960
Fig. 3.1: UTM Zones of India

nrsa
73

a b
Fig.3.2: Preparation of State-wise mosaic a) Individual scenes b) State mosaic.
Each state is to be divided into tile scheme (consisting of 15’ x 15’ tiles) for interpretation,
edge matching, quality assurance and final map preparation, etc., as per National Spatial
Frame work defined in NNRMS standards. These frame works are prepared (Fig 3.3)
and distributed among partner institutions to ensure proper border matching across the
tiles. It will also facilitate in interpretation using onscreen interpretation techniques.
Using the frame work of 50,000 scale which is in LCC projection and WGS 84 Datum,
the toposheet-wise data has to be extracted according to the map sheet number from
the state-wise mosaics of satellite data. Since the project will be executed by involving
various partner institutions located across the country, edge matching of features across
the interpreted tiles of partner institutions across different districts / states becomes a
prerequisite. In order to ensure it, it is suggested to give 5% overlaps while extracting
the scenes from the state mosaic.
3.1.2 Field Data
Ground data form an important source of information for mapping and accuracy
estimation. To cross-check the thematic maps prepared based on the interpretation of
satellite data, the ground truth information is to be used.
Planning: Before proceeding to the field for ground checks, proper planning has to be
made regarding the type of data to be collected and the locations. For this purpose,
based on the road network, the doubtful areas marked with question marks while
interpreting lithology, landforms, faults, fractures, etc which need to be verified in the
field, should be identified and noted in the field note book as well as on the maps.
nrsa
74

a b

CHAPTER - 3
Fig.3.3: Extraction of map sheet-wise satellite data a) Punjab state map overlaid with
50,000 grid b) Satellite imagery extracted using 50,000 grid.
Similarly, the locations of the problematic habitations (as provided by the concerned
State Depts) have to be marked on the map overlays for checking them on the ground
for further details. A check list may be prepared indicating the locations and the information
to be observed / collected.
In addition to this, other areas where well inventory data have to be collected should
also be marked on the pre-field hydrological map. It should be planned to collect well
inventory data from all the lithologic-landform combinations in such a way that the wells
are distributed throughout the map. At least 2-3 wells should be observed in each unit
so that the ground water prospects of each unit can be evaluated judiciously. Within
each unit also, special care should be taken to observe the depth of weathering, nature
of weathered material, thickness and composition of deposited material, etc. The proforma
for collecting the lithological / structural / geomorphological / hydrological information
and well inventory data, in the field are given in Annexure-VIII and IX respectively.
These proformas should be xeroxed and used for collecting necessary data in the field.
Verification of Thematic Maps: During the field visit, the doubtful areas on the pre-field
interpreted lithologic, structural, geomorphic and hydrological maps have to be verified /
checked on the ground and necessary corrections / modifications have to be incorporated.
In addition, it is also desirable to check the lithological units / rock types, structures and
landforms / geomorphic units randomly at some places, where the confirmed boundaries
have been drawn, to ascertain the correctness of interpretation. The inferred faults /
fractures / lineaments have to be checked on the ground for field evidences. Careful
nrsa
75

examination of the wells located along the faults / fractures have to be made to observe
the effect of these structures on ground water prospects as compared to the surrounding
areas. The geomorphic units / landforms which have to be classified into shallow, moderate
and deep categories based on their depth of weathering, thickness of deposited material,
etc have to be verified on the ground by observing the nala / stream cuttings, well sections,
etc. However, the contacts between shallow, moderate and deep categories of a given
geomorphic unit / landform are gradational. The proforma for collecting the lithological /
structural / geomorphological / hydrological information in the field is given in
Annexure-VIII.
Collection of Well data: During the field visit, extensive well observation data has to
be collected, at least 80-100 wells in each map for proper evaluation of unit-wise ground
water prospects in the area. For collecting the well observation data, traverses should
be undertaken in such a way that the observations are well distributed through out the
area and represent all the units (at least 2-3 wells in each unit). During the field visits,
the location of wells observed have to be marked correctly on the map and numbered.
The information about the wells has to be filled in the proforma enclosed in Annexure-IX
as indicated above. The details to be collected in the field include – type of well, depth
to water table, water table fluctuation (i.e. pre- and post-monsoon water tables), yield,
total depth of well, type of subsurface formations and any other related information.
This information can be collected partly by observing the wells and partly by discussing
with well owners, neighbours, villagers, Gram Panchayat representatives etc. In addition
to the above, the drilling results and pump test data, if any available with the State and
Central Govt. Depts. have to be collected.
Collection of NC/PC Habitation data: The locations of problem habitations (NC and
PC habitations) provided by the concerned State Depts, if available in advance, have to
be marked on the base map with different symbols as shown in Annexure-I before
proceeding to the field. If the locations of NC/PC habitations are not available before
proceeding to the field, they have to be collected from district headquarters of the
concerned State Depts. in the beginning of the field visit. During the field visit, efforts
should be made to visit maximum number of these villages in order to understand the
nature of the problem. In case, if the problematic villages are too many and / or not
approachable, then a minimum of 40 to 50 villages can be selected and visited in such
a manner that they are well distributed through out the area and represent all the units.
3.1.3 Survey of India Topographic Maps
Survey of India topographic maps on1:50,000 scale are to be referred for identification
of base features and for planning ground data collection.
nrsa
76

3.1.4 Legacy Data
It constitutes the existing geological, hydrogeological, geomorphological, etc., maps

and information. During the interpretation of satellite data these maps / information are
to be consulted for proper understanding of the geological setup. The information is
also to be used to cross-check the respective maps prepared based on interpretation of
satellite data. Especially, the geology maps published by Geological Survey of India are
very useful in identifying the rock types and geological succession. The hydrogeological
data from Central Ground Water Board and other Govt. departments / research institutes

are also useful for assessing ground water prospects for various units.
CHAPTER - 3
3.2 Outputs
3.2.1 Deliverables
The ground water data created during the project work have to be generated as different
outputs in different formats. The list of the outputs to be delivered is furnished in Fig. 3.4
and the details are described below:
‘e00’ files Shape files Mxd. files PDF/JPEG files
1. Admn 1. Admn
2. Canal 2. Canal 1. Lithology 1. Lithology
3. Dainl 3. Dainl
4. Drainp 2. Structure 2. Structure
4. Drainp
5. Geom 5. Geom 3. Geomorphology 3. Geomorphology
6. Irrg_area 6. Irrg_area 4. Hydrology 4. Hydrology
7. Litho 7. Litho 5. Base map 5. Base map
8. Rail 8. Rail
9. Rain 9. Rain
10. Roads 10. Roads
11. Settlep 11. Settlep 6. Ground water 6. Ground water
12. Spring 12. Spring prospects map prospects map
13. Stru-1 13. Stru-1
14. Stru-2 14. Stru-2
15. Wells 15. Wells
Hard copy maps

on 1:50,000 scale
1. Hydrogeop 1. Hydrogeop Lithology map (1-copy)

Structure map(1-copy) Ground water
2. Hydrogeol 2. Hydrogeol Geomorphology map(1-copy)
3. Rechstrul Hydrology map(1-copy) Prospects map
3. Rechstrul
Base map (1-copy) 5-copies
4. Rechstrp 4. Rechstrp
Fig. 3.4: Diagrammatic list of the outputs

along with their formats to be delivered in the project
nrsa
77

1. Soft copies of lithological, structural, geomorphological, hydrological, base details

and integrated hydrogeomorphological layers in ‘e00‘format in CD-ROM. These
layers should strictly comply with the specifications decided by NRSA. The Datum
and Projection of all these ‘e00’ files are WGS84 and LCC / TM projections
respectively as per NNRMS Standards.
2. Soft copies of lithological, structural, geomorphological, hydrological base details
and integrated hydrogeomorphological layers in ‘shape‘ files in CD-ROM by importing
the ‘e00’ files
3. Soft copies of all Map composition files (.mxd) and ground water prospects maps
i.e. lithology, structure, geomorphology, hydrology and base map layers.
4. Soft copy of all individual thematic maps and the ground water prospects map in the
form of seamless mosaic.
5. Hard copies (5nos) of ground water prospects maps on 1:50,000 scale colour prints.
6. Satellite data mosaic (soft copy) of the State.
3.2.2 Digital Data Format
In order to standardize the digital data products submitted by different work centers in the
CD-ROM, a standard data directory format and file naming conventions are suggested
below. This has to be strictly followed by the partner institutions while submitting the
digital data.
Data directory format: The data directory format to be followed while copying the
digital data (e00 files, shape files and map compositions) in the CD-ROM is given in the
following diagram-
Main Directory Sub-Directories Contents

rg-toposheet no.
All e00 files of the map sheet in
(e.g. rg-57h02) e00-files LCC / TM projection, WGS 84 Datum
All shape files of the map sheet in

shape-files LCC/ TM Projection, WGS 84 Datum
mapcomp Six map compositions
Main directory
directory: rg-toposheet number
Note that the toposheet no. is variable and should be given in five
characters, e.g. 57h02, 54h16, 65e05, etc.
Sub-directories:
Sub-directories
1) e00-files
2) shape-files
3) mapcomp
nrsa
78

Contents:
Contents
1) e00-files: This directory should contain all the ‘e00’ files of the map sheet in
WGS 84 Datum and LCC / TM Projection prepared by the work centers by
onscreen interpretation.
2) shape-files: This directory should contain all shape files imported from ‘e00’
files and re-projected to LCC / TM projection as per NNRMS Standards.
3) mapcomp: This directory should contain all map compositions. It has to be
ensured that the map composition files refers to shape files in shape-files folder.

CHAPTER - 3
File naming conventions:
For e00-files: All the coverages must be built (arc: build) for their respective topology
and then exported as e00 files with coverage names & Toposheet number (e.g. for
drainp coverage, the exported file name must be drainp54h16.e00; for roads coverage,
the exported file name must be roads54h16.e00; rail coverage as rail54h16.e00, etc.).
Last 5 characters in the file name refers to the toposheet number.
For shape files: All the shape files should be named as given below-
gwm54h16.shp – (ground water prospects map)

base54h16.shp – (base map)
litho54h16.shp – (lithological map)
stru54h16.shp – (structural map)
geom54h16.shp – (geomorphological map)
hydro54h16.shp – (hydrological map)
For map compositions: All the map compositions should be named as given below:
gwm54h16.mxd – (ground water map)

base54h16.mxd – (base map)
litho54h16.mxd – (lithological map)
stru54h16.mxd – (structural map)
geom54h16.mxd – (geomorphological map)
hydro54h16.mxd – (hydrological map)
Note: In the above file naming conventions last 5 characters (excluding extensions)
represents the toposheet no. which is variable from one map to the other map. The
toposheet no. should be given in 5 characters only, e.g. 54h02, 54g05, 54g16, 54g10, etc.
nrsa
79

3.3 Basic Hardware & Software Requirements
3.3.1 Hardware Required
Hardware required for robust handling of input satellite data, its analysis and
interpretation, timely accomplishment of various steps involved in the preparation of
maps, etc. the following minimum hardware configuration is required.
i) Processor: Minimum of 2.0 GHz P-IV make or equivalent processor.
ii) Disc Space: Minimum of 80 Gigabyte
iii) RAM: Minimum of 512 MB (for on-screen mapping, digitization and generation of
ground water prospect map)
iv) Display Size: At least 17 inch monitor with good graphics card
Any additional capacity available in above configuration will improve the functionality.
i) Satellite data: Each LISS – III scene (4 bands stacked data in TIF format) requires a
disk space of 200 MB. Each state is covered by 10-50 scenes of satellite data. Mosaics
of satellite data pertaining to one state may requires 2-10 GB.
ii) Thematic maps: The thematic data pertaining to the factors controlling the occurrence
of ground water is generated in eighteen coverages for each map. This may take about
30 MB disk space. The total disk space required for this purpose may vary according to
the number of maps taken up for preparation.
iii) Ground water prospects map: For generating a) five individual thematic map layers
in Arc-GIS environment, takes total of 50 MB disk space and b) for generating final
ground water prospects map in ARC-GIS environment using the Map Template, requires
20 MB disk space. The total disk space needed for generating one ground water prospect
map, associated files and Satellite data takes about 300 MB disk space.
3.3.2 Software Required
Preparation of ground water prospects map involves on-screen interpretation of satellite

data, preparation of input coverages, map composition, etc. For carrying out these
operations an image processing software and ARC-GIS is required.
i) On-Screen mapping and digitization: Mapping and digitization of the input coverages
based on the on-screen interpretation of satellite data, requires an image processing
software. Any software such as ERDAS Imagine, ENVI, Map Info, and PCI Geomatica
can be used.
ii) Map composition: The final map composition using the coverages, requires
ARC-GIS version 9.0 and above with ARC Map Licence. Lower versions of ARC-GIS
are not compatible for map composition.
nrsa
80

Chapter - 4
IMAGE INTERPRETATION
nrsa
81

nrsa
82

4.1 Image Interpretation Techniques
The interpretation of satellite data for ground water studies may be best accomplished
by visual interpretation techniques with the understanding of spectral property of rock
materials, and image characteristics of landforms, structural and hydrological features.
The criteria of interpretation may, however, change from region to region due to climatic
influence on weathering, vegetation cover and mass movements. Digital data processing,
enhancements and analysis at times prove additionally helpful. The hydrogeological
interpretation of satellite images is primarily based on the qualitative use of the following
recognition elements for visual study, analysis and interpretation.
A. Image elements
1. Tone
2. Texture
3. Pattern
4. Shape
CHAPTER - 4
5. Size
6. Shadow
B. Geotechnical or terrain elements

1. Landforms
2. Vegetation cover
3. Drainage pattern, density & anomalies
4. Erosion pattern
5. Land use
C. Relationship and Association of features, and Convergence of evidences
The amount of geological / geomorphological information that can be gathered from

satellite images also depends upon – a) Type of terrain and its complexity, b) Climatic
conditions, and c) Human influence. Sedimentary rocks give maximum information and
metamorphic rocks give the least information. Exposures are plentiful in regions of dry
climates, whereas the exposures are less in tropical regions. Due to human activity the
objects / image features appear with masking affects.
4.1.1 Image Elements
Tone: Tone is the measure of the amount of light reflected by an object and actually
recorded on imagery, as various shades of grey. The various terms used to designate
the tonal character in visual examination are:
nrsa
83

Very Dark Tone/ Dark grey tone: Rough surface, wet impervious soil, dense vegetation,
high ground water, unbleached basic igneous rocks etc.
Light grey/ Medium grey/ Very light grey: Commonly observed in smooth surface, arid
regions, coral sands, sand bars, snow or ice, fresh and un-eathered outcrops
Mottled tone: Commonly related to lithological or porosity changes.
Banded tone: Inter-bedded or alternating rocks of different composition show coloration.

Eg. sandstones and shales.
Homogenous tone: Common in areas of uniform composition, character and

homogeneous rock types.
Speckled tone: Rough surface, granular terraces in semi-arid zone, with vegetation clusters.
However, photographic tone is subject to wide variations, and these are limited in its
usefulness as a recognition element because of the factors influencing it. Tone in near-
infrared (NIR) pictures, and radar images have to be viewed variably / differently. In
NIR, densely vegetated areas reflect highly and appear in lighter tone, whereas moist
areas appear darker, water bodies absorb NIR and appear very dark toned generally.
Texture: Texture is defined as “frequency of tonal change within the image and is
produced by all aggregate of unit features too small to be clearly discerned individually
on the photographs.” or “The aggregate arrangement of minute images as expressed
by tone, shape, size and pattern.” Texture is a function of photo scale and depends
upon magnification and reduction. For example, a network of fine lines described as a
photographic texture on one scale may well be recognizable as a network of close
spaced joints on a larger scale. The texture due to tonal change within the image may
be called a photographic texture.
Terms used in describing texture are – Coarse-Rough, Smooth-Fine, Even-Uneven,

Banded, Mottled, Speckled, Granular, Linear, Blocky, Matted, and Woolly.
The photographic tone is a fundamental element of photo texture; the photographic

conditions that affect tone may vary and yet permit attendant texture to be a diagnostic
recognition element. This is due to the fact that texture in a photographic sense is really
a composite of several fundamentals characteristics, namely (i) Tone; (ii) Shape;
(iii) Size, and (iv) Pattern.
The term texture has other meanings, when used with specific fields of study such as:
Drainage Texture or Drainage Density- Wide spacing of streams results in coarse texture
nrsa
84

or low drainage density; close spacing of streams results in fine texture of drainage
having high density. Topographic Texture- It is used to describe the degree of dissection
of land surface.
Pattern: It is an important recognition element. It represents orderly or the typical spatial

arrangement of geological, topographic and vegetation features on the photographs/
image which may lead to their identification, e.g. aligned vegetation along lineament
(Linear pattern). A particular pattern may have its genetic relation with several factors of
its origin. Pattern may be man-made or natural. If features that make a pattern become
too small to be identified as on small scale photographs, they may then form a
photographic texture. For example, gently curved or straight lines – exhibiting a pattern
– are frequently of structural significance. They may represent a system of fractures,
faults, joints, etc. but a single line or lineament is also a pattern. Pattern may be expressed
by an orderly arrangement of stream segments, trees, depressions or other features.
Some of the characteristic patterns of common occurrence on images are as follows:
CHAPTER - 4
i) Drainage Pattern: It is an important element in geologic interpretation of satellite images.
On bedrock, drainage pattern depends on:
Lithological character of underlying rocks and surficial deposits – “Dendritic” drainage

pattern develops on “Homogenous rock type” without any structural controls.
Attitude and nature of rock bodies – “Trellis” pattern in alternate formations of dipping
shales and sandstones forming strike parallel ridges in sandstones and valleys in softer
rocks like shale (easily erodible). “Parallel to sub-parallel” drainage run down dip slopes
and scarp slopes to join trunk streams which are strike-parallel giving rise to an overall
“Trellis” pattern of drainage.
Arrangement and spacing of weak planes – Joint controlled “Rectangular” drainage

pattern, “Angular “ pattern.
Surface or subsurface structure – “Angular and Radial” patterns develop over differentially
eroded domes and plunging anticlines.
In addition, changes in drainage pattern or deviation from an established norm or “anomalies”

may be as important as or more important than interpretation of any one pattern.
Stream pattern/ geometry are also important to analyse. Differences in stream pattern
suggest variation in lithological characters. In areas of surficial deposits/ alluvium, often
“compressed meander” signifies subsurface structure. Braided streams imply relatively
nrsa
85

coarser bed load deposition and in thalweg, and changes in velocity of flow in stream. In
piedmonts, braided streams signify very coarse bed loads and high channel bed infiltration.
ii) Vegetation Pattern: It may reflect structural conditions or lithological character of rock
types. Following main types of such patterns may be identified –
Blocky: Extensive outcrop of uniform character, dip slopes.
Alignments: Occur in narrow zones, e.g. faults or similar linear features. Linear or parallel
alignments-represent fracture pattern. Curved alignments- indicate distribution of outcrops
of low to moderately dipping beds. If curved alignment forms closed loop-the beds are
horizontal or nearly flat. Along the point bar the vegetation alignment is curved. Banded
alignments-mark beds/formations, bedding contacts, lava flows etc., since vegetation may
preferentially grow on a certain horizon or bed/ layer/ flow, or may mark a contact zone.
iii) Soil Pattern: It refers to the combination of surface expressions such as landform,
drainage characteristics, vegetation, and land use giving clues to soil difference patterns.
Soil pattern may reveal information of direct use in engineering geological studies, such
as – location of granular material, distribution of rock types, and geological structure.
Shape: It means the general form or configuration of various types of features. It is also
considered under terrain elements. There are two types –
Man-made – Dams, road, buildings etc. may easily be identified on the basis of their
typical shape and layout.
Natural – Eskers and Kames etc., Sand dunes, terraces, sand bars, alluvial fans, deltas,
cinder cones etc. having specific shapes, landform features, as well as patterns which
help in their identification.
The term shape, broadly, is used to describe the relief or topographic expression and
form. It is very important factor in recognising some of the landforms and man-made
structures mentioned above. It is also useful in differentiating rock units where one unit
is expressed in bold cliffs and overlies a second formation that shows a lesser angle of
slope, or where adjacent rocks show significant differences in topographic relief. Shape
of gully or stream cross section – helps to distinguish surface materials. Surface materials
consist of alternate hard and soft layers when the profile is step-like. Uniform surface
material gives rise to U-shaped profile.
Folds – Plunging folds involving strata of varying relative resistance to erosion are
represented by zigzag valleys and ridges arranged in curved fashion with the nose of
anticlines in the plunge direction.
nrsa
86

Non-Plunging fold – Parallel to sub parallel repetitive ridges and valleys are formed.
Dyke – Appears as wall like linear ridge, trench or depression.
Sills – May produce trenches along the sides of escarpments or valley walls.
Faults – Appear as rectilinear features, depressions, sharp truncation and offset of
topographic features, fault scarps etc. A series of ridges and valleys formed by alternating
resistant and non-resistant rock units may abruptly end along a linear or gently curved
line which may frequently be a trace of a fault. Smaller form or shape may also convey
valuable geologic information if properly evaluated and analyzed. Numerous un-drained
depressions and adjacent hummocks are typical of moraines; they are also diagnostic
of Karst areas e.g. typical shape of sinkholes.
Size: Size is defined as “a measure of surface or volume dimension of an object.” The

size of an object can be well identified by relating it to the size of known objects on
images or by studying the shadow cast by the object. Along with shape, the size helps
CHAPTER - 4
in identifying features e.g. sinkholes / sinkhole lakes having a certain size range can be
differentiated from larger sized oval ponds and lakes. In combination with
photogrammetric methods, the concept of size, width and extent is being used in geology
for the study of thickness of rock strata, amount of offset along faults, quantitative
geomorphology, and terrain objects identification.
Shadow: Shadow as a recognition element is primarily used along with topography,

shape and photographic tone. It may be useful in interpretation of tree type e.g. conifers,
generally having a pointed canopy profile casts long slenderd shadows as compared to
broad leaf. The type of tree in turn may have a relation with underlying geologic material.
Shadow gives an effective side view of some of the features. Even slight topographic
break is accentuated by shadow. Shadow helps highlight relief but it is also masking
factor for interpretation of geology of shadowed faces for which details cannot be seen.
4.1.2 Geotechnical Elements
After the preliminary examination of satellite images for image elements, they are analyzed
from geotechnical or terrain features point of view. It needs the study of following features-
Landforms: Analysis of landforms and physiography permits the identification of rock

type, soils etc. The development of landforms may be either due to endogenic, or to
constructional or destructional exogenic processes as a result of deposition or erosion.
The endogenic processes originate within the earth, and the most familiar processes
involve volcanism, metamorphism, earthquakes, crustal warping, folding, faulting, and
fracturing. Exogenic processes include denudation, gradation and aggradation.
nrsa
87

Volcanic cinder cone with attendant lava flow features surrounding it is an example of
endogenic landform. Examples of exogenic landforms-Presence of karst landforms/
features, such as sinkholes indicate calcareous (limestones) rocks amenable to solution
activity. River terraces, point bars, backswamps, alluvial fans, palaeochannels etc. indicate
fluvial deposits. Structural Hills with ridge-valley landscape and Hogback, Cuesta landforms
showing clear dip slopes indicate sedimentary rocks having variable erodibility. The strike
parallel ridges are on resistant sandstones, and shales occupy lower parts of back slopes
(scarp slopes) and valleys. Structural elements such as strike and dip are also revealed.
Beach ridges indicate coastal sediments. Denudational and residual landforms such as
Inselbergs, Tors, Hummocky hillocks and bordering pediments develop on granitic terrain.
Vegetation Cover: Vegetation may obscure significant geologic features, but it may also
at times be of considerable help in the detection and mapping of geologic features. The
type of vegetation as well as the density is indicative of moisture and favourable conditions
of underlying soil, and at times the types of underlying rocks. It depends upon the varied
combination of the various factors, such as association, terrain position, climatic factor,
soil characteristics, moisture contents etc. In some cases vegetation exhibits a geologic
preference or selectivity. This may be due to topographic, soil, rock or moisture factors or
various combinations of these. Contrast in vegetation may be observed between areas
underlain by bedrock and those underlain by unconsolidated material. Also vegetation at
times acts as geo-botanical indicator. It can help in mineral exploration, and indicate water
table conditions in general. The magnitude and orientation aspect of slopes also influences
vegetation. One commonly observed case is the contrast in vegetation on the north and
south slopes of an East-West trending ridge or spur. The north facing slope receiving less
direct sunlight tends to retain more moisture over a longer period of time and can therefore
support vegetation to a greater degree than the warmer drier south facing slope, as in the
Himalayas. For example, Willows are known to grow where moisture (Indicator plant)
content is high. Sage and Mesquite are generally grown where moisture content is low.
Pine generally grows on quartzite in Himalayan region and on sandstones in the Foot Hill
Siwaliks. Cactus, Cupressus Torulosa, Oak, Deodar generally grow in limestones. Oak
(stunted) characterizes gneisses in Chamoli, Himalayas. Sal (Shorea robusta) grows on
dip slopes of sandstone and conglomerates in Siwaliks. Conifers in Himalayan region are
confined to quartzite, apart from their normal altitudinal zonation. Phreatophytes (Mango,
Tamarind, and Peepal) indicate shallow water table.
Besides, structural features like faults and joints permit the development of soil and
holding of moisture along such zones, making them especially favourable to certain
types of vegetation.
Drainage Pattern and Density: Drainage is an important element of recognition in

visual interpretation. Drainage patterns are generally characteristic of a given soil, rock
nrsa
88

type, structure, or of a complex of several materials. The change in soil or rock type is
generally accompanied by a change in drainage pattern. Since erosion, transportation
and deposition by running water occurs in most areas, a study and understanding of
stream activity and resulting landforms along with drainage pattern development thereon
is essential in visual analysis of satellite images.
i) Drainage Pattern- Drainage pattern is the design formed by aggregate of drainage-

ways in an area, regardless of whether they are occupied by permanent stream,
e.g. radial pattern around a dome or topographic high. A basic pattern is one whose
gross characteristics readily distinguishes it from other basic patterns e.g. Dendritic,
Trellis; while a modified basic pattern differs from the type basic pattern in some regional
aspect. “Pinnate” pattern formed due to close spacing of small tributaries in the dendritic
pattern or “Directional Trellis” pattern formed due to the preferred orientation of longer
tributaries of trellis drainages are examples of modified basic patterns. Important drainage
patterns and their significance from geological point of view are given below.
CHAPTER - 4
Dendritic: Irregular branching of channels (tree-like) in many directions; Commonly
develops in homogeneous massive rocks and flat-lying strata.
Parallel: Parallel to sub-parallel channels form on slopes of homogenous rocks.
Rectangular: Channels show right angle bends / turns; develops generally in jointed /
fractured homogeneous rocks.
Trellis: Principal streams are parallel and secondary streams join the principal streams
at right angles; develops generally in folded, faulted or dipping sedimentary rocks of
different resistance to erosion.
Radial: Channels radiate out from the centre like spokes of a wheel; develops in domes
or volcanic cones.
Centripetal: Channels converge towards the centre; develops in basins.

Annular: Channels follow a circular or concentric path; develops in dissected domes or
basins.
No systematic drainage develops on sand surface, kames, eskers and karstic limestone
region due to a high degree of permeability.
Stream Pattern: It is the design formed by a single drainage-way, e.g. braided stream,
meander, angular etc. Some stream patterns individually show the characteristics of
the overall drainage pattern, or develop their own pattern and are referred to by the
following names –
nrsa
89

Stream showing right angle bends – Rectangular

Stream showing acute angle bends – Angulate
Stream showing tight hairpin bends – Contorted
The above three are also defined as drainage patterns. They indicate joint and / or
fracture control. The other stream patterns are –
Irregular: Characterized by more or less random course and suggesting an absence

of structural / topographical control.
Rectilinear: Abnormally long, straight reaches, indicates fracture or fault control.

Meandering: Develops in flood plains due to sluggish river flow.
Braided: Indicates inability to handle coarser bed loads. These commonly develop in
piedmonts where stream flow velocity reduces and coarser bed loads are dropped, and
the channel spreads wide and braids.
Stream Anomaly: It is the difference in part of a stream system which does not confirm
to the overall pattern or a stream anomaly is one or more characteristics of a stream
system which does not coincide or fit with dominant or prevalent drainage characteristic
of an area as a whole. Some examples –
Rectilinear: Long, rectilinear segment of streams, particularly if aligned across divides

with rectilinear segments of other streams - an anomaly, if the regional pattern is other
than rectangular, angulate or trellis. A fault/ fracture or / and easily erodible vein or dyke
is indicated.
Abrupt and localised appearance of meanders: The interruption in normal pattern may
be related to subtle upstream reduction in stream gradient caused by appearance of
dome along its path. It indicates an active zone of uplift.
Compressed Meanders: It is a pattern in which several meanders of normal and

continuous series are squeezed, compressed and incised. It indicates fault obstruction,
or subsurface plunging folds/ Domal structure, where the compression occurs just
upstream of the “Nosal” obstruction.
Abrupt and Localised braiding: Develops due to local acquisition of coarser bed load,
loss of flow volume due to locally increased channel-bed infiltration and under flow, loss
of velocity caused by flattening of gradient.
Anomalous pinching or flattening of valleys or channels: Local widening or narrowing of

valley or channels is not a repetitive feature of the regional drainage pattern, and may
indicate local structure.
nrsa
90

Anomalous Ponds, Marshes or Alluvial Fills: Presence of an isolated pond, marsh or

alluvial fill along the path of a mature stream where landslides or other surficial causes
can be excluded, may indicate damming by subsidence or by uplift directly downstream.
Anomalous breadth of levees: It may be caused by buried structural features such as

dome or intrusion. The abandoned channels along the river are narrower at places. The
subsidence of levees at these places permitted encroachment by the neighboring swamp
or marsh resulting in the reduced levee width.
Flying levees: As a result of subsidence of former channels below marsh level, only a
small portion of levees are preserved. This may perhaps be due to the reason that
these are located on buried structural features.
Anomalous curve turns and veers: River, stream flowing in a direction and the course is
set aside abruptly or turns around. This may be due to the presence of a surface structure.
Drainage “VEERS” around an area may indicate sub-surface ‘high’, e.g a domal upward
CHAPTER - 4
across the path of a stream may gently “shoulder” the stream aside, forcing it to follow
a curved commonly semicircular around the structural feature.
• Presence of nicks in a slope may indicate a fault zone.

• A right angle, acute or obtuse elbow turn in stream lines indicates a fault zone.
• Stream crossing an active strike slip fault may display sharp right angle turns where
it enters and leaves the rift.
• Faults may lead to anomalous lengthening and flattening of a curve.
Erosional Pattern: Under this, the study of cross section of gullies is very important.
Sheet, rill and gully erosion varies in different types of materials.
Granular Sandy Soil – Short and steep gullies with V-cross section. In gravelly beds
tube shaped profiles with wide bed and short vertical bluffs also develop.
Silt and loess – Rectangular gully cross-section with compound gradient – first steep
and later flat.
Clays and muds – Gullies are long and flat, with flat, curved cross section.
Land Use: It gives information about the soil condition. Rugged topography and
associated sandy soils developed on sandstone are generally left as forests.
Comparatively level or valley topography and associated clayey soils developed on
shale and limestone are generally cultivated.
nrsa
91

Areas of limestone and shale – selective land use develops. Flood plain areas – Silty
sands of natural levee are cultivated because of their topographic condition. Soils are
well drained. Back swamp supports marshy vegetation. Orchards thrive in well drained
areas; e. g. soil developed from Metamorphic rocks (gneisses). Shallow drainage ditches
in areas of little relief commonly signify plastic, poorly drained soil. Presence of semi-
circular to circular pattern of landuse with depression in the centre indicates an area of
poor internal drainage with plastic nature of clay. Cultivated areas in Lesser Himalayas
are generally on Slates and phyllites having better soil covered slopes.
Others- Analysis of features of mass-movements, landslides, (active, old, potential) are

useful since they provide clues to environmental geologic aspects, dynamic geology,
lithology and neotectonics. For example major landslides in lower Himalayas are often on
weaker phyllites in proximity of major thrust zones which are still active. The monitoring of
landslide movements by remote sensing is an important aspect of environmental geology,
especially for engineering projects. Yet again, highly jointed quartzites can have landslides.
Neotectonics can be inferred by interpretation of recently uplifted terraces / fan terraces.
4.1.3 Convergence of Evidences / Relationships / Association
Relationship / Association of features: The relationship of the object to the other objects
on the images along with site location and setting or association, may assist in identifying
features. For example, in a flood plain setting, arcuate landforms can be palaeochannels,
oxbows, point bars etc. and light toned slightly raised areas with habitations are levees
whereas associated darker toned, smooth textured, land use depressions are generally
filled back swamps, and so on. On the other hand, in piedmont areas, one expects to
identify alluvial fans and river terraces. In glacial areas, features can mainly be eskers
and kames, drumlins, kettle-holes, moraines etc. In arid areas, linear mounds are sand
dunes, whereas linear, dark toned ridges in hard rock (crystalline) terrain are basic
dykes and other linear patterns can represent fractures / faults.
Combination of Recognition elements: Usefulness of recognition elements is enhanced

when they are used in combination, as mutually supporting elements. It means that an
interpreter views all the recognition elements i.e. photo and geotechnical / or terrain
elements both individually and then in combination, and arrives at an inference after
analysing these elements to eventually converge to a point of conclusion taking into
cognizance also the association / relationship of features deciphered. This is the
“convergence of evidence principle.”
An association of tone, topographic expression, site location and texture may permit
interpretation of bedding even in areas of subdued topography. Straight or gently curved
lines, abrupt change in tone and offset of geology in regions of tectonism, topography
nrsa
92

and cultural features help to converge to conclude. Fault lines / Faults / Fault zones.
Stream pattern, gully shape and cross section, tone and texture and relation to associated
features may indicate surficial material. Thus the indicative weight of each element is
compared with that of others and a conclusion based on convergence of evidence is
drawn, e.g. Coarse, braided stream pattern, with wide thalweg and vertical bluffs (short),
lighter tones, coarse texture, developed in piedmont indicate, sand and gravel deposits
with high channel bed infiltration conditions in seasonal streams.
Example:
Tone: Light to medium, Mottled.
Texture: Medium to coarse, rough.
Pattern: Spotted depressions incomplete drainages.
Shape: Oval shaped depressions (Landforms).
Size: Variable from a few meters to large depressions.
Landform: Karst topography fairly corroded surface appearance with undulating terrain.
Drainage: Internal, dendritic-swallow hole around and connecting depressions.
CHAPTER - 4
Drainage Density: Very low
Vegetation: Sparse, with fairly dense clusters around rim cover of depressions
Land use: Supports cultivation in plain areas.
Convergence Conclusion: Dominant lithology limestones.
4.1.4 Scale of Satellite Imagery
In visual interpretation, scale plays an important role, because it governs the depiction
of the image and geotechnical elements of recognition.
Tone: Tone of a feature separable on large scale of 1:20,000 may not be identified and
recognized on 1:250,000.
Texture: Directly depends upon scale.
Drainage: Recognition of gullies, rills on smaller scale will not be possible. Drainage
details will vary according to scale of data product used.
Shape: Distinct on large scale, indistinct on smaller scale, depending on size of feature
resolution factors.
Pattern: Land use & drainage – Distinct on large scale.
Landmass dissection: Best observed on large scale and mass movement.
Details of jointing: Generally lost in small scales. Only prominent fractures / lineaments
are seen on very small scales.
Choice of Scale: It depends on the following factors:

i) Purpose and scope of study
ii) Cost
nrsa
93

iii) Relief, topography

iv) Vegetation
v) Climate
vi) Land use Pattern
vii) Surface cover and human influence
viii) Available topographic maps.
The following scales are recommended for reconnaissance and detailed mapping.
Reconnaissance Mapping
a) Open, well exposed country with low/moderate relief. 1:50,000-1:30,000
b) Open, well exposed country with high relief.1:60,000-1:50,000
c) Thick jungle country, any type of relief 1:50,000-1:100,000
d) Any type of country 1:100,000 to 1:250,000 (Regional)
Detailed Mapping
a) For desert country and arid areas of low relief. 1:25,000-1:15,000
b) For same country with moderate to high relief. 1:50,000-1:25,000
c) Low, open jungle country 1:40,000-1:25,000
d) For tall jungle country with low/ moderate relief 1:50,000-1:30,000
e) For tall jungle country with high relief 1:60,000 or 1:50,000 supported
by1:30,000 for key areas.
4.2 Feature Extraction
4.2.1 Base Map Details
The base map details are to be interpreted mainly using the Satellite Imagery. Field
information and collateral data are to be used as a supplement. The SOI toposheet are
also to be consulted while preparing the map.
The black topped State and National highways appear in dark tone as linear features
having sharp contact with the background. The remaining roads appear usually in white
tone connecting to different settlements. The railways lines also appear in dark tone but
they are straight for quite a long distance.
Habitations appear in dark bluish green in the core built up area and bluish in the periphery.
The size varies from small to big; irregular and discontinuous in appearance; can be
seen in clusters, non-contiguous or scattered.
nrsa
94

Habitation
Railway line
Town
Road-black topped
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.1: Satellite image showing the habitations and transport network.
4.2.2 Rock Formations
Lithological mapping is to be carried out mainly adopting deductive approach by studying

image characteristics and terrain information in conjunction with a priori knowledge of
general geological setting of the area. The tone / colour and landform characteristics
combined with relative erodibility, drainage, soil type, land use / land cover and other
contextual information observable on the satellite image are useful in differentiating
different rock types.
The direct clue for interpretation of rock type / lithologic unit comes from the tone /
colour of the image. For example, the acidic and arenaceous rocks appear in lighter
tone as compared to the basic / argillaceous rocks. Similarly, coarse grained rocks
having higher porosity and permeability appear brighter on the image as compared to
fine grained rocks having higher moisture retaining capacity. The highly resistant rock
formations occur as different types of hills depending upon their texture and internal
structure; whereas, the easily erodible rocks occur as different types of plains and valleys.
While dendritic drainage indicates homogeneous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel
drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture
indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas, fine drainage texture
is more common in less pervious formations. The coarse textured and light coloured
nrsa
95

soils indicate the acidic / arenaceous rocks rich in quartz and feldspars; whereas, the
fine textured and dark coloured soils indicate basic / argillaceous rocks. Thus, by
combining all these evidences, it is possible to interpret different rock groups / formations.
Though, one or two recognition elements, mentioned above, may be diagnostic for the
identification of a particular rock type, the convergence of evidences must be considered
by studying all the recognition elements conjunctively. However, limited field checks are
essential to identify the rock types and to make necessary corrections in the interpreted
map based on field evidences. Once, the rock types are identified, the contacts can be
extended over large areas with minimum ground control. The identification, correlation
and extrapolation of rock types are possible based on similar spectral and morphological
characters.
Some generalizations (excluding climatic / geological environment and state of erosional

cycle) can be made with regard to differentiating and interpreting sedimentary, igneous
and metamorphic terrains. These generalizations are grouped into two categories –
Lithological character of rocks and geological structure. The criteria for discriminating,
identifying and mapping of rocks are given here under.
Sedimentary Rocks: Sedimentary areas may yield more information on lithology and
structure than those formed by igneous and metamorphic rocks. Alternating sedimentary
beds, which often differ considerably in physical characteristics, crop out in contact with
one another. This apparent inhomogenity of sedimentary terrain results in differential
erosion between hard and soft beds. As a result, hard resistant beds will stand out in
relief over the less or non-resistant ones and stratification will be clearly expressed in
topography. Even if the topographical effect is not pronounced, bedding may still be
indicated by banding due to preferential vegetation or tonal differences between individual
beds. Salient expressions of different rocks are mentioned below:
Sandstones: Show medium to light photo tone, coarse texture, dendritic, sub-parallel,
angular, joint controlled, and trellis drainages. Sandstones usually form ridge, scarp,
plateau, mesa, butte etc. landforms.
Shales: Show dark or medium grey tones, smooth texture and fine textured (high density)
gullying drainages which are mostly dendritic / pinnate in pattern. Alternatively, they
support good cultivation. Shales occupy valley forming, flat lying areas or lower slopes
of scarps. In sandstone-shale sequence, the common landform expressions are in the
form of plateau, mesa, butte, cuesta, hogback and strike ridges showing progressively
higher dips, respectively. In the ridge-valley topography, the sandstones form ridges
and scarp, while shale occupies valley areas.
nrsa
96

a b
Peninsular
Gneissic
Complex
Shale
Quartzite
Lime stone
Lime stone
Quartzite
Shale
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.2: Satellite image of a part of a) Cuddapah basin, and b) Vindhyan basin
showing consolidated sedimentary rocks
Limestones: Show medium tones and textures, swallow hole or internal drainages
(sometimes dendritic drainage pattern also) and solution features known as Karst
e.g. sink holes, caverns, solutionally enlarged joints etc in humid regions.
Igneous Rocks: Intrusive igneous rocks tend to be homogeneous over large areas,
lack bedding, but frequently exhibit pronounced joint or fracture pattern. Effusive igneous
rocks are usually characterized by special landforms. The principal igneous rock types
and their main characteristics are given below:
Granite: Exhibit medium to light tone, coarse topographic texture, coarse textured
dendritic, radial or angular drainage, hummocky inselberg and undulating pediment
topography, and absence of bedding. Criss-cross joint patterns are noticeable. Upper
parts of pediments are often stony and sparsely cultivated; tones are lighter. At places,
gully erosion occurs.
Basalt: Exhibit dark to medium tone, medium texture, joint controlled, medium textured
angular to dendritic drainages, plateau, mesa and scarp forming serrated plan margins,
concave profile, flow layers noticeable at places (diffuse banding), low lying areas with
black cotton soils (dark) with intensive land use in Indian case (fissure type of eruption).
Elsewhere, in case of central eruption, cinder cones with associated lava flows and flow
structures are identifiable.
nrsa
97

a b
Granite
Gneissic terrain
Dolerite dyke
Fig. 4.3: Satellite image of Peninsular Gneissic Complex

showing a) granites and b) gneisses
Guidelines for Mapping Basalt Flows: In case of Deccan Traps, the textural
characteristics of individual basalt flows and their vertical disposition (or stratigraphy)
exercise significant control on the movement and occurrence of ground water. In view
of this, mapping of individual basalt flows, which are of generally 10-30 m thickness
having horizontal to sub-horizontal dips, has been considered essential. Towards this,
the following guidelines/procedures have to be followed. However, in case of Mesa,
Butte and Highly Dissected Plateaus, which mainly acts as run-off zones, instead of
delineating individual basalt flows, all of them may be clubbed together and mapped as
‘Group of Flows’. Different geomorphic units that have to be mapped in Deccan Traps,
the guidelines for mapping the individual basalt flows and representation of
hydrogemorphic units in the map and as well as legend are given below.
The typical characteristic of basalt flows in Deccan Traps is that the contacts between
individual / group of flows are generally marked by the presence of bluffs / escarpments /
steep slopes resulting in terraced landscape. These bluffs / escarpments / steep slopes
are often reflected on the satellite imagery, which in turn help to map the flows. However, at
some places, these escarpments / steep slopes are not clearly observed or are obscured
on the satellite imagery. In such cases, the field checks and the contours of toposheet can
be taken as control. Since, the thickness of basalt flows generally varies from 10-30 m and
they have horizontal to sub-horizontal dips, the 20 m contours of toposheet provide good
control for mapping the flows in addition to satellite imagery and field observations.
nrsa
98

02_Rajeev gandhi_CH1_6_PAP.pmd
99
99
4/1/2008, 4:18 PM
Fig. 4.4: Satellite image of part of Maharashtra showing thick pile of Basalt flows
nrsa
forming a plateau. The contact of different flows is seen along the scarp.
CHAPTER - 4
Escarpment slope
Un classified Plateau top
group of flows weathered
Dissected Plateau
(Remnant)
Plateau weathered
(Over bottom flows)
Escarpment slope
Un classified group of flows
Plateau top
weathered
Fig. 4.5: Satellite image of part of Maharashtra showing Basalt flows in a plain.
The contact of different flows is seen along the scarp.
The procedure for mapping the basalt flows is given here under :
1. Delineate all the flow contacts using image signatures, existing geological maps /
literature. Elevation information from SOI toposheets may be taken as reference for
extending the flow contacts, particularly in the areas where the basalt flows are
disposed horizontally or with gentle dips. Then classify them into different geological
groups/Formations using the published geological maps. The flows, thus, delineated
have to be checked up at places during field visit and confirm the boundaries besides
identifying their nature, i.e. Vesicular, Massive, etc. While doing so, it may so happen
that more than one flow may occur within one unit; however, it is permissible in the
present context of mapping.
nrsa
100

CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.6: Satellite image of part of Maharashtra depicting different flows
and geomorphic units.
2. The individual basalt flows occurring in each group / Formation have to be annotated
with lithological code based on their textural characteristics as Massive, Vesicular,
Amygdaloidal, Tuffacious or Columnar / Fractured (Based on ground truth) as per
the classification system i.e as 31, 32, 33, etc. The units, which consist of multiple
flows, have to be named as ‘Unclassified Group of Flows’
nrsa
101

Fig. 4.7: Satellite image of Deccan trap area

showing a pile of basalt flows forming step like topography
Fig. 4.8: Satellite image of Deccan trap area showing denuded surface exposing
bunches of flows at different elevations
3. Number all the flows occurring within the geological formation as 1, 2, 3,…from top
to bottom based on their elevations and add to the Lithological code as third digit, i.e
311, 312, 313, etc. Note that these numbers represent essentially the elevation/
stratigraphy of flows.
4. In the legend, the type of flow (i.e. vesicular, massive, etc.) along with their elevations
(range in meters above MSL) has to be given for each unit group / formation-wise.
nrsa
102

Deccan Trap
Salbardi Fault
Quaternary Sediments
Fig. 4.9: The quaternary sediments of Purna basin show deposition of alluvial fans and
subsequent modification by later younger fans obliterating the features. The Salbardi
CHAPTER - 4
Fault runs across the area in east-west direction seen as escarpment. The darker tones
in the alluvial fans are due to more clay rich sediments
Plateau
Weathered
Escarpment Slope
Slightly Dissected
Plateau
Plateau top
Fig. 4.10: Basalt flows exposed at different elevations. The contact of different flows is
seen along the scarp. Dykes cut across the flows and drainages are aligned along the
dykes. The deeply weathered plateau showing good agriculture is exposed in the northern
part whereas the southern part is occupied by barren plateau with exposed Laterite.
nrsa
103

5. The inter/infra-trappean beds, if forming polygons, should be represented as one of the

units in the sequence. Otherwise, they should be indicated in the geological sequence
(not in the map) without giving number, but giving the elevation range. Where they are
too thin or not well defined, they should be indicated in the ‘Remarks’ column.
Dykes: Generally forms linear to curvilinear ridges across country grain of rocks. Acid
dykes appear light toned, but basic (dolerite) dykes appear dark. In certain areas they
also form linen depressions / valleys.
Metamorphic Rocks
The photo characters of metamorphic rocks are somewhat similar to their parent rocks
(igneous or sedimentary). These form massive topography. In case of metasediments,
the stratification is less pronounced while in case of metamorphosed intrusive, the foliation
trends, on hummocky outcrops, give a diffused stripped pattern on remote sensing
data. Lineaments are numerous, short and parallel to one another, and never form long
continuous ridges and valleys. The schists being erodible usually form subdued landforms
while quartzite and gneisses give rise to prominent relief.
Dykes
Basalt Flow
Fig. 4.11: Dykes cutting across Deccan traps in parts of Dhule District, Maharashtra.
They are mostly east-west, but some show discordant relationship with regional trend.
4.2.3 Geological Structures
The utility of satellite imagery for mapping the geological structures has been emphasized
by various workers. The synoptic coverage provided by the satellite imagery enable
mapping regional structures which is difficult in conventional ground surveys due to
scanty rock exposures, soil cover, lack of continuous observations, etc.
nrsa
104

Dolerite dyke Schist

Gneiss
Quartzite
Fig. 4.12: Satellite image of Peninsular India showing metamorphic rocks
Younger Alluvium
CHAPTER - 4
Sand dunes Palaeo channel
Alluvium Older Alluvium
Fig. 4.13: Satellite image of a) Thar Desert and b) Indo-Gangetic plain showing
unconsolidated sediments
The different types of primary and secondary geological structures (attitude of beds,
schistosity / foliation, folds, lineaments etc.) can be interpreted from satellite imagery by
studying the landforms, slope asymmetry, outcrop pattern, drainage pattern, and individual
stream / river courses, etc. Lineaments representing the faults, fractures, shear zones,
etc are the most obvious structural features interpretable on the satellite imagery. They
occur in parallel sets in different directions indicating different tectonic events. They
appear as linear to curvilinear lines on the satellite imagery and are often marked by the
presence of moisture, alignment of vegetation, straight stream / river courses, alignment
nrsa
105

of tanks / ponds, etc. These lineaments can be further subdivided into faults, fractures
and shears based on image characters and geological evidences.
The attitude of beds (strike and dip) can be estimated broadly by studying the slope
asymmetry, landform, drainage characteristics, etc. For example, horizontal to sub-
horizontal beds show mesa / butte type of landform, dendritic drainage pattern and
tonal / colour banding parallel to the contour lines. Inclined beds show triangular dip
facets, cuestas, homoclines and hogbacks. The schistosity / foliation of the rocks are
depicted on the satellite imagery by numerous thin, wavy and discontinuous lines. Folds
can be identified on the satellite imagery by mapping the marker horizons. Further
classification into anticline or syncline can be made on the basis of dip direction of beds.
Flat lying and dipping beds
Flat lying beds show banded tone that follows the topographic contour. The resistant
beds form steeper slopes or vertical cliffs. Dendritic drainage pattern normally develops
unless controlled by joints and faults. Dipping beds show curved banded tone or
vegetation patterns and form ridge valley topography. Long tributaries develop on gentle
dip slopes, while short tributaries are characteristics on back (obsequent) slopes. Over
all drainage pattern may be trellis type.
Folds: They can be worked out by (a) tracing the marker horizons which curve around,
(b) recognition of dip, and (c) drainage characteristics. In plunging folds, major streams
curve around the nose of the fold and form annular pattern of drainage. In domes
combination of annular and radial drainages develop, while in basins centripetal drainage
pattern develops.
Faults: It is very easy to pick-up faults on aerial photo and satellite imagery. Faults are
expressed as anomalous truncations or offsets of formations, sharp topographic break
and linear alignment of streams, water bodies or vegetation.
Unconformity: Angular unconformities and non-conformities are easy to detect on aerial

photographs due to tonal and vegetational contrast, topographic breaks, and also by
abrupt termination of bedding traces along another set of beds/ formation. Non-
depositional unconformity is difficult to recognize due to local extent. Parallel unconformity
depositional unconformity is difficult to recognize due to local extent. Parallel unconformity
is also difficult to recognize because of parallelism of older and younger formations
separated by a conglomerate bed.
Joints: Joints have same surface expression as faults, but with no displacement. The
linear patterns are more numerous, short and more or less uniform. Their influence on
nrsa
106

Folded beds
Beds with horizontal Dips
Beds with inclined Dips
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.14: Satellite image of a) Vindhyan basin and b) Aravali mountain belt
showing attitude of beds
drainage gives rise to rectangular, angulate type of drainage pattern. Vegetational

alignment may also be seen along joints due to moisture availability.
4.2.4 Landforms/Geomorphic Units
The analysis of landforms/geomorphic units and the basis for their systematic mapping
has developed around five fundamental landform concepts:
Morphology: the appearance, shape, etc. of the landscape

Morpho-metry: the measurements, dimensions, and slope values of landforms.
Morpho-genesis: the origin of each landform.
Morpho-chronology: the age of each landform.
Morpho-dynamics: the land-forming processes presently active on the
landscape or those that may become active in the future.
Geomorphology is a complex subject with multiple approaches to geomorphological

analysis and multiple scales of geomorphological mapping. The nature of the geomorphic
unit is controlled by the model of analysis chosen and the scale of mapping required.
The basic geomorphic unit is not a single feature or entity, but must be carefully selected
to be essentially homogeneous and indivisible at the scale chosen. Although all generally
agree that the basic geomorphic unit should be a homogeneous entity, it can be defined
in terms of genetic or structural pattern, the approach followed by the IGU and most
nrsa
107

Antiforms and Synforms
c
b
DOME
Fig. 4.15: Satellite image of a) Northeastern region b) part of Madhya Pradesh and
c) Cuddapah basin showing folds
Himalayan
Frontal Thrust
(HFT)
Fig.4.16: Satellite image if Himalayan region showing thrust

nrsa
108

Massive
Fractured Granite Granite
Intruded by dykes
Fracture
Dykes Fracture
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.17: Satellite image of Peninsular Gneissic Complex showing Fault / Fractures
European geomorphologists, or in terms of location and dimensions of geometric

elements, along the lines of the British system. In India very few attempts have been
made to bring out a regional classification system addressing all the aspect of the landform
evolution. Of late with advent of remote sensing technology especially in the late 70,
geomorphology has gained importance in the entire mapping project.
In the present context, initially, the entire terrain is to be classified into 3 major zones,
i.e. Hills & Plateaus, Piedmont Zones, and Plains considering the physiography and
relief as the criteria. Then, within each zone, different geomorphic units are to be mapped
based on the landform characteristics, their area extent, depth of weathering, thickness
of deposition etc as discussed earlier. Subsequently, within the alluvial, deltaic, coastal,
aeolian and flood plains, individual landforms are mapped and annotated with standard
alphabetic codes given against each landform in the classification system.
These geomorphic units / landforms interpreted from the satellite imagery are to be
verified on the ground during the field visit to collect the information on the depth of
weathering, nature of weathered material, thickness of deposition and nature of deposited
material, etc. For this purpose, nala / stream cuttings, existing wells, lithologs of the
wells drilled have to be examined. By incorporating these details in the pre-field
interpretation map, the final geomorphic map layer is to be prepared.
nrsa
109

Residual Hill
Pediment -
Inselberg Complex Fracture controlled
weathered zone
Dyke
Inselberg
Pediment
Denudational Hill
Fig. 4.18: Satellite image of Peninsular India showing the Denudational landforms.
Shallow Shallow
Weathered Pediplain Weathered
Moderately Pediplain
Weathered Pediplain
Inselberg
Residual Hill
Moderately Dyke
Shallow Weathered Pediplain
Weathered Pediplain
Fig. 4.19: Satellite image of Peninsular Gneissic Complex showing weathered zones
nrsa
110

Pediplain
Denudational
Hills - as inliers
Structural Hills
Linear Ridge Denudational

Shear Zone Hills - as inliers
Denudational
Hills - as inliers
CHAPTER - 4
Linear Ridge
Fig. 4.20: Satellite image of Aravali region showing the Structural landforms
Valley
Escarpment
Highly Dissected Plateau
Fault line valley
Pediplain
Cuesta
Fig. 4.21: Satellite image of Cuddapah basin showing the Structural landforms.
nrsa
111

Lower Plateau
Middle Plateau
Butte
Upper Plateau
Valley Weathered Plateau
Fig. 4.22: Satellite image of Vindhyan basin showing the Structural landforms.
Margin of Flow - 2
Flow - 5 Fracture Valley
Interior of Flow - 2
Margin of Flow - 3
Interior of Flow - 4
Interior of Flow - 3 Group of Flows -
Plateau
Margin of Flow - 4
of Flows -
Fig. 4.23: Satellite image of Basaltic terrain showing the Structural landforms
nrsa
112

Foot Hill Zone
Structural Hills
Valley
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.24: Satellite image of Himalayan region showing the structural landforms.
a b
Upper piedmont zone Proximal / Upper

Allivial fan
Distal / Lower
Allivial fan
Lower piedmont zone
Fig. 4.25: Satellite image of a) Siwalik foothills, and b) a part of Doon valley.
nrsa
113

Highly Dissected Structural Hills
Moderately Dissected Structural Hills
Fig. 4.26: Satellite image of Himalayan region showing dissected structural hills.
a b
Old Slided Mass

with Concave Slope
Fig. 4.27 (a)&(b): Satellite image of Garhwal Himalaya showing - (a) old slided mass
with typical concave slope (b) denudational hill with concave slope
nrsa
114

Recent
Slided Mass
Recent
Slided Mass
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.27 (c): Satellite image of Garhwal Himalaya showing recent slided mass
Flood Plain
Older / Upper
Terrace
Older / Upper
Terrace Younger / Lower
Terrace
Alluvial fan
Flood Plain
Fig. 4.28: IRS LISS-III FCC showing different fluvial landforms.
nrsa
115

Alluvial Plain Coastal Plain

Younger
Hard rock area

Main land
Spit
Alluvial Plain
Older
Fig. 4.29: Satellite image of Mahanadi delta showing fluvial landforms
a b
Meander Scar
Alluvial Plain
CoastalPlain Flood Plain
Strand lines
Flood Plain
(Younger)
Alluvial Plain
Palaeo Channel
Fig. 4.30: Satellite image of a) Krishna delta b) Ganga plain

c) Brahmaputra basin showing fluvial landforms.
nrsa
116

Alluvial Plain
Palaeo Channel
Flood Plain
Alluvial Plain
CHAPTER - 4
Fig. 4.31: Satellite image of Brahmaputra valley showing fluvial landforms
Alluvial fan
Alluvial plain
Fig. 4.32: Satellite image of Ganga river showing fluvial landforms.
nrsa
117

Snow Cover
Glaciers
Valley
Fig. 4.33: Satellite image of Himalayan region showing glacial landforms.
Glacier
Hanging Valley
Medial moraine
End moraine
Lateral moraine
nrsa
118

5
2
CHAPTER - 4
1 3
1. Lateral moraine 2. Medial moraine 3. End moraine
4. Hanging Valley 5.Glacier
4.2.5 Hydrological Data
Satellite imagery provide excellent information on hydrologic aspects like stream/river

courses, canals, major reservoirs, lakes, tanks, springs / seepages, canal commands,
ground water irrigated areas, etc. Based on visual interpretation of satellite data, all the
above information can be derived and mapped.
nrsa
119

Stream (line) perennial Stretch
River (Polygon)
Water bodies
Canal
Water bodies
(ephemeral part)
Water bodies
(perennial part)
Fig. 4.36: Satellite Image showing – (a) perennial and

(b) ephemeral- stretches of a stream.
Ground water irrigated area
Fig. 4.37: Satellite image showing ground water irrigated areas (a) weathered
pediplain (b) along a river course c) in the valley portions.
nrsa
120

Chapter - 5
CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
nrsa
121

nrsa
122

5.1 Classification Systems
There are different types of rock formations, land forms, geological structures and
recharge conditions in the country. They are classified in to different types mainly based
on either the composition, form, origin, or association, etc. And each type is identified
and labelled by that particular property based on which it is classified. Basically, all
these classifications are made by different workers for different purposes.
As discussed earlier, the properties that are important for ground water study are primarily
the porosity and permeability, or in other words, the texture of a geological material, the
conduciveness of a landform with respect to recharge and discharge and the source of
water for the recharge, etc. In view of this, it is difficult to use the existing schemes as it
is and evaluate them for the properties that are relevant to ground water. Using the
existing classification leads to erroneous interpretation of ground water condition due to
confusion. Therefore, an attempt is made to classify the rock types, land forms, geological
structures and recharge conditions based on the hydrogeological properties considering
various terrain provinces.
5.1.1 Lithology
CLASIFFICATION SYSTEMS
The geological classification of different rock types which is mainly based on their origin
and mineral composition does not provide sufficient information for hydrogeological
CHAPTER - 5
studies. In ground water studies, texture of the rocks is more important as it defines the
water holding and transmitting capacity of the rocks vis-a-vis the aquifer characteristics.
Considering this, a separate lithologic classification system has been evolved, wherein
all the rocks having similar or matching hydrogeological characteristics are grouped
together. Thus, mainly based on the texture of the rocks (primary / secondary porosity
and permeability resulting from inter-granular pore spaces, bedding, cleavage, schistosity,
foliation, etc), a two stage lithological classification system (Reddy, P.R, 1991) has
been evolved and presented in Table-5.1.
In this classification, all the rock types have been classified into 9 rock groups. Under
each group, several lithologic units that are likely to occur have been identified. For the
sake of easy representation on the maps, numeric codes have been assigned to different
rock groups and rock types / lithologic units. In the numerical code number of the rock
type / lithologic unit, the first digit represents the rock group and the second digit
represents the lithologic unit. In a given area, if more than one similar lithologic unit
occurs at different stratigraphic positions, a third digit can be added to the code number
for further differentiation. Efforts have been made to include all possible variations in
lithologic units in each rock group. Further, provision has also been kept to include
additional units, wherever required. However, this should be done judiciously after fully
nrsa
123

satisfying that such variations are not covered in the existing litho-units and creating an
additional unit is absolutely essential.
In case of Deccan Traps, the textural characteristics of individual basalt flows and their
vertical disposition (or stratigraphy) exercise significant control on the movement and
occurrence of ground water. In view of this, mapping of individual basalt flows, which
are of generally 10-30 m thickness having horizontal to sub-horizontal dips, has been
considered essential. However, in case of Mesa, Butte and Highly Dissected Plateaus,
which mainly acts as run-off zones, instead of delineating individual basalt flows, all of
them may be clubbed together and mapped as ‘Group of Flows’.
5.1.2 Geological Structures
In the hard rock areas, geological structures exercise definite control on the aquifer
characteristics of different rock types, as the structurally weak planes act as conduits
for movement and occurrence of ground water, thereby introducing an element of
directional variation in hydraulic conductivity. The geological structures that can be
identified on satellite imagery can be divided into two categories: (i) primary structures-
associated with specific rock types and (ii) secondary structures-which cut, deform and
otherwise affect the rock units themselves. Both these primary and secondary geological
structures have been classified into the following 8 categories to facilitate systematic
mapping based on satellite imagery interpretation with limited field checks (Table-5.2).
All these structures like – i) bedding, ii) schistosity / foliation, iii) faults, iv) fractures /
lineaments, v) fractures / lineaments (inferred), vi) shear zones, vii) folds and
viii) trend lines are represented on the map with different line symbols.
5.1.3 Geomorphology
The earth’s surface can be classified into different geomorphic units / landforms based on
their physiographic expression, origin, material content and climatic conditions, etc. Different
types of geomorphological maps can be prepared giving emphasis to some of these
factors. Hence, the geomorphological maps vary greatly depending on the purpose for
which they are prepared, i.e. terrain evaluation, land resource mapping, soil classification,
watershed prioritization, ground water studies, etc. A number of terms are available in the
geomorphic literature for describing a variety of landforms, but all of them may not exercise
definite control on the ground water regime. In view of this, a systematic classification of
geomorphic units / landforms wherein the individual geomorphic unit / landform has definite
bearing on the ground water regime has become necessary to follow in this project.
Considering this, a geomorphic classification system (Reddy, P.R 1991) has been
developed for preparing the ground water prospects map on 1:50,000 scale. The same
nrsa
124

has been presented in Table-5.3. In this classification, all the geomorphic units / landforms
have been broadly classified into 3 major physiographic zones, (1) Hills & Plateaus,
(2) Piedmont Zones and (3) Plains. In each of these zones, a number of geomorphic
units / landforms which are possible to occur have been included as shown in Table-5.3.
The details provided in this classification are commensurate with the scale of mapping,
i.e. 1:50,000 scale. However, depending on the ground realities, additional landforms
can also be included.
Further, it may be mentioned here that much of the geomorphic terminology used in this
classification system have been taken from the existing geomorphic literature. But, these
terms are used more liberally to cover additional landforms which were not originally
intended for. Thus, the names of landforms given in this classification system are not
used in their strict sense. Their usage has been extended to cover a variety of landforms.
For example, the terms pediment and pediplain were originally used to represent rock-
cut surfaces / plains formed mainly by massive rocks in arid and semi-arid climatic
zones; whereas, these terms are used here to represent all gently undulating plains
formed on all rock formations (including sedimentary and volcanic rocks) in all climatic
zones.
5.1.4 Hydrological Information and Recharge Conditions
Recharge is the most important factor in ground water studies. If sufficient recharge is
CHAPTER - 5
not there, the most favourable aquifer zones will also go dry. Hence, it is essential to
pay sufficient attention to study the recharge conditions before evaluating the ground
water prospects of each unit. As already mentioned earlier, the hydrological information
derived from satellite imagery in conjunction with ground hydrological data will be quite
useful in proper evaluation of recharge conditions. The recharge conditions are classified
in to seven categories (Table-5.4) considering the perennial / ephemeral nature of water
bodies, rivers, streams and canals, amount of rainfall, the extent of recharging area and
the hydrogeological conditions.
In the ground water prospects map, the recharge conditions also are given in the legend
for each hydrogeomorphic unit along with rock type and landform. This not only helps in
proper evaluation of ground water prospects but is also useful for selection of sites for
planning recharge structures in different units to improve the sustainability of drinking
water sources.
nrsa
125

Table – 5.1: Classification of rock types / lithologic units
Code Rock Group Code Rock Type / Lithologic Unit

No. No.
1 UNCONSOLIDA- 11 Alluvium – sand/silt dominant
TED SEDIMENTS 12 Alluvium – clay dominant
13 Alluvium – sand/silt & clay alternating beds
14 Colluvium – clay/silt dominant
15 Colluvium – pebble/cobble dominant
16 Eolian sand / silt
17 Loess
18 Alluvium – Gravel dominant
19 —————-
2 RESIDUAL 21 Laterite (ferricrete)
CAPPINGS 22 Bauxite (alecrete)
23 Kankar (calcrete)
24 Chert (silcrete)
25 Detrital laterite / bauxite
26 ——————
3 DECCAN TRAPS 31 Inter-/Infra-trappean sand / clay beds
& INTER- 32 Tuffacious basalt
TRAPPEANS 33 Vesicular basalt
34 Amygdaloidal basalt
35 Massive basalt
36 Columnar basalt
37 Red / green bole
38 Unclassified basalt
39 —————-
4 OTHER 41 Basalt / meta basalt
VOLCANICS 42 Rhyolite / meta rhyolite
& META- 43 Dacite / meta dacite
VOLCANICS 44 Andesite / meta andesite
45 Undifferentiated meta basics
46 Ophiolite / Ophiolite melange
47 —————-
5 SEMI- 51 Sandstone / pebble bed / conglomerate
CONSOLIDATED 52 Shaly sandstone
SEDIMENTS 53 Sandstone with shale / coal bands
54 Sandy shale
55 Shale with sandstone / limestone bands
56 Shale / coal / lignite
57 Limestone / shell limestone
58 Limestone with shale bands
59 Cemented assorted mixture of gravel, sand,
silt & clay
6 CONSOLIDATED 61 Thin bedded / flaggy sandstone / quartzite
nrsa
126

SEDIMENTS 62 Thick bedded / massive sandstone/ quartzite

63 Thin bedded / flaggy limestone / dolomite
64 Thick bedded / massive limestone/ dolomite
65 Shaly limestone
66 Shale with limestone/sandstone bands/
lenses
67 Shale
68 Conglomerate
69 Cavernous limestone
7 PLUTONIC 71 Alkaline rocks
ROCKS 72 Basic rocks
73 Ultrabasic / ultramafic rocks
74 ——————
8 GNEISS- 81 Granites / Acidic rocks
GRANITOID 82 Migmatite / migmatite complex
COMPLEX / 83 Granitoid gneiss / gneissic granitoid
CHARNOKITE granitoid complex
KHONDALITE / 84 Charnockite
COMPLEX / 85 Khondalite
MIGMATITE 86 Charnockite-Khondalite complex
COMPLEX / 87 ——————
9 METAMORPHIC 91 Gneiss
ROCKS 92 Schist
93 Phyllite
94 Slate
CHAPTER - 5
95 Quartzite
96 Calc-gneiss / calc-schist
97 Marble / crystalline limestone
98 Undifferentiated meta sedimentaries
99 Undifferentiated Metamorphics
INTRUSIVES Q Q Quartz reef
P P Pegmatite / aplite vein
D D Basic dyke
Basic sill
Note: This classification is based on texture of the rocks. In the map legend, the rock types
are listed as per the geological sequence indicating their type name like Barakar sandstone,
Peninsular gneiss etc. giving the appropriate code number from this table.
In case of unconsolidated sediments where they are shallow (less than 10 m thick), the
rock type occurring below such sediments is considered. In case of residual cappings,
the underlying rock type is indicated in the map legend.
Quartz reef, pegmatite, basic dyke may also be marked as polygon features, wherever
required.
nrsa
127

Table – 5.2: Classification of geological structures
Structure Category
1. Bedding Horizontal to sub-horizontal (0-10 dip)
Gentle (< 10 dip)
Moderate (10-45 dip)
Steep (45-80 dip)
Vertical to sub-vertical (> 80 dip)
2. Schistosity / Foliation Horizontal to sub-horizontal (0-10 dip)
Gentle (< 10 dip)
Moderate (10-45 dip)
Steep (45-80 dip)
Vertical to sub-vertical (> 80 dip)
3. Fault Minor (< 3 km length)
Major (> 3 km length)
4. Fracture / Lineament Minor (< 3 km length)
5. Fracture / Lineament Minor (< 3 km length)
(inferred) Major (> 3 km length)
6. Thrust Thrust Minor (< 3 km length)
Thrust Major (> 3 km length)
7. Folds Anticline/Antiform – non plunging
Anticline/antiform – plunging
Anticline/antiform – doubly plunging
Syncline/synform – non plunging
Syncline/synform – plunging
Syncline/synform – doubly plunging
8. Shear zone Minor (< 3 km length)
9. Trend line
Note: Symbols for representing the above structures are shown in Annexure-III
nrsa
128

Table – 5.3: Classification of geomorphic units / landforms.
Physiography Geomorphic Unit / Landform Code

I. Hills & Plateau
Hills
Structural Hills SH
Less dissected SHL
Less dissected-Concave slopes SHLc
Moderately dissected SHM
Moderately dissected-Concave slopes SHMc
Highly Dissected SHH
Highly dissected-Concave slopes SHHc
Denudational Hills DH
Less dissected DHL
Less dissected-Concave slopes DHLc
Moderately dissected DHM
Moderately dissected-Concave slopes DHMc
Highly Dissected DHH
Highly dissected-Concave slopes DHHc
Residual Hills RH
Inselberg I
Plateaus
CHAPTER - 5
Upper Plateau UP
Undissected UPU
Moderately Dissected UPM
Highly Dissected UPH
Weathered UPW
Weathered-Canal command UPC
Middle Plateau MP
Undissected MPU
Moderately Dissected MPM
Highly Dissected MPH
Weathered MPW
Weathered-Canal command MPC
Lower Plateau LP
Undissected LPU
Moderately Dissected LPM
Highly Dissected LPH
Weathered LPW
Weathered-Canal command LPC
nrsa
129


Plateau (in case of Deccan traps)
Undissected PLU
Slightly Dissected PLS
Moderately Dissected PLM
Highly Dissected PLH
Weathered PLW
Weathered-Canal command PLC
Other landforms common to Hills & Plateaus
Linear/curvilinear ridge LR/CR
Cuesta C
Hogback HG
Mesa M
Butte B
Inselberg I
Sheet rock SR
Residual mound RM
Hill top-weathered HTW
Outer Fringe of Plateau OFP
Escarpment slope ES
Hill Slope/Denudational Slope HS/DS
Fracture/Fault Line Valley FV
Intermountain Valley IV
Valley V
Deglaciated Valley DV
Hanging Valley HV
Valley slope VS
Valley flat VT
Valley Fill – Shallow VFS
Valley Fill–Moderate VFM
Valley Fill – Deep VFD
Old Slided Mass OSM
Resent Slided Mass RSM
Moraine Complex MC
Sink Hole SK
II. Piedmont Zone
Piedmont Slope PS
Pediment PD
Pediment-Inselberg-Complex PIC
Piedmont Alluvium PA
Shallow PAS
Moderate PAM
nrsa
130


Deep PAD
Gullied PAG
Ravinous PAR
Dissected DPA
Bazada BJ
Shallow BJS
Moderate BJM
Deep BJD
Gullied BJG
Ravinous BJR
Dissected DBJ
Linear / Curvilinear Ridge LR/CR
Cuesta C
Hogback HG
Mesa M
Butte B
Inselberg I
Talus Cone TC
Alluvial Fan AF
Alluvial Fan-Upper/Proximal AFU
Alluvial Fan-Lower/Distal AFL
CHAPTER - 5
Valley V
Valley Fill-Shallow VFS
Valley Fill-Moderate VFM
Valley Fill-Deep VFD
III. Plains
Pediplain
Weathered Pediplain PP
Shallow PPS
Moderate PPM
Deep PPD
Gullied PPG
Ravinous PPR
Dissected DPP
Under Canal Command PPC
Buried Pediplain BP
Shallow BPS
Moderate BPM
Deep BPD
nrsa
131


Gullied BPG
Ravinous BPR
Dissected DBP
Under Canal Command BPC
Striped Plain SP
Shallow Basement SPS
Moderate Basement SPM
Deep Basement SPD
Gullied SPG
Ravinous SPR
Dissected DSP
Under Canal Command SPC
Lateritic Plain LP
Shallow Basement LPS
Moderate Basement LPM
Deep Basement LPD
Gullied LPG
Ravinous LPR
Dissected DLP
Under Canal Command LPC
Other landforms common to Pedi plain & Stripped plain
Linear/Curvilinear Ridge LR/CR
Cuesta C
Hogback HG
Mesa M
Butte B
Inselberg I
Residual mound RM
Sheet rock SR
Valley V
Valley Fill – Shallow VFS
Valley Fill – Moderate VFM
Valley Fill – Deep VFD
Alluvial Plain AP
Shallow APS
Moderate APM
Deep APD
Gullied APG
Ravinous APR
nrsa
132


Dissected DAP
Under Canl Command APC
Alluvial Plain – Older / Upper APO
Shallow AOS
Moderate AOM
Deep AOD
Gullied AOG
Ravinous AOR
Dissected DAO
Under Canal Command AOC
Alluvial Plain Younger / Lower APY
Shallow AYS
Moderate A
Deep AYD
Gullied AYG
Ravinous AYR
Dissected DAY
Under Canal Command AYC
Flood Plain FP
Shallow FPS
Moderate FPM
CHAPTER - 5
Deep FPD
Gullied FPG
Ravinous FPR
Dissected DFP
Under Canal Command FPC
Deltaic Plain DP
Shallow DPS
Moderate DPM
Deep DPD
Gullied DPG
Ravinous DPR
Dissected DPd
Under Canal Command DPC
Other landforms common to Alluvial plain, Flood plain & Deltaic plain
Channel Bar CB
Point Bar PB
Natural Levee NL
River Terrace RT
RiverTerrace-Younger/Upper RTY
nrsa
133


River Terrace-Intermediate RTI
River Terrace-Older/Lower RTO
Back swamp BS
Cut-off Meander CM
Oxbow/Serpentine Lake OL
Meander Scar MS
Palaeochannel PC
Abandoned channel AC
Buried Channel BC
Migrated River course MR
Coastal Plain CP
Shallow CPS
Moderate CPM
Deep CPD
Gullied CPG
Ravinous CPR
Dissected DCP
Under Canal Command CPC
Coastal Plain – Older CPO
Shallow COS
Moderate COM
Deep COD
Gullied COG
Ravinous COR
Dissected DCO
Under Canal Command COC
Coastal Plain – Younger CPY
Shallow CYS
Moderate CYM
Deep CYD
Gullied CYG
Ravinous CYR
Dissected DCY
Under Canal Command CYC
Other land forms common to Coastal plain
Beach BH
Beach Ridge BR
Palaeo Beach Ridge PBR
Beach Ridge&Swale Complex BSC
Palaeo Beach Ridge &Swale Complex PBS
nrsa
134


Swale SW
Offshore bar OB
Spit ST
Mud Flat MF
Mud Flat Older MFO
Mud Flat Younger MFY
Tidal Flat TF
Salt flat SF
Lagoon LG
Channel Island CI
Offshore island OI
Reef island RI
Palaeochannel PC
Buried Channel BC
Eolian Plain EP
Shallow EPS
Moderate EPM
Deep EPD
Gullied EPG
Ravinous EPR
Dissected DEP
CHAPTER - 5
Under Canal Command EPC
Other land forms common to Eolian plain
Sand Dune SD
Stabilised Dune STD
Dune Complex DC
Interdunal Depression ID
Interdunal Flat IF
Playa PL
Desert Pavement DPV
Loess Plain LP
Palaeochannel PC
Buried Channel BC
Note:
1. In case of Plateau, the elevation range (in metres) is given in the parenthesis along with
the unit name [e.g. Upper Plateau – Undissected (UPU) – (400-500 m)] in the legend.
2. The gullied, ravenous, dissected and canal command areas within the Plains and Plateaus
can be separately mapped by adding G, R, T and C, respectively as the third digit to the
alphabetic code of the geomorphic unit, wherever applicable.
nrsa
135

For example:
Alluvial Plain – Gullied — APG
Alluvial Plain – under Canal Command — APC
Pediplain – Dissected — PPT
Pediplain – under Canal Command — PPC
Table – 5.4: Classification of recharge conditions
Category Recharge condition

Excellent Recharge from continuously irrigated canal commands, permanent
water bodies, perennial rivers / streams, etc., (continuous recharge
throughout the year – shallow water table conditions)
Very good Recharge from temporarily / seasonally irrigated canal commands,
seasonal / ephemeral water bodies / streams (recharge for part of the
year).
Good Having large recharge area with high rainfall and favourable Lithological
– structural – landform conditions for sufficient recharge.
Moderate Limited recharge area and moderate rainfall or seepage from other
sources or limited by unfavourable Lithological – structural – landform
conditions
Limited High relief areas occupying large areas with heavy runoff, very limited
recharge only along narrow valleys.
Poor Very limited recharge area / poor rainfall / shadowed by ground water
barriers like linear ridges, dolerite dykes etc.
Nil No recharge from any source
nrsa
136

Chapter - 6
DATA STRUCTURE
AND FEATURE CODES
nrsa
137

nrsa
138

6.1 Database Structure
The input data for preparation of ground water prospects map is organized in 18 layers.
They are as follows.
S. Name of the Layer or Type Feature Attribute Look-Up

No Theme Coverage of Table Table(LUT)
Name Layer (PAT/AAT) Name Name
1. Lithology LITHO Poly LITHO.PAT LITHO.LUT
2. Structure** STRU1 Line STRU1.AAT STRU1.LUT
STRU2 Line STRU2.AAT STRU2.LUT
3. Geomorphology GEOM Poly GEOM.PAT GEOM.LUT
4. Hydrology DRAINL Line DRAINL.AAT DRAINL.LUT
DRAINP Poly DRAINP.PAT DRAINP.LUT
CANAL Line CANAL.AAT CANAL.LUT
SPRING Point SPRING.PAT SPRING.LUT
RAIN Point RAIN.PAT —
IRG-AREA Poly IRG-AREA.PAT IRG-AREA.LUT
WELLS Point WELLS.PAT WELLS.LUT
WRDPL Line WRDPL.AAT WRDPP.LUT
WRDPP Point WRDPP.PAT WRDPP.LUT
5. Base ROADS Line ROADS.AAT ROADS.LUT
RAIL Line RAIL.AAT RAIL.LUT
ADMN Line ADMN.AAT ADMN.LUT
SETTLEP Point SETTLEP.PAT SETTLEP.LUT
6. Hydro- LITHGEOM Poly LITHGEOM.PAT LITHGEOM.LUT
geomorphological
DATA BASE STANDARDS

layer*
* This overlay (LITHGEOM) is created by integrating the lithological and CHAPTER - 6
geomorphological map overlays.
** Structural layer is divided into two layers, STRU1 and STRU2, where STRU1 will have
prospective features like faults, fractures, lineaments, dykes, etc and STRU2 will have
non-prospective features like Bedding, Schistosity / Foliation, Folds, Trendlines, etc.
Note:
1. Annotations (such as hydrogeomorphic unit names, river/stream names, reservoir
names, etc), excluding settlement names and well information (i.e. depth to water
table / total depth of well), have to be added in the respective coverages, wherever
required. Refer section 6.3.4 for font types and font size to be used.
nrsa
139

2. Look-up table has to be prepared for each coverage along with PAT / AAT, and
should be supplied to NRSA while submitting the soft copy of the database.
6.2 Feature Attributes (litho.pat) and Look-up (litho.lut) Tables
6.2.1 Lithology layer

LITHO.PAT
– Three fields have to be added in the polygon attribute table (LITHO.PAT).

– Structure of three two fields is given below:
Field Name Field Key Remarks

Type (Y/N)
LITH-CODE 4,4,C Y Feature code as per look-up table (LITHO.LUT)
GWMAP-CODE 5,5,C N Feature code (2 / 3 digit numeric codes as per
RGNDWM technical guidelines for
representation on ground water prospects map
(e.g. 11,12, etc);
LITHO-STRAT 80,80,C N Name of Formation / Group / Super Group to
be given; For Deccan Traps, description about
the flow number (e.g. Flow 1, Flow 2, Flow 3-5,
etc) to be given in this column.
Note:
1. Line features, such as dykes, quartz reefs, pegmatite veins, etc. have to be
digitized in the structural (STRU1 coverage) layer.
2. In the second field ‘GWMAP-CODE’, in Deccan Traps area, in addition to

lithologic codes (31, 32, 33,…..) given in the technical guidelines, flow numbers
have to be given (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4-7, 8-10, 11,…….) as third digit.
nrsa
140

LITHO.LUT
Look-up table for Lithological layer
Lith- Rock- Lith-unit Rock- Strati-

code group type Graphy
01-00 Unconsolidated Sediments
01-01 Alluvium – sand / silt dominant
01-02 Alluvium – clay dominant
01-03 Alluvium – sand / silt & clay alternating beds
01-04 Colluvium – clay / silt dominant
01-05 Colluvium – pebble/cobble dominant
01-06 Eolian sand / silt
01-07 Loess
01-08 Alluvium – Gravel dominant
02-00 Residual Cappings
02-01 Laterite (ferricrete)
02-02 Bauxite (alecrete)
02-03 Kankar (calcrete)
02-04 Chert (silcrete)
02-05 Detrital laterite / bauxite
03-00 Deccan Traps & Intertrappeans
03-01 Inter-/Infra-trappean sand / clay beds
03-02 Tuffacious basalt
03-03 Vesicular basalt
03-04 Amygdaloidal basalt
03-05 Massive basalt
03-06 Columnar basalt
DATA BASE STANDARDS

03-07 Red / green bole
CHAPTER - 6
03-08 Unclassified basaltic flows
04-00 Other Volcanics & Metavolcanics
04-01 Basalt / meta basalt
04-02 Rhyolite / meta rhyolite
04-03 Dacite / meta dacite
04-04 Andesite / meta andesite
04-05 Undifferentiated metabasics
04-06 Ophiolite / Ophiolite melange
05-00 Semi-Consolidated Sediments
05-01 Sandstone / pebble bed / conglomerate
05-02 Shaly sandstone
05-03 Sandstone with shale / coal bands
05-04 Sandy shale
05-05 Shale with sandstone / limestone bands
nrsa
141

05-06 Shale / coal / lignite

05-07 Limestone / shell limestone
05-08 Limestone with shale bands
05-09 Cemented assorted mixture of gravel, sand, silt & clay
06-00 Consolidated Sediments
06-01 Thin bedded / flaggy sandstone / quartzite
06-02 Thick bedded / massive sandstone / quartzite
06-03 Thin bedded / flaggy limestone / dolomite
06-04 Thick bedded / massive limestone / dolomite
06-05 Shaly limestone
06-06 Shale with limestone/sandstone bands/ lenses
06-07 Shale
06-08 Conglomerate
06-09 Cavernous limestone
07-00 Plutonic Rocks
07-01 Alkaline rocks
07-02 Basic rocks
07-03 Ultrabasic / ultramafic rocks
08-00 Gneiss-Granitoid Complex / CharnokiteKhondalite
Complex / Migmatite Complex
08-01 Granites / Acidic rocks
08-02 Migmatite / migmatite complex
08-03 Granitoid gneiss/gneissic granitoid/granitoid complex
08-04 Charnockite
08-05 Khondalite
08-06 Charnockite-Khondalite complex
09-00 Metamorphic Rocks
09-01 Gneiss
09-02 Schist
09-03 Phyllite
09-04 Slate
09-05 Quartzite
09-06 Calc-gneiss / calc-schist
09-07 Marble / crystalline limestone
09-08 Undifferentiated meta sedimentaries
09-09 Undifferentiated Metamorphics
10-00 Intrusives
10-01 Quartz reef
10-02 Pegmatite / aplite vein
10-03 Basic dyke
10-04 Basic sill
nrsa
142

Structure of the look-up table (LITHO.LUT)
Field Name Field Type Key(Y/N) Remarks

LITH-CODE 4, 4, C Y Feature code as per LITHO.LUT
ROCK-GR 40, 40, C N Rock group
LITH-UNIT 50, 50, C N Lithologic Unit
ROCK-TYPE * 50, 50, C N Rock Type
STRATIGRAPHY * 50, 50, C N Stratigraphy
* Rock Type and Stratigraphy to be assigned on case by case basis as per GSI
classification. These two columns are added in this LUT to make these guidelines
compatible with NRIS guidelines.
Note:
For LITH-CODE, a dash sign (-) has been used as a separator between the sub-
classes. This separator sign is used only to improve readability and should not be
entered in the database table. For example, code 03-04 should be entered as 0304.
This is true for all the feature codes in all the layers.
6.2.2 Structural layer-1

STRU1.AAT
– Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (STRU.AAT).

– Structure of these two fields is given below –
DATA BASE STANDARDS

Type (Y/N) CHAPTER - 6
STRU-CODE 4, 4, C Y Feature Code as per Look-up table

(STRU.LUT)
SYM-CODE 2, 2, I N Symbol code for representation of different
structural features (See Annexure – III)
Note:
1. Intrusives (dykes, quartz reefs, pegmatite veins, etc.) mapped as line features are to
be digitised in this layer and not in the Lithological layer.
2. For faults, dykes, quartz reefs, pegmatite / aplite veins etc, annotations (e.g. F, Q, P, etc)
have to be given within the coverage itself. For this purpose, use text symbol no. 4
(font size 130 metres or 7 points) of text symbol file ‘rgndwm.txt’ (Section 6.3.4).
nrsa
143

STRU1.LUT
Look-up table for structural layer 1
STRU- STRU SUB-STRU

CODE
03-00 Fault or Fracture/Lineament or Shear zone or Thrust
03-01 Fault (confirmed) – minor
03-02 Fault (confirmed) – major
03-03 *Fault (inferred) – minor
03-04 *Fault (inferred) – major
03-05 Fracture/Lineament (confirmed) – minor
03-06 Fracture/Lineament (confirmed) – major
03-07 Fracture/Lineament (inferred) – minor
03-08 Fracture/Lineament (inferred) – major
03-09 Shear zone (confirmed) – minor
03-10 Shear zone (confirmed) – major
03-11 *Shear zone (inferred) – minor
03-12 *Shear zone (inferred) – major
03-13 Thrust (confirmed) – minor
03-14 Thrust (confirmed) – major
03-15 *Thrust (inferred) – minor
03-16 *Thrust (inferred) – major
10-00 Intrusive bodies (Lines)
10-01 Quartz reef
10-02 Pegmatite / aplite vein
10-03 Basic dyke
10-04 Basic sill
* Units to be used if required
Structure of the look-up table (STRU1.LUT)
Field Name Field Type Key (Y/N) Remarks

STRU-CODE 4,4, C Y Feature code
STRU 30, 30, C N Name of the structure
SUB-STRU 60, 60, C N Name of the sub-structure
6.2.3 Structural layer-2

STRU2.AAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (STRU.AAT).

♦ Structure of these two fields is given below.
nrsa
144


Type (Y/N)
STRU-CODE 4, 4, C Y Feature Code as per Look-up table
(STRU.LUT)
SYM-CODE 2, 2, I N Symbol code for representation of different
structural features (See Annexure – III)
Note:
1. Bedding, schistosity / foliation and folds are to be digitised as line features and
their SYM-CODE in STRU.AAT should be ‘4’ of ‘rgndwm.lin’ (Section 6.3.4). This
is to solve the orientation problem. Point / marker symbols given in Annexure-III
for bedding, schistosity / foliation and folds should not be used as they are meant
only for legend (lower fixed part).
STRU2.LUT
Look-up table for structural layer 2
STRU- STRU SUB-STRU

CODE
01-00 Bedding
01-01 Bedding – Horizontal to sub-horizontal
01-02 Bedding – Gentle
01-03 Bedding – Moderate
01-04 Bedding – Steep
01-05 Bedding – Vertical to sub-vertical
DATA BASE STANDARDS

01-06 *Bedding – Overturned
02-00 Schistosity/Foliation
02-01 Schistosity / Foliation – Horizontal to sub-horizontal CHAPTER - 6
02-02 Schistosity / Foliation – Gentle

02-03 Schistosity / Foliation – Moderate
02-04 Schistosity / Foliation – Steep
02-05 Schistosity / Foliation – Vertical to sub-vertical
02-06 *Schistosity / Foliation – Overturned
04-00 Fold
04-01 Anticline/Antiform – non plunging
04-02 Anticline/antiform – plunging
04-03 Anticline/antiform – doubly plunging
04-04 *Anticline/antiform – overturned
04-05 Syncline/synform – non plunging
04-06 Syncline/synform – plunging
nrsa
145

04-07 Syncline / synform – doubly plunging

04-08 *Syncline / synform – overturned
05-00 Circular features *
05-01 Circular dome
05-02 Circular basin
06-00 Trend line
07-00 Escarpment
08-00 Ridge crest*
09-00 Ridge serrated*
11-00 Hogback *
12-00 Cuesta*
* These units are included in this table to cover the possible additional units and are not
to be used in present context.
Structure of the look-up table (STRU2.LUT)

STRU-CODE 4,4, C Y Feature code
STRU 30, 30, C N Name of the structure
SUB-STRU 60, 60, C N Name of the sub-structure
6.2.4 Geomorphology layer
GEOM.PAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the polygon attribute table (GEOM.PAT).

♦ Structure of these two fields is given below:

GU-CODE 10,10,C Y Feature Code
ALPHA-CODE 6,6,C N Alphabetic code as per RGNDWM
technical guidelines
nrsa
146

GEOM.LUT
Look-up table for geomorphological layer
GU-CODE Descr- Descr- Descr- Descr- Descr-

L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
01-00-00-00-00 Hills & Plateau
01-01-00-00-00 Hills
01-01-01-00-00 Structural Hills
01-01-01-01-00 Less dissected
01-01-01-02-00 Less dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-01-03-00 Moderately dissected
01-01-01-04-00 Moderately dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-01-05-00 Highly Dissected
01-01-01-06-00 Highly dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-02-00-00 Denudational Hills
01-01-02-01-00 Less dissected
01-01-02-02-00 Less dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-02-03-00 Moderately dissected
01-01-02-04-00 Moderately dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-02-06-00 Highly dissected-Concave slopes
01-01-03-00-00 Residual Hills
01-01-00-00-01 Linear/Curvilinear Ridge
01-01-00-00-02 Cuesta
01-01-00-00-03 Mesa
DATA BASE STANDARDS

01-01-00-00-04 Butte
01-01-00-00-05 Inselberg
01-01-00-00-06 Fracture/Fault Line Valley CHAPTER - 6
01-01-00-00-07 Intermontane Valley

01-01-00-00-08* Structural valley
01-01-00-00-09 Valley
01-01-00-00-10 Valley fill – shallow
01-01-00-00-11 Valley fill – moderate
01-01-00-00-12 Valley fill – deep
01-01-00-00-13 Dyke ridge
01-01-00-00-14 Escarpment slope
01-01-00-00-15 Hill slope/Denudational Slope
01-01-00-00-16 Valley slope
01-01-00-00-17 Valley flat
01-01-00-00-18 Hill top-weathered
nrsa
147


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
01-01-00-00-19 Residual mound
01-01-00-00-20 Sheet rock
01-01-00-00-21 Hogback
01-01-00-00-22 Outer Fringe of Plateau
01-01-00-00-23 Deglaciated Valley
01-01-00-00-24 Hanging Valley
01-01-00-00-25 Old Slided Mass
01-01-00-00-26 Recent Slided Mass
01-01-00-00-27 Morain Complex
01-01-00-00-28 Sink Hole
01-02-00-00-00 Plateau (Sedimentary)
01-02-00-01-00 Undissected
01-02-00-02-00 Moderately Dissected
01-02-00-04-00* Undissected (Weathered)
01-02-00-05-00* Moderately Dissected (Weathered)
01-02-00-07-00 Slightly Dissected
01-02-00-08-00 Weathered
01-02-01-00-00* *
Upper Plateau
01-02-01-01-00* *
Undissected
01-02-01-02-00* Moderately Dissected
01-02-01-03-00* Highly Dissected
01-02-01-04-00* Undissected (Weathered)
01-02-01-05-00* Moderately Dissected (Weathered)
01-02-01-06-00* *
Outer Fringe of Plateau
01-02-01-07-00* *
Slightly dissected
01-02-01-08-00* *
Weathered
01-02-02-00-00* *
Middle Plateau
01-02-02-01-00* *
Undissected
01-02-02-02-00* *
Moderately Dissected
*
01-02-02-04-00* *
Undissected (Weathered)
01-02-02-05-00* *
Moderately Dissected (Weathered)
01-02-02-06-00* *
01-02-02-07-00* *
Slightly dissected
01-02-02-08-00* *
Weathered
01-02-03-00-00* *
Lower Plateau
01-02-03-01-00* *
Undissected
nrsa
148


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
01-02-03-02-00* *
Moderately Dissected
01-02-03-03-00* *
Highly Dissected
01-02-03-04-00* *
Undissected (Weathered)
01-02-03-05-00* *
Moderately Dissected (Weathered)
01-02-03-06-00* *
01-02-03-07-00* *
Slightly Dissected
01-02-03-08-00* *
Weathered
01-02-00-00-01 Linear/curvilinear ridge
01-02-00-00-02 Cuesta
01-02-00-00-03 Mesa
01-02-00-00-04 Butte
01-02-00-00-05 Inselberg
01-02-00-00-06 Fracture/FaultLine Valley
01-02-00-00-08* *
Structural valley
01-02-00-00-09 Valley
01-02-00-00-10 Valley Fill – Shallow
01-02-00-00-11 Valley Fill–Moderate
01-02-00-00-12 Valley Fill – Deep
01-02-00-00-13 Dyke ridge
01-02-00-00-15 Hill slope
01-02-00-00-17 Valley flat
DATA BASE STANDARDS

01-02-00-00-18 Hill top-weathered
01-02-00-00-20 Sheet rock CHAPTER - 6
01-01-00-00-21 Hogback
01-01-00-00-23 Deglaciated Valley
01-01-00-00-24 Hanging Valley
01-01-00-00-25 Old Slided Mass
01-01-00-00-26 Recent Slided Mass
01-01-00-00-27 Morain Complex
01-01-00-00-28 Sink Hole
01-04-00-00-00 Plateau (Deccan trap)
01-04-00-01-00 Undissected
01-04-00-02-00 Slightly Dissected
nrsa
149


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
01-04-00-03-00 Moderately Dissected
01-04-00-05-00 Weathered
01-04-00-06-00 Weathered-Canal command
01-04-00-00-01 Mesa
01-04-00-00-02 Butte
01-04-00-00-03 Dyke ridge
01-04-00-00-05 Fracture/FaultLineValley
01-04-00-00-07 Valley
01-04-00-00-08 Valley flat
01-04-00-00-10 Valley Fill – Moderate
02-00-00-00-00 Piedmont Zone
02-01-00-00-00 Piedmont Slope
02-02-00-00-00 Pediment
02-03-00-00-00 PedimentInselberg Complex
02-04-00-00-00 Piedmont Alluvium
02-04-01-00-00 Shallow
02-04-02-00-00 Moderate
02-04-03-00-00 Deep
02-04-04-00-00 Gullied
02-04-05-00-00 Ravinous
02-04-06-00-00 Dissected
02-05-00-00-00 Bazada
02-05-01-00-00 Shallow
02-05-02-00-00 Moderate
02-05-03-00-00 Deep
02-05-04-00-00 Gullied
02-05-05-00-00 Ravinous
02-05-06-00-00 Dissected
02-00-00-00-01 Linear / Curvilinear Ridge
02-00-00-00-02 Cuesta
02-00-00-00-03 Mesa
02-00-00-00-04 Butte
02-00-00-00-05 Inselberg
02-00-00-00-06 Alluvial Fan
nrsa
150


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
02-00-00-00-07 Talus Cone
02-00-00-00-09* *
Structural Valley
02-00-00-00-10 Valley
02-00-00-00-14 Dyke ridge
02-00-00-00-15* *
Escarpment slope
02-00-00-00-16* *
Hill slope
02-00-00-00-18 Valley flat
02-00-00-00-19* *
Hill top-weathered
02-00-00-00-21 Sheet rock
02-00-00-00-22 Hogback
02-00-00-00-23 Alluvial Fan-Upper/Proximal
02-00-00-00-24 Alluvial Fan-Lower/Distal
03-00-00-00-00 Plains
03-01-00-00-00 Pediplain
03-01-01-00-00 Weathered Pediplain
03-01-01-01-00 Shallow
03-01-01-02-00 Moderate
03-01-01-03-00 Deep
DATA BASE STANDARDS

03-01-01-04-00 Gullied
03-01-01-05-00 Ravinous
03-01-01-06-00 Dissected CHAPTER - 6
03-01-01-07-00 Under Canal Command

03-01-02-00-00 Buried Pediplain
03-01-02-01-00 Shallow
03-01-02-02-00 Moderate
03-01-02-03-00 Deep
03-01-02-04-00 Gullied
03-01-02-05-00 Ravinous
03-01-02-06-00 Dissected
03-01-00-00-02 Cuesta
03-01-00-00-03 Mesa
nrsa
151


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-01-00-00-04 Butte
03-01-00-00-05 Inselberg
03-01-00-00-07* *
Structural valley
03-01-00-00-08 Valley
03-01-00-00-12 Dyke ridge
03-01-00-00-13* *
Escarpment slope
03-01-00-00-14* *
Hill slope
03-01-00-00-16 Valley flat
03-01-00-00-17* *
Hill top-weathered
03-01-00-00-19 Sheet rock
03-01-00-00-20 Hodback
03-02-00-00-00 Lateritic Plain
03-02-00-01-00 With Shallow Basement
03-02-00-02-00 With Moderate Basement
03-02-00-03-00 With Deep Basement
03-02-00-04-00 Gullied
03-02-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-02-00-06-00 Dissected
03-02-00-00-02 Cuesta
03-02-00-00-03 Mesa
03-02-00-00-04 Butte
03-02-00-00-05 Inselberg
03-02-00-00-07* *
Structural valley
03-02-00-00-08 Valley
03-02-00-00-12 Dyke ridge
03-02-00-00-13* *
Escarpment slope
03-02-00-00-14* *
Hill slope
nrsa
152


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-02-00-00-16 Valley flat
03-02-00-00-17* *
Hill top-weathered
03-02-00-00-19 Sheet rock
03-02-00-00-20 Hogback
03-03-00-00-00 Striped Plain
03-03-00-01-00 Shallow Basement
03-03-00-02-00 Moderate Basement
03-03-00-03-00 Deep Basement
03-03-00-04-00 Gullied
03-03-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-03-00-06-00 Dissected
03-03-00-00-02 Cuesta
03-03-00-00-03 Mesa
03-03-00-00-04 Butte
03-03-00-00-05 Inselberg
03-03-00-00-06 Fracture/Fault LineValley
03-03-00-00-07* *
Structural valley
03-03-00-00-08 Valley
DATA BASE STANDARDS

03-03-00-00-12 Dyke ridge
03-03-00-00-13* *
Escarpment slope CHAPTER - 6
03-03-00-00-14* *
Hill slope
03-03-00-00-16 Valley flat
03-03-00-00-17* *
Hill top-weathered
03-03-00-00-19 Sheet rock
03-02-00-00-20 Hogback
03-04-00-00-00 Alluvial Plain
03-04-00-01-00 Shallow
03-04-00-02-00 Moderate
03-04-00-03-00 Deep
03-04-00-04-00 Gullied
nrsa
153


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-04-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-04-00-06-00 Dissected
03-04-00-07-00 Under Canl Command
03-04-01-00-00 Alluvial Plain – Older / Upper
03-04-01-01-00 Shallow
03-04-01-02-00 Moderate
03-04-01-03-00 Deep
03-04-01-04-00 Gullied
03-04-01-05-00 Ravinous
03-04-01-06-00 Dissected
03-04-02-00-00 Alluvial Plain Younger / Lower
03-04-02-01-00 Shallow
03-04-02-02-00 Moderate
03-04-02-03-00 Deep
03-04-02-04-00 Gullied
03-04-02-05-00 Ravinous
03-04-02-06-00 Dissected
03-04-00-00-01 Channel bar
03-04-00-00-02 Point bar
03-04-00-00-03 Natural levee
03-04-00-00-04 Back swamp
03-04-00-00-05 Cut-off meander
03-04-00-00-06 Ox-bow/Serpentine Lake
03-04-00-00-07 Meander scar
03-04-00-00-08 Palaeo/abandonedchanel
03-04-00-00-09 Buried Channel
03-04-00-00-10 Migrated river course
03-04-00-00-11 River Terrace
03-04-00-00-12 River Terrace-Younger/Upper
03-04-00-00-13 River Terrace-Intermediate
03-04-00-00-14 River Terrace-Older/Lower
03-05-00-00-00 Flood Plain
03-05-00-01-00 Shallow
03-05-00-02-00 Moderate
03-05-00-03-00 Deep
03-05-00-04-00 Gullied
03-05-00-05-00 Ravinous
nrsa
154


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-05-00-06-00 Dissected
03-05-00-00-01 Channel bar
03-05-00-00-02 Point bar
03-05-00-00-03 Natural levee
03-05-00-00-04 Back swamp
03-05-00-00-05 Cut-off meander
03-05-00-00-06 Ox-bow/ Serpentine Lake
03-05-00-00-09* *
Flood basin
03-06-00-00-00 Deltaic Plain
03-06-00-01-00 Shallow
03-06-00-02-00 Moderate
03-06-00-03-00 Deep
03-06-00-04-00 Gullied
03-06-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-06-00-06-00 Dissected
03-06-01-00-00 Deltaic Plain – Upper
03-06-01-01-00 Shallow
03-06-01-02-00 Moderate
03-06-01-03-00 Deep
03-06-01-04-00 Gullied
DATA BASE STANDARDS

03-06-01-05-00 Ravinous
03-06-01-06-00 Dissected
03-06-01-07-00 Under Canal Command CHAPTER - 6
03-06-02-00-00 Deltaic Plain – Lower

03-06-02-01-00 Shallow
03-06-02-02-00 Moderate
03-06-02-03-00 Deep
03-06-02-04-00 Gullied
03-06-02-05-00 Ravinous
03-06-02-06-00 Dissected
03-06-00-00-01 Channel Bar
03-06-00-00-02 Point Bar
03-06-00-00-03 Natural Levee
03-06-00-00-04 Back swamp
nrsa
155


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-06-00-00-05 Cut-off Meander
03-06-00-00-06 Oxbow/Serpentine Lake
03-06-00-00-07 Meander scar
03-06-00-00-08 Palaeo/abandoned chanel
* *
03-06-00-00-11 Flood basin
03-07-00-00-00 Coastal Plain
03-07-00-01-00 Shallow
03-07-00-02-00 Moderate
03-07-00-03-00 Deep
03-07-00-04-00 Gullied
03-07-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-07-00-06-00 Dissected
03-07-01-00-00 Coastal Plain – Older
03-07-01-01-00 Shallow
03-07-01-02-00 Moderate
03-07-01-03-00 Deep
03-07-01-04-00 Gullied
03-07-01-05-00 Ravinous
03-07-01-06-00 Dissected
03-07-02-00-00 Coastal Plain – Younger
03-07-02-01-00 Shallow
03-07-02-02-00 Moderate
03-07-02-03-00 Deep
03-07-02-04-00 Gullied
03-07-02-05-00 Ravinous
03-07-02-06-00 Dissected
03-07-00-00-01 Beach
03-07-00-00-02 Beach Ridge
nrsa
156


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-07-00-00-03 Palaeo Beach Ridge
03-07-00-00-04 Beach Ridge & Swale
Complex
03-07-00-00-05 Palaeo Beach Ridge &
Swale Complex
03-07-00-00-06 Swale
03-07-00-00-07 Offshore bar
03-07-00-00-08 Spit
03-07-00-00-09 Mud Flat
03-07-00-00-10 Older mud flat
03-07-00-00-11 Tidal Flat
03-07-00-00-12 Salt flat
03-07-00-00-13 Lagoon
03-07-00-00-14 Channel Island
03-07-00-00-15 Offshore island
03-07-00-00-16 Reef island
03-07-00-00-17 Palaeochannel
03-07-00-00-19 Mud Flat Younger
03-08-00-00-00 Eolian Plain
03-08-00-01-00 Shallow
03-08-00-02-00 Moderate
DATA BASE STANDARDS

03-08-00-03-00 Deep
03-08-00-04-00 Gullied
CHAPTER - 6
03-08-00-05-00 Ravinous
03-08-00-06-00 Dissected
03-08-00-00-01 Sand Dune
03-08-00-00-02 Stabilised Dune
03-08-00-00-03 Dune Complex
03-08-00-00-04 Interdunal Depression
03-08-00-00-05 Interdunal Flat
03-08-00-00-06 Playa
nrsa
157


L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
03-08-00-00-07 Desert Pavement
03-08-00-00-08 Loess Plain
03-08-00-00-09 Palaeochannel
* Units are not to be used, since they are deleted.
Note: The GU-CODEs are based on geomorphic province and hierarchial system. In
case, a geomorphic unit / landform occur in two provinces, the code should be
given based on the dominating / main geomorphic province.
Structure of the look-up table (GEOM.LUT)

GU-Code 10, 10, C Y Feature code
DESCR-L1 30, 30, C N Geomorphic unit at level 1
6.2.5 Drainage / Steams (lines) layer
DRAINL.AAT
♦ Three fields have to be added in the arc attribute tables (DRAINL.AAT)

♦ Structure of these three fields is given below:

DRNL-Code 2, 2, C Y Feature code
DRNL-Name 40, 40, C N Name of drainage
SYM-Code 2, 2, I N Symbol code for representation of
features (see Annexure – IV)
nrsa
158

Note: Drainage names have to be given in the coverage itself as annotation. For this
purpose, use text symbol no. 1 (size 140 m or 8 points) of text symbol file
‘rgndwm.txt’ (Refer Section 6.3.4)
DRAINL.LUT
Look-up table for Drainage / streams (lines) layer
DRNL-CODE DESCR
01 Perennial
02 Dry
03 Tidal
04 Undefined/unreliable
05 Perennial – unreliable
06 Tidal creek
07 Water channel in dry river
08 Broken ground / ravines
09 Tank Bund
Structure of the look-up table (DRAINL.LUT)
Field name Field type Key (Y\N) Remarks

DRNL-CODE 2, 2, C Y Feature code
DESCR 40, 40, C N Description of feature
6.2.6 Drainage / Water Bodies (polygons) layer
DATA BASE STANDARDS

CHAPTER - 6
DRAINP.PAT
♦ Three fields have to be added in the polygon attribute table (DRAINP.PAT).


DRNP-Code 2, 2, C Y Feature Code
DRNP-Name 30, 30, C N Name of the rivers / water bodies
SYM-Code 2, 2, I N Symbol code for representing the features
(see Annexure-IV)
Note: Names of rivers/water bodies are to be given in the coverage itself as annotation.
For this purpose, use text symbol no. 1 (size 140 m or 8 points) of text symbol file
‘rgndwm.txt’ (Refer Section 6.3.4).
nrsa
159

DRAINP.LUT
Look-up table for drainage / water bodies (polygons) layer
DRNP-CODE DESCR
01 River
02 Canal
03 Lakes / Ponds
04 Reservoirs
05 Tanks
06 Cooling pond / cooling reservoir
07 Abandoned quarries with water
08 Bay
Structure of the look-up table (DRAINP.LUT)

DRNP-Code 2, 2, C Y Feature Code
DESCR 40, 40, C N Description of the unit
6.2.7 Canal layer

CANAL.AAT
♦ Three fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (CANAL.AAT)

♦ Structure of these three fields is given below
Field name Field Type Key(Y/N) Remarks

CAN-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
CAN-NAME 40,40,C N Name of the canal
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for the canal (see Annexure-IV)
Note: Canal names are to be given in the coverage itself as annotation. For this purpose,
use text symbol no.1(size 140 m or 8 points) of text symbol file ‘rgndwm.txt’
(Refer Section 6.3.4).
nrsa
160

CANAL.LUT
Look-up table for canal layer
CAN-CODE CAN-TYPE
01 Main canal
02 Branch canal
03 Canal under construction
04 Distributary canal
Structure of the look-up table (CANAL.LUT)
Field name Field type Key (Y/N) Remarks

CAN-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature Code
CAN-TYPE 30,30,C N Code description
6.2.8 Springs layer
SPRING.PAT
♦ Two fields to be added in the point attribute table (SPRING.PAT)

♦ Structure of these two fields is given below
Field name Field type Key(Y/N) Remarks

SPR-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
DATA BASE STANDARDS

SYM-CODE 2,2, I N Symbol code for spring to be
given (see Annexure-IV)
CHAPTER - 6
SPRING . LUT
Look-up table for springs layer
SPR-CODE DESCR
01 Spring
02 Hot water spring
nrsa
161

Structure of the look-up table (spring. Lut)

SPR-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
DESCR 10,10,C N Description of the spring
6.2.9 Rainfall layer

RAIN.PAT
Five fields have to be added in the point attribute table (RAIN.PAT)

Structure of these five fields is given below

RN-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code (Default value is ‘01’)
RN-LOC 20,20,C N Location of the rain gauge station to be
given (e.g. Bhopal )
PERIOD 10,10,C N Period of the observation data to be
given( eg. 1970-1990)
AV-RAIN 4,4, I N Average annual rainfall for the above
period to be given in mm. (e.g. 1200)
SYM-CODE 2,2, I N Symbol code for the rain gauge station
(see Annexure-IV)
NOTE: No LUT required for this layer or coverage.
6.2.10 Irrigated Area layer

IRG-AREA.PAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the polygon attribute table (IRG-AREA.PAT)


IRG-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for two types of irrigated
areas (see Annexure-IV)
IRG-AREA.LUT
Look-up table for irrigated area layer

IRG-CODE IRG-TYPE
01 Canal / tank irrigated
02 Ground water irrigated
nrsa
162

Structure of the look-up table (IRG-AREA.LUT)

IRG-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
IRG-TYPE 25,25,C N Type of the irrigation to be given
6.2.11 Wells layer

WELLS.PAT
♦ Four fields have to be added in the point attribute table (WELLS.PAT)

♦ Structure of these four fields is given below
Field name Field type Key(Y/N)

Remarks
WL-CODE 2,2, C Y Feature code
WT-TD 8,8, C N Depth to water table & total depth of wells in
meters to be given seperated by ‘/’(e.g.15/25)
YIELD 12,12, C N Yield of the well to be given in lpm or c u.m/
day (e.g. 400 lpm or 50 cu.m/day)
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for representing the wells
(see Annexure-IV)
Note : No annotation is required in the coverage. The annotation (Depth to water
table / total depth of well) which has to be given by the side of well is taken care
by the AML program based on the second field (WT-TD) of WELLS.PAT.
WELLS.LUT
DATA BASE STANDARDS

Look-up table for wells layer
CHAPTER - 6
WL-CODE WELL-TYPE
01 Open dug / ring well
02 Dug-cum-bore / tube well
03 Bore / tube well with power pump
04 Bore / tube well with hand pump
Structure of the look-up table (WELLS.LUT)

WL-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
WELL-TYPE 35, 35 , C N Type of the well
nrsa
163

6.2.12 Recharge Structures (lines) layer
WRDPL.AAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (WRDPL.AAT)

WRDPP-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for recharge structures
(LINES) to be given (see Annexure-IVA)
Note : While digitisation, care is to be taken to ensure that recharge structures are of
same length, placed across the drainage and do not cut across multiple drainage.
WRDPP. LUT
Look-up table for for recharge structures (lines & points) layers
WRDPP-CODE WR-PRESCRIPTION
01 Check dam
02 Nullah bund
03 Percolation tank
04 Subsurface dyke
05 K T weirs
06 Invert well
07 Desilting of tank
08 Recharge pit
09 Farm pond
10 Storage Tank
11 Recharge Shaft
Structure of the look-up table (wrdpp . Lut)

WR-PRESCRIPTION 30,30,C N Type of recharge structure
Note : Same LUT is used for WRDPP layer also.
nrsa
164

6.2.13 Recharge Structures (points) layer
WRDPP.PAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the point attribute table (WRDPP.PAT)


SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for recharge structures
(points) to be given (see Annexure-IVA)
WRDPP. LUT
Same LUT as that for recharge structures (lines) layer (see Table-12)
6.2.14 Roads layer

ROADS.AAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (ROADS.AAT)

Field name Field type Key(Y/N)Remarks

RD-CODE 4,4,C Y Feature code
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for different types of roads
(see Annexure-II)
Note: Type and no. of National / State Highways (e.g. NH-1, SH-1, etc) have to be given
as annotation in the coverage itself. For this purpose, use text symbol no. 1 (size
DATA BASE STANDARDS

140 metres or 8 points) of text symbol file ‘rgndwm.txt’ (Refer Section 6.3.4).
CHAPTER - 6
ROADS.LUT
Look-up table for roads layer

RD-CODE ROAD-TYPE SUB-TYPE
01-00 Metalled road
01-01 National highway
01-02 State highway
01-03 Metalled road
01-04 *Village road
02-00 Unmetalled road
02-01 *National highway
02-02 *State highway
02-03 *District road
02-04 Other road
* Units not to be used in the present context
nrsa
165

Structure of the look-up table (ROADS.LUT)
Field name Field type Key (Y\N) Remarks

RD-CODE 4,4,C Y Feature Code
ROAD-TYPE 30,30,C N Road Type
SUB-TYPE 30,30,C N Sub type
6.2.15 Railway layer
RAIL.AAT
Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (RAIL.AAT)

Structure of these two fields is given below:

RL-CODE 4,4,C Y Feature code
SYM-CODE 2,2,I N Symbol code for railway
(see Annexure-II)
RAIL.LUT
Look-up table for railway layer
RL– CODE RAIL-TYPE RAIL-DET

01-00 Broad gauge
01-01 *Double track
01-02 *Single track
02-00 Other gauge
02-01 *Double track
02-02 *Single track
* Units not to be used in the present context
Structure of the look-up table (RAIL.LUT)

RL-CODE 4,4,C Y Feature code
RAIL-TYPE 30,30,C N Rail type
RAIL-DET 30,30,C N Sub type of railway
nrsa
166

6.2.16 Administative Boundary layer
ADMN.AAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the arc attribute table (ADMN.AAT)


AD-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
SYM-CODE 2,2, I N Symbol code for different administrative
boundaries (see Annexure-II)
ADMN.LUT
Look-up table for administrative boundary layer
AD-CODE DESCR
01 International boundary
02 State boundary
03 District boundary
04 Taluk / Tahsil boundary
Structure of the look-up table (ADMN.LUT)

AD-CODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
DATA BASE STANDARDS

DESCR 25,25, C N Type of the boundary
(e.g. State boundary)
CHAPTER - 6
nrsa
167

6.2.17 Settlements layer
SETTLEP.PAT
♦ Three fields have to be added in the point attribute table (SETTLEP.PAT)


SCODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
S-NAME 40,40,C N Name of the settlement
SYM-CODE 2,2, I N Symbol code for the different types of
settlement (see Annexure-II)
Note : No annotation is required in the coverage. The settlement names will be given in
the map composition automatically by the AML program based on the second
field (S-NAME) of SETTLEP.PAT.
SETTLEP.LUT
Look-up table for settlements layer
SCODE S-TYPE
01 City/Town
02 Village
03 Partially covered habitation
04 Not covered habitation
Structure of the look-up table (SETTLEP.LUT)

SCODE 2,2,C Y Feature code
S-TYPE 30,30,C N Write the type of the settlement
nrsa
168

6.2.18 Integrated Lithology and Geomorphology layer
LITHGEOM.PAT
♦ Two fields have to be added in the polygon attribute table

(LITHGEOM.PAT).

ALNUM-CODE 10,10,C N Alphanumeric code of map unit should be
given (eg. VFM-11, PPS-81)
SYM-CODE 2,2, I N Symbol code for each unit to be given
as per the colour scheme specified in
the RGNDWM technical guidelines
(see Annexure-VI)
NOTE:
1. Map unit names have to be given as annotation in the coverage itself. For this purpose,
text symbol no. 3 of text symbol file ‘rgndwm.txt’ has to be used (Refer Section
6.3.4).
2. In case of Deccan Traps, in addition to the lithologic codes given in the Technical
Guidelines/ Methodology Manual, the flow no. (1, 2, 3, 4-7, etc) of the traps should
be given as third digit.
LITHGEOM.LUT
DATA BASE STANDARDS

ALNUM- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG- LG-
CODE 1 2 3A 3B 4 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9 10 11 12A 12B 13
CHAPTER - 6
About the Field abbreviations used in LITHGEOM.LUT

LG-1: Geological Sequence / Rock Type
LG-2: Geomorphic Unit / Landform
LG-3A: Depth to Water Level in Meters
LG-3B: No. of Wells Observed
LG-4: Recharge Conditions
LG-5A: Aquifier Material
LG-5B: Aquifier Material (if multilayered)
LG-6A: Type of Wells Suitable
LG-6A: Type of Wells Suitable (for the Bottom Acquifier)
LG-7A: Depth Range of Wells (Min-max) in Meters
nrsa
169

LG-7B: Depth Range of Wells in Meters (Min-Max) for the Second Well
LG-8A: Yield Range of Wells (Min-Max) in Cubic Meters / Day or Lpm
LG-8B: Yield Range of Wells (Min-Max) in M3 / Day or Lpm for Second Well
LG-9: Homogenity in the Unit and Success Rate of Wells
LG-10: Quality of Water
LG-11: Ground Water Irrigated Area
LG-12A: Recharge Structures Suitable
LG-12B: Recharge Structures Priority
LG-13: Remarks
These values are to be updated for every map sheet based on the Hydrogeological
study.
Structure of the look-up table (LITHGEOM.LUT)

ALNUM- 10,10,C Y Alphanumeric code of map unit should
CODE be given (eg. VFM-11, PPS-81).
LG-1 100,100,C N Geological Sequence / Rock Type should

be given. For eg. Limestone (Dwarka
Formation) 573, Mio-pliocene age. Refer
to Table 5.1 for all possible codes.
LG-2 100, 100, C N Geomorphic Unit / Landform should be

given. For eg. Pediplain Shallow
Weathers (PPS), 4-6m weathering. Refer
to Table 5.3 for all possible codes.
LG-3A 10, 10, C N Depth to Water Level. For eg. 5-13 m.
LG-3B 20, 20, C N Number of wells observed. For eg. DW-

18 / BW-8 or Not observed.
LG-4 20, 20, C N Recharge Conditions. eg. Very Good /

Moderate / etc. Refer to Table 5.4 for all
possible categories.
LG-5A 3, 3, C N Aquifier material. For eg. LS / WR. Refer

to Table 2.1 for all possible classes.
LG-5B 3, 3, C N If the aquifier is multilayered, enter the

second aquifier material. For eg. 1) If the
aquifier material is homogenous and
it is only LS, then LG-5A will have LS and
nrsa
170


will be empty (NULL). 2) If the
aquifier material is multilayered
(LS+WR), then LG-5A will have LS and
LG-5B will have WR.
LG-6A 3, 3, C N Type of wells suitable for the first aquifier.

For eg. TW or DW,BW. Refer to Table 2.2
for all possible types.
LG-6B 3, 3, C N Type of wells suitable for the second

aquifier. For eg. TW or DW,BW. Refer to
Table 2.2 for all possible types.
LG-7A 10, 10, C N Depth Range of Wells for the first well. For
eg. 10-15m. Refer to Annexure VI for all
possible categories.
LG-7B 10, 10, C N Depth range of wells for the second well.
For eg. 20-30 m. Refer to Annexure VI for
all possible categories.
LG-8A 20, 20, C N Yield range of wells. For eg. 30-50 cu.m/
day or 60-80 lpm. Refer to Annexure VI
for all possible categories.
LG-8B 20, 20, C N Yield range of wells. For eg. 30-50 cu.m/
day or 60-80 lpm. Refer to Annexure VI
for all possible categories.
LG-9 10, 10, C N Homogenity in the unit and success rate
DATA BASE STANDARDS

of wells. For eg. High / Moderate / etc
LG-10 20, 20, C N Quality of water. For eg. Saline / NP CHAPTER - 6

(blackish) / P.
LG-11 10, 10, C N Ground water irrigated area in %. For eg:

NIL or 10-20 %.
LG-12A 20, 20, C N Recharge structures suitable. For eg. Not

suitable / CD Refer to Section 2.2.6 for all
types of recharge structures.
LG-12B 20, 20, C N Recharge structures priority. For eg. Low

priority. Refer to Section 2.2.6 for all
categories of priorities.
LG-13 500, 500, C N Remarks (information not covered in the

above fields).
nrsa
171

6.3 Symbol Codes
6.3.1 Line Features (Lineset File: rgndwm.lin)
Line feature Symbol-code

Trend Line 1
Escarpment 2/3
Lithologic / Geomorphic Boundary, Bedding, Schistosity / 4
Foliation & Folds
Fault – Minor 5
Fault – Major 6
Fracture / Lineament – Minor 5
Fracture / Lineament – Major 6
Fracture / Lineament (Inferred) – Minor 7
Fracture / Lineament (Inferred) – Major 8
Shear Zone 9
Dyke 9
Quartz Reef / Quartzite Band 9
Pegmatite Vein 9
National Highway 10
State Highway 11
Metalled Road 12
Other Road 13
Railway 14
Canal 15
International Boundary 16
State Boundary 17
District Boundary 18
Taluk Boundary 19
Bund / Embankment of Water Body 20
Percolation tank 21
Check Dam 22
Nullah Bund 23
Drainage 24
Thrust – Minor 25
Thrust – Major 26
Subsurface Dyke 27
Note: While digitisation, ensure that the length of recharge structures (Check
dam,Percolation tank and Nullah bund) is same, they are centred across the
drainage and they do not cut across multiple drainage.
nrsa
172

6.3.2 Polygon Features (Shadeset File: rgndwm.shd)
Colour / hatching pattern Symbol-code

Solid Violet 1
Solid Indigo 2
Solid Blue 3
Solid Green 4
Solid Yellow 5
Solid Orange 6
Solid Red 7
Violet – Horizontal Hatching 8
Violet – Slant Hatching 9
Violet – Vertical Hatching 10
Indigo – Horizontal Hatching 11
Indigo – Slant Hatching 12
Indigo – Vertical Hatching 13
Blue – Horizontal Hatching 14
Blue – Slant Hatching 15
Blue – Vertical Hatching 16
Green – Horizontal Hatching 17
Green – Slant Hatching 18
Green – Vertical Hatching 18
Yellow – Horizontal Hatching 20
Yellow – Slant Hatching 21
Yellow – Vertical Hatching 22
Orange – Horizontal Hatching 23
Orange – Slant Hatching 24
Orange – Vertical Hatching 25
DATA BASE STANDARDS

Red – Horizontal Hatching 26
Red – Slant Hatching 27
Red – Vertical Hatching 28 CHAPTER - 6
Ground Water Irrigated Area 29
Canal / Tank Irrigated Area 30
Water within River / Water Body 31
Dry River / Dry Water Body / River Sand 32
Brown – Horizontal Hatching 33
Brown – Slant Hatching 34
Brown – Vertical Hatching 35
Pink – Horizontal Hatching 36
Pink – Slant Hatching 37
Pink – Vertical Hatching 38
Note: Orange colour indicates 30-50 lpm yield range instead of 10-50 lpm: Whereas Brown
colour indicates 20-30 lpm & pink colour indicates 10-20 lpm yield ranges
nrsa
173

6.3.3 Point Features (Markerset File : rgndwm.mrk)
Point feature Symbol-code

Rain Gauge Station 1
Spring 2
Settlement – Village 3
Settlement – City / Town 4
NC Habitation 5
PC Habitation 6
Bedding – Gentle 7*
Bedding – Moderate 8*
Bedding – Steep 9*
Bedding – Subvertical to Vertical 10*
Schistosity / Foliation – Gentle 11*
Schistosity / Foliation – Moderate 12*
Schistosity / Foliation – Steep 13*
Schistosity / Foliation – Subvertical to Vertical 14*
Anticline / Antiform 15*
Syncline / Synform 16*
Bore / Tube well – Violet 17
Bore / Tube well – Indigo 18
Bore / Tube well – Blue 19
Bore / Tube well – Green 20
Bore / Tube well – Yellow 21
Bore / Tube well – Orange 22
Bore / Tube well – Red 23
Dug Well – Violet 24
Dug Well – Indigo 25
Dug Well – Blue 26
Dug Well – Green 27
Dug Well – Yellow 28
Dug Well – Orange 29
Dug Well – Red 30
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Violet 31
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Indigo 32
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Blue 33
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Green 34
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Yellow 35
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Orange 36
Dug-Cum-Bore / Tube Well – Red 37
Hand Pump Well – Violet 38
nrsa
174

Point feature Symbol-code

Hand Pump Well – Indigo 39
Hand Pump Well – Blue 40
Hand Pump Well – Green 41
Hand Pump Well – Yellow 42
Hand Pump Well – Orange 43
Hand Pump Well – Red 44
Invert Well 45
Desilting of Tank 46
Recharge Pit 47
North Arrow 48
Note: Symbol-codes 7 to 16 have not to be used as the corresponding features have to

be digitised as lines and not as point features (see Annexure-III). These symbols
are used only in the fixed part of the legend.
6.3.4 Text Symbols for Annotation (Text Symbol File: rgndwm.txt)
Text symbol Details

no.
1 To be used for writing the names of rivers / streams / water bodies /
canals / National & State highways. Font size – 140 metres (or 8 points).
2 To be used for writing the names of settlements with font size of 130
metres (or 7 points).
3 To be used for annotating the hydrogeomorphic units. Font size –
DATA BASE STANDARDS

maximum 180 metres (or 11 points) to minimum 100 metres (6 points)
depending on the unit size.
4 To be used or writing the well information (depth to water table / total CHAPTER - 6
depth of well) by the side of well symbol with font size of meters (or
points). However, in case of any modification (for example – if well
information goes out of the map area), this font with font size of 140
metres (or 8 points) has to be used.
nrsa
175

nrsa
176

Chapter - 7
QUALITY EVALUATION
MECHANISM
nrsa
177
03_Rajeev gandhi_CH_7.pmd 177 4/1/2008, 4:24 PM

nrsa
178

7.1 Quality Evaluation Mechanism
Quality Evaluation procedures used to verify the level of quality achieved and it shows
the way to detect the source of the problem for rectifying it. Thematic maps prepared
from satellite data through deductive approach, requires a complete knowledge of the
process, classification systems adopted and critical steps involved in the procedure are
important.
Ground Water Prospects map is a composite map of 5 major layers of information

i.e. lithology, geomorphology, structure, hydrology and base. Among these layers lithology
& geomorphology are the independent layers contain only polygons features whereas
the Structure, Hydrology & Base layers are composite layers contain polygon, line and
point features. Structural layer is the combination of two layers (struct-1 & struct-2),
Hydrology layer is the combination of 9 layers (canal, drainL, drainP, spring, rainguage,
wells, wrdpl, wrapp, irrig.areas) and base layer is the combination of 4 layers (rail,
roads, settlep, admn) of information. All the above layers are derived from the
interpretation of satellite data (Resourcesat LISS-III) on 1:50,000 scale, by consulting
toposheets wherever required and by collecting ground truth information.
High accuracy and seamless form of the data for each layer in ground water prospects
map is very important, for achieving more success rate in selection of the sites for
drilling and construction of recharge structures and also for using in different national
projects. The accuracy of ground water prospects depends on the precise delineation
of the units from satellite data, appropriate supporting evidences from ground truth and
authentic maps/literature used. Hence, to evaluate the accuracy and to standardize the
data the quality evaluation mechanism is planned in two parts, i.e. Internal Quality
Evaluation and External Quality Evaluation.
7.1.1 Internal Quality Evaluation
Partner Institutes of the concerned states will establish an internal quality team
independently in each institute in consultation with NRSA. This team consists of
QUALITY EVALUATION
experienced hydrogeologists and GIS experts. The internal quality team will conduct
quality checks at different stages. They will also check the digital data of the maps using
MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
the software tool developed by NRSA and the corrections will be recorded in a prescribed
format.
7.1.2 External Quality Evaluation
A team of scientists from NRSA, ISRO/DOS will carryout the External Quality Evaluation
(EQE). The initial External Quality Evaluation on all the 5 individual layers and on the
nrsa
179

integrated layer will be conducted by the External Quality Evaluation team in association
with internal quality team during the post-field stage. The final external quality check will
be conducted, after the final map composition including the digital data. The entire
process is shown below in a Flowchart.
Internal Quality
Evaluation External Quality Evaluation Project
Mapping (Team within partner (A team of scientists from Management
Team institution) NRSA, ISRO/DOS
First Internal Quality Check

(Pre-field)
. Checking of Lithology, Geomorphology, Structure,
Hydrolog & Base map layers.
. Suggesting field verification points in doubtful areas.
. Generation of pre-field report on each map sheet.
Second Internal Quality Check

(Post-field) Initial External Quality Check
. Field data checking and its incorporation . Checking of Lithology, Geomorphology,
in all the layers. Structure, hydrogeology and Base layers
. Finalizing Lithology, geomorphology, . Checking of adjoining sheets for edge
structure, hydrogeology and base layers matching with other partner institute.
in consultation with external quality team.
. Edge matching with adjoining sheets
(Prepared by other PIs).
Third Internal Quality Check

(Map compositions)
. Checking of all map compositions Final External Quality Check
(Lithology, geomorphology, structure i. Checking of all 5 individual layers
Hydrology, base layers and and integrated layer
Integrated map) ii. Soft copy checking
. Soft copy checking.
Final internal quality Check

(Final Maps)
. Checking the incorporation of
corrections suggested by external
quality team (hard and soft copies).
FINAL MAPS SUBMISION TO NRSA (Hard & Soft copies)
7. 2 Guidelines for Quality Checking of Ground Water Prospects Maps
The important activities involved in quality checking of the ground water prospects map
are:
Pre-field quality checking

Post-field quality checking
Edge matching with the adjoining sheets
Quality checking of map compositions (one integrated layer and 5 thematic layers)
Quality of the digital data
nrsa
180

The internal quality evaluation team should interact with the mapping team in all the
above activities at regular intervals to correct errors in the maps for producing a good
quality map out puts.
The interaction of external quality team with the internal quality team & mapping team
of the partner institutes will commence during the post-field interpretation stage onwards,
to have a common opinion in finalizing the units. It saves the time in carrying out the
corrections / modifications on the map by the mapping team and also increases the
accuracy level. The various steps involved in each activity are discussed hereunder.
7.2.1 Guidelines for Pre-field Quality Checking
Once all the thematic layers are prepared, the first internal quality checking (pre-field)
should be carried out. The methodology steps involved in checking for the pre-field
maps are discussed hereunder.
STEP-1 (Checking of Drainage Layer)

‘Drainage layer’ is one of the important layer for all the thematic map interpretation.
Hence, display drainage layer over the satellite data and evaluate the following points.
Refer the toposheet in doubtful areas wherever required.
Entire drainage covering the map sheet.
1st order drainage may be ignored over the hills and high relief areas in order to
avoid clumsiness. However from the 2nd order streams to the higher order all the
streams should be considered.
Changes in the major river / stream courses are more common. Necessary
corrections in the drainage courses are to be seen with reference to the image.
Hanging drainages lines if any should be checked and they should be connected
using image control.
Check all the new water bodies, tanks, canals etc if any with reference to the
image.
QUALITY EVALUATION
This corrected drainage overlay should be used to check the interpretation of all
themes.
MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
STEP-2 (Checking of Lithology Layer)

Display the Lithology Layer on the image and keep the drainage overlay as
background in a different colour for understanding the boundaries clearly.
Compare with the existing geological map.
nrsa
181

Check all the lithological boundaries and indicate the doubtful lithological
boundaries with dashed lines for conforming during field survey.
In case of Deccan Traps check all the individual basalt flows occurring within the
lithological group/Formation and litho codes as per the classification system.
Check the flows elevation information from SOI toposheet.
Check all the inter/infra-trappean beds within the flows.
STEP-3 (Checking of Geomorphology Layer)

• Display the Geomorphology layer on the image and keep the lithology map overlay
as background in a different colour for understanding the boundaries clearly.
• Drainage layer can also be used as a background during the checking whenever
required.
• All the landforms falling under the major physiographic unit like Hills/plateaus,
Piedmont zone, Plain areas and its related landforms have to be checked.
• With reference to the toposheet (either hard or soft copy) all the boundaries hills,
inselbergs, mesa / butte, plateau etc have to be checked based on the pattern of
the contours and check the remaining area between the hills and valley (stream)
should be divided into PPS / PPM / PPD etc.
• Check for PIC boundary in case of too many inselbergs.
• Check along major rivers and streams, fluvial landforms like point bar, channel
bar, migrated river course, palaeochannel, floodplain, alluvial plain etc. to be
marked.
• Check the intensive gullying areas as PPG, APG, FPG, EPG, and CPG etc.
• Check all the canal command seen on the plains and plateaus are marked as
PPC, APC, FPC, EPC, and CPC etc.
Step-4 (Checking of Structural Layer)

Display structural map overlay and check the following features.
• Check all the faults along the alignment of dykes, linear ridges, juxtaposition of
the rock types etc. is observed.
• Check all the shear zones.
• Check all the fractures and lineaments marked seeing the image and drainage
alignment.
• Check the lineaments that are forming parallel sets with evidences.
• Check the lineaments having definite evidences shown as confirmed with solid
lines and the remaining ones i.e. inferred with dashed lines.
nrsa
182

• Check the major lineaments (>3 km) are marked with thick line and the minor
ones (<3 km) with thin lines.
• Check the bedding
• Check the scihistosity / foliation
• Check the folding pattern
• Check circular features if any
• Check the trend line / escarpment / ridge crest / ridge serrated / hogback/cuesta
STEP-5 (Checking of Lithgeom Layer)

Display the combined lithology, geomorphology layer on the image and check the
following:
Check all the hydrogeomorphic units mapped provided with alphanumeric
annotation.
Common boundary of lithology and geomorphology should be checked properly,
and also the lithological boundaries ending with major faults.
After verifying the lithgeom overlay, display the structural overlay to observe the
following.
Inter-relationship with hydrogeomorphic units
Classification of the faults, fractures and shear zones should be checked based
on their image characters and geological evidences.
STEP-6 (Checking of Hydrology Layer)

The features required other than drainage network (as the checking of drainage network
completed in the beginning) are discussed hereunder:
• Canal / tank commands
• Ground water irrigated areas
• Rain gauge stations indicating average annual rainfall. In case of absence of
rain guage station in a toposheet, average annual rainfall in mm has to be given
QUALITY EVALUATION
in the legend. Source of rainfall data should be either IMD or District Gazetteer.
MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
After checking all the layers field planning and its traverses to be checked.
STEP-7 (Checking of Field Traverses)

Check the field traverses by displaying lithgeom, structural & hydrology layers over
Base map overlay, observe the following points and made the suggestions.
• The hydrogeomorphic boundaries and the lineaments that need to be checked
in the field.
nrsa
183

• Road network, accessibility etc. on the toposheet, for the field check points and
their numbering on the toposheet.
• Explanation of the type of information to be collected in the field points and
noting of the same in the field proforma.
• Explain that the distribution of the wells throughout the map in all the units and
suggest that at least 90-100 wells in each toposheet.
• Advice that the collection of dug wells information is very important to know the
depth to water level conditions in that area. Later the detailed information on
bore well / tube wells (private & govt.) from the concerned beneficiaries.
7.2.2 Guidelines for Post field Quality Checking
After the field check and incorporation of the corrections, the internal quality team has
to check the following details.
• Check up field data. Delete unwanted, disputed and irrelevant information if any.
• The distribution of well inventory should be seen for the entire map sheet.
• Check that the necessary corrections to be effected in the individual overlays as
well as in the integrated overlay.
• Checking of colour coding for all the hydrogeomorphic units.
• The information required to be represented for each hydrogeomorphic unit in
the legend has to be discussed in detail.
• Check the attributes and other digital standards.
• All these corrections have to be recorded for each map separately.
When the map units are finalized tentatively along with the legend the ‘First External
Quality Evaluation’ has to be carried out for the individual layers and the integrated
layer in association with internal quality evaluation team including the digital data
standards. The following points have to be verified by the external quality team.
• Check up the Lithological map and other literatures consulted to understand the
overall set up of the terrain.
• Check up the field planning and field data formats for proper evaluation of the
prospects for all the hydrogeomorphic units.
• Check the Lithology, geomorphology, structure, hydrology and base layers and
the corresponding attribute tables. The corrections and modifications should be
recorded in the prescribed format.
nrsa
184

• Check all the 14 columns of legend information in attribute table of ‘lithgeom

layer’.
After checking the entire 5 thematic and integrated layer along with the legend, the
maps have to be checked with adjoining sheets of the other partner institutes for the
purpose of edge matching.
7.2.3 Edge Matching with Adjoining Sheets
Before the commencement of the external quality evaluation, the internal quality teams
of each partner institute should make an arrangement at one common place for carrying
out the edge matching activity.
The partner institutes should bring the integrated layer, individual layers, geological
maps and other literatures consulted.
Display the lithgeom layer and complete edge match, so that the Lithological and
geomorphologic boundaries will be finalized. The numerical code used for
Lithology and alpha code used for geomorphology should be checked properly.
Display the structural overlay over the lithgeom layer and carryout edge matching.
Keeping the lithgeom & structural overlay as background, overlay hydrology layer
and correct the edges.
Modify the edges of base map overlay by keeping lithgeom, structural & hydrology
overlay as background.
Check up the well data information thoroughly, before finalizing hydrogeomorphic
unit prospects along the edges. Discrepancies if any, in the well data has to be
finalized by discussion.
Lastly, legend should be verified and corrections/modifications should be carried
out accordingly.
7.2.4 Guidelines for Quality Checking of the Map Compositions

QUALITY EVALUATION
After completing the post-field quality checking along with the edge matching the map
MECHANISM
CHAPTER - 7
compositions of individual and integrated layers have to be checked by the internal

quality team.
Display the integrated layer i.e. final ground water prospects map and check up the
following:
Check up the colour and hatching pattern of the each hydrogeomorphic unit in
the legend and map.
Check up the number of wells represented in the legend as well as in the map.
nrsa
185

Check up the well data prospects within each hydrogeomorphic unit. Modify the
units accordingly.
Check up the entire layout of the map composition.
Display the map compositions of Lithology, geomorphology, structure, and hydrology

and base maps and check up the following.
Numeric codes in Lithology layer and the legend.
Alpha codes in geomorphology layer and the legend.
Check up the structural layer and legend.
Check up the hydrology layer and legend
Check up the base map layer and legend.
7.2.5 Quality of Digital Data
For checking the digital data standards a separate software tool is prepared by NRSA
and this will be made available with all the partner institutes. Once the corrections are
over the digital data has to be checked by running through the CD checking software
tool. Based on the report generated by the software, the corrections if any have to be
carried out.
Once all the map compositions are checked by the internal quality team, the second
External Quality Evaluation will be carried out on draft final map compositions.
Check all the map compositions integrated and individual thematic layers.
Check the digital data.
The corrections suggested should be recorded by the quality team and a copy of the
same should be forwarded to NRSA to ensure the incorporations of the corrections.
It is the responsibility of internal quality evaluation team, to incorporate the corrections

suggested by the external quality team in final map compositions and to bring out the
final map without any errors.
A detailed document specifying “Quality Assurance and Quality Control

parameters of RGNDWM output products” is planned to be generated for the
benefit of Internal and External Quality Teams.
nrsa
186

ANNEXURES
nrsa
187
04_Annexures_1.pmd 187 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

nrsa
188
04_Annexures_1.pmd 188 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Procedure for on- screen mapping
Option – 1: Using Arc Info
Before initiating the process, create a working folder (Directory). Keep input image file.
In ArcInfo, select the working folder:
Arc: w <folder path> D:\Tutorial

Ex: w D:\Tutorial
Since there is no workspace defined, “New location is not a workspace” message would
be displayed.
Create a workspace and move to the workspace, by typing:

Arc: cw new
Arc: w new
Since it is a new workspace, there will not be any coverage, which you can check by
typing Arc: lc new
ANNEXURES
nrsa
189
04_Annexures_1.pmd 189 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Now open Arctools by typing Arc: Arctools edit
The following tools and screens would be shown:
In the Edit tools, select New Coverage and give a new coverage name, select the
features and define the tics by clicking the enter tics command button.
nrsa
190
04_Annexures_1.pmd 190 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

After entering the tics, following screen would be shown:
Now, define the datum and projection for the coverage. Initially, define the projection as
Geographic and Datum as WGS 84 and later, reproject to LCC / TM projection. Keep
the required parameters readily.
Click the Tools from Edit Tools menu, click
Command Tools -> Coordinates -> Define Projection
Give the input parameters for defining the projection as stated.
Then under the same menu, click Reproject coverage and give the parameters.
ANNEXURES
nrsa
191
04_Annexures_1.pmd 191 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Define the projection:
Give the parameters for defining the projection:
nrsa
192
04_Annexures_1.pmd 192 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

After defining the projection, reproject to the required projection, (in this example, LCC
was choosen) and the parameters are fed. New coverage name for the projected file
also need to be given.
Projection parameters window:
Once the reprojection is done, open the new coverage from Edit Tools -> File Menu.
Now, the new coverage with required spatial reference is ready for editing.
Now, Keep the input image in the background and start digitizing.
To load the image in the background, in the Edit Tools click Display and then choose
Back env Image. Now image environment window will be opened. Enter image file in
the Add Image and Click Draw check box button. Now, the image will be opened in the
background.
The above procedures are shown in the following screens:

ANNEXURES
nrsa
193
04_Annexures_1.pmd 193 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Image Environment Window:
nrsa
194
04_Annexures_1.pmd 194 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Once you select the image and draw, it will be shown in the background.
Now, we are ready for Digitizing. We need to define the edit environment. Under Edit
Tools, click Edit and click change edit feature. The following window will be shown:
Select the coverage. As we have not created any Arc, click create new feature and
select arc feature:
ANNEXURES
nrsa
195
04_Annexures_1.pmd 195 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Now the new tool bar Edit Arcs & Nodes will be shown. Tool bar shown for editing, is
based on the feature what we are going to edit. Since, we are going to edit arcs, Edit
Arcs window is shown. It has got various tools for Adding a node, deleting, copy, etc.
You may like to explore all the tools
In Arc Info, to start editing, click the mouse in the ArcEdit window. To start digitizing
click 2, and then continue digitizing with mouse click, once completed again click 2. To
come out of ArcEdit window, click 9.
You can use Ctrl+E for zoom In, Ctrl+O for Zoom out and Ctrl+F for full extent while
digitizing.
Once all polygons are digitized or in between the digitizing operation, you may remove
the image, by performing the following operations:
Edit Tools -> Display -> Back env. Image -> Delete the image -> Click Draw.
It is shown in the following diagram.
nrsa
196
04_Annexures_1.pmd 196 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Now the coverage is ready. Once the coverage is ready, you check for the errors in
Env.. General
the drawn features by following the sequence Edit -> Display -> Draw Env
as shown in the following picture:
ANNEXURES
nrsa
197
04_Annexures_1.pmd 197 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

General Drawing Environment window will open: Select the features, drawing option
and apply:
Now, all the errors as per the selected drawing options will be shown. Edit all these
errors by following the same procedure while creating the coverage. Once all the errors
are eliminated, save the file.
In a similar way, create the labels also. To do this, we need to change the edit environment.
Follow the procedures, what we adopted while creating arcs.
i.e. Edit Tools - > Edit -> change edit feature -> select the coverage -> click create new
feature and select label feature and then add labels.
nrsa
198
04_Annexures_1.pmd 198 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Once labels are added, add the attributes as given in .pat table of the manual.
First, you need to define the structure using the Table Manager and then edit the attributes
using Table Editor in the Edit features tools.
In the Table Manager, define the structure
Add the attribute values, using Table Editor.
ANNEXURES
nrsa
199
04_Annexures_1.pmd 199 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

You can check for the table list, table items, etc. in the table editor tool box.
Once the attributes are added, Save the file and quit ArcTools.
Now, we have one coverage, free from all errors and with attribute values.
In the Arc command prompt, you can build this arc into lines and then to polygons.
Syntax : Build <coverage name> line Ex: Build geompp lines

Syntax : Build <coverage name> poly Ex: Build geompp poly
Now the polygon coverage is ready.
To add the geom.lut values to the geom.pat, first you need to create .lut file.
You can create a .dbf file in FoxPro / Access / Excel (Saved as .dbf) by following the
structure for .lut table as given in the manual.
Then by using the following command, you can convert the .dbf file into .lut file.
Arc: dbaseinfo <input .dbf file> <output .lut file>

Ex : dbaseinfo geom.dbf geom.lut
Then by using the following command, you can join .pat and lut files.
Arc: joinitem <input file> <join file> <output file> <relate item>
Ex: joinitem geom.pat geom.lut geom.pat geomcode
To join two tables, there should be a common field and they should be of same data
type. Hence, care should be taken while designing both .pat and .dbf tables.
All the table structures are given in the manual under respective category.
In a similar way, all other coverages can be created.
nrsa
200
04_Annexures_1.pmd 200 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Option – 2: Using ERDAS Imagine
Before starting the procedure, make the following things are available.
1) ERDAS Imagine Software

2) Satellite imagery (TIF File – Geo-Tif file with projection information)
I. Start the ERDAS Imagine from Program Menu and Fig. 1 displays the layout of ERDAS
IMAGINE.
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
II. Click the Viewer Icon in the ERDAS IMAGINE Icon panel
The viewer Displayed Fig. 2 (Viewer # 1)
ANNEXURES
nrsa
201
04_Annexures_1.pmd 201 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

III. Open the Satellite image in Viewer
Click the File Menu of Viewer & select Open and click the Raster Layer……
Change the Files of Type area to TIFF & select the location from where the satellite
image (Tif File) has to be added and finally click OK button of the Select Layer To
Add: window.
nrsa
202
04_Annexures_1.pmd 202 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Window
Right click the image and click Fit Image To W indow. Now complete Image is
loaded.
Click the Maximize button of the Viewer window & fit image to window.
IV. Creating a Vector Layer
Click the File menu and select New and click Vector Layer……
ANNEXURES
nrsa
203
04_Annexures_1.pmd 203 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

In the Create a New Vector Layer window, select the folder where the vector layer
has to be saved and give name for the layer in the File name (Eg: Here the file name
given is geom.)
Finally click OK. In the New Arc Coverage Layer Option window select the Single
Precision and click OK. Now the vector layer (eg. geom.) has been created.
The vector layer (geom) is opened over the

satellite imagery. Associate with that Tool set
Vector is also available.
The vector tool set is for drawing in vector

layers. It contains tools for drawing line,
polygons & points and corresponding editing/
modification tools also.
Drawing Line feature
Drawing Polygon Feature
Drawing Point Feature
nrsa
204
04_Annexures_1.pmd 204 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Using the Vector tools draw the boundary of different features. A sample Layer is
showing below.
V. Adding Attribute Table to the Layer
ANNEXURES
nrsa
205
04_Annexures_1.pmd 205 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Click the Vector menu & select the Attributes……
The Attribute window will open.
Click the Edit menu of attribute table and select Create Attributes.
nrsa
206
04_Annexures_1.pmd 206 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Create the Column attributes as given in the manual. Max width, Decimal places and
Display width for all fields are described in the manual.
ANNEXURES
nrsa
207
04_Annexures_1.pmd 207 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Enter the attribute values for all features. Refer to the manual for all codes. In a Similar
way fill the attributes for other features also.
nrsa
208
04_Annexures_1.pmd 208 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Annexure-II
Symbols for Representing Base Map Information
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
NH - 7
NATIONAL HIGHWAY
SH - 9
STATE HIGHWAY
METALLED ROAD
OTHER ROAD
RAILWAY
CITY / VILLAGE
HABITATIONS: NOT-COVERED (NC)/

PARTIALY COVERED (PC)
BOUNDARY :
STATE
DISTRICT
......................................... TALUQ / BLOCK
Annexure-IV A
Symbols used for representing recharge structures
RECHARGE STRUCTURES SUGGESTED
PERCOLATION TANK CHECK DAM

DESILTING OF TANK RECHARGE PIT
SUBSURFACE DYKE RECHARGE SHAFT .

SOIL CONSERVATION STORAGE TANK
MEASURES
ANNEXURES
nrsa
209
04_Annexures_1.pmd 209 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Annexure-III
Symbols used for representing the structural information
SCHISTOSITY/
DIPS BEDDING
FOLIATION
o
GENTLE (< 10 )
o o
MODERATE (10 - 45 )
o o
STEEP (45 - 80 )
SUB-VERTICAL
o
TO VERTICAL ( > 80 )
SYNCLINE / SYNFORM
TREND LINE
ESCARPMENT
LITHOLOGIC / GEOMORPHIC UNIT

BOUNDARY
MINOR MAJOR
FAULT F F F F
THRUST T T T T
SHEAR ZONE S S S S
(Iinferred)
DYKE (Confirmed / Inferred) D D D D
QUARTZ REEF (Confirmed / Inferred) Q Q Q Q
PEGMATITE (Confirmed / Inferred) P P P P
(Lithologic contacts are inferred at places & Geomorphic boundaries

are gradational)
nrsa
210
04_Annexures_1.pmd 210 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

Annexure-IV
Symbols used for representing the hydrological information
DESCRIPTION SYMBOL
CANAL/TANK IRRIGATED AREA
GROUND WATER IRRIGATED AREA
RAIN GUAGE STATION 800
RIVER / STREAM
WATER BODY / SPRING
CANAL
IN LPM TUBE WELL IN m 3/ day RING WELL
15/70 8/15
> 800 LPM > 400 m 3/ day
200-400 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
400-800 LPM
100-200 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
200-400 LPM
15/70 3 8/15
100-200 LPM 50-100 m / day
15/70 3 8/15
50-100 LPM 25-50 m / day
15-25 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
10-50 LPM
15/70
<5 m 3/ day
8/15
<10 LPM
Colour inside well symbol indicates yield range. The figures on the top right hand side
of well indicate the depth to water level and total depth of well in meters.
DUG-CUM-BORE WELL HAND PUMP WELL
ARTESIAN WELL OBSERVATION WELL

OF G.W DEPT. / C.G.W.B
Incase of Hillyterrain the the yield range of 10-50 LPM of the wells is
further classified into the following three sub divisions.
15-25 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
30-50 LPM
10-15 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
20-30 LPM
ANNEXURES
5-10 m 3/ day
15/70 8/15
10-20 LPM
nrsa
211
04_Annexures_1.pmd 211 4/1/2008, 4:25 PM

05_Annexures_2Tables.pmd
Annexure-VA
Description of rock types / Litho units and their aquifer characteristics
nrsa

Code Rock group / Description Aquifer characteristics
Lithologic unit
1 UnconsolidatedSediments Quaternary sediments associated with Aquifer characteristics depend on the ratio of
212
granular to non-granular sediments. Suitable for

alluvial, deltaic, coastal, eolian, flood plains,
valley fills, etc. Based on their composition,shallow tube / filter point / ring wells depending on
7 litho-units are identified in this group as the thickness of sediments and recharge
shown below - conditions.
1.1 Alluvium – sand / gravel Granular sediments comprising sand, gravel, Very good aquifers with high porosity and
dominant pebbles & cobbles. permeability.
1.2 Alluvium – clay dominant Mainly non-granular sediments comprising Aquicludes with limited permeability; form confining
clay and silt. beds for underlying aquifers.
212
1.3 Alluvium–sand/ silt &clay Alternating sequence of granular and non- Granular sediments form semi-confined to confined
alternate beds granular sediments interbedded. aquifers with moderate to good permeability. The
non-granular sediments form confining beds.
1.4 Colluvium – clay / silt Mainly clay / silt comprising assorted mixture Aquifers with moderate to good permeability.
dominant of cobbles and pebbles.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
1.5 Colluvium – pebble / cobble Assorted mixture of cobble and pebbles Aquifers with limited to moderate permeability.
dominant comprising limited clay / non-granular
1.6 Eolian sand / silt material. Very good aquifer subject to recharge.
Well sorted sand and silt deposited due to
1.7 Loess wind action. Moderate aquifers subject to recharge. Dust
Wind blown dust accumulated in the desert particles clog the slotted pipes and submersible
regions often reworked by streams / rivers. pumps.

Lithologic unit
2 Residual cappings Duricrusts associated with remnants of Low transmissivities; suitable for large diameter dug
planar surfaces. Occur as plateaus, wells; bore wells suitable only along fractures.
213
mesas, buttes, etc. 5 litho-units are Prospects depend upon geomorphic position &
identified in this group as shown below - recharge.
2.1 Laterite (Ferricrete) Hard and pisolitic oxidised crust at surface Form aquitards with low transmissivities; suitable
underlain by soft lithomargic clays formed for large diameter dug wells; bore wells suitable
by deep chemical weathering and only along fractures.
enrichment of iron oxides by leaching.
2.2 Bauxite (Alecrete) Same as above, but formed due to ——do——
enrichment of aluminium oxide.
2.3 Kankar (Calcrete) Produced by the formation of calcium ——do——
213
carbonate nodules.
2.4 Chert (Silcrete) Cryptocrystalline silica; occur as bands or ——do——
layers of nodules.
2.5 Detrital Laterite Formed by deposition of laterite / Aquifers with moderate transmissivities; suitable
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
ferrugenous detritus as valley fills. for shallow bores and small diameter dug wells.

nrsa
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Lithologic unit
3 Deccan Traps & Upper Cretaceous to Palaeocene volcanic Aquifer characteristics vary greatly depending upon
flows like Deccan basalts and their the type of volcanic flow. Suitable for dug wells,
214
equivalents. Based on their aquifer bore / tube wells.

characteristics, 7 litho-units are identified in
this group as shown below –
3.1 Intertrappeans Thin beds of semi-consolidated sediments Sand beds form good aquifers with high porosity
Inter- / Infra-trappeanSand occurring between different lava flows and and permeability. Clay beds form aquicludes.
/ Clay Bed also at the base of the Deccan traps.
3.2 Tuffacious Basalt Soft, friable and porous basalt formed mainly Forms good aquifer with moderate porosity and
by volcanic tuff. permeability.
3.3 Vesicular Basalt Hard and vesicular basalt with limited Moderate to good aquifers suitable for bore & dug
214
porosity. wells.
3.4 Amygdaloidal Basalt Limited to moderate aquifers suitable for bore / dug
Vesicular basalt filled with amygdales. wells.
3.5 Massive Basalt Forms aquifuge unless faulted, fractured or
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
Hard and massive basalt. Fracturing and weathered.

weathering lead to the development of
3.6 Columnar Basalt secondary porosity and permeability. Limited to moderate aquifers suitable for bore/dug
Basalt occurring as columnar blocks due to wells.
3.7 Red / Green Bole close spaced hexagonal joints. Aquicludes; act as confining beds for underlying
Red / Green clay beds of 0.5 - 5 m thickness aquifers. Create problems during drilling.
occur between different lava flows.

Lithologic unit
4 Older volcanics / Volcanic / metavolcanic / metasedimentary Act as aquifuge, unless highly weathered and
metavolcanics / and other rocks of different composition of fractured.
215
metasediments & others Precambrian age.

4.1 Basalt / Meta Basalt Hard and massive basalt with or without ——do—-
metamorphism.
4.2 Rhyolite / Meta Rhyolite Hard and massive rhyolites with or without ——do——
metamorphism.
4.3 Dacite / Meta Dacite Hard and massive dacites with or without ——do——
metamorphism.
4.4 Andesite / Meta Andesite Hard and massive andesites with or without ——do——
metamorphism.
215
4.5 Meta Gabbro Metamorphosed gabbroes not converted into ——do——

schist or gneiss.
4.6 Metabasics Unclassified basic rock suite slightly ——do——
metamorphosed but not converted into schist
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
or gneiss.

nrsa
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Lithologic unit
5 Semi-consolidated Upper Carboniferrous to Pliocene sediments Highly productive aquifers suitable for heavy
sediments comprising of Gondwanas, Rajamundry duty moderate to deep tube wells. Aquifer
216
Sandstone, Nari, Gaj series, Cretaceous beds characteristics depend on the sand-shale ratio
of Trichy etc, which are partially consolidated, and recharge conditions. Form very good
soft and friable having significant intergranular confined aquifers with artesian condition at
pore spaces. Based on their composition places.
following 7 litho-units are identified-
5.1 Sandstone / pebble bed / Comprising of dominantly granular sediments Very good aquifers with high porosity and
conglomerate with insignificant shale/clay content. permeability.
5.2 Shaly sandstone Comprising of dominantly granular sediments Good aquifers with high porosity and
with significant shale/clay content. moderate permeability.
216
5.3 Sandstone with shale / coal Dominantly granular sediments, interbedded Very good aquifers. Shale/clay/coal layers
bands with shale, clay or coal partings. form confining beds.
5.4 Sandy shale Comprising of dominantly non-granular Aquitards with high porosity and lower
sediments with significant sand content. permeability.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
5.5 Shale with sandstone / Mainly shale/clay, coal, lignite formations with Sandstones form good confined aquifers
limestone bands thin sandstone partings. subject to sufficient thickness and favourable
recharge conditions.
5.6 Shale / coal / lignite Comprising of dominantly non-granular Aquicludes with limited permeability.
sediments with insignificant sand content.
5.7 Limestone / shell limestone Friable limestone or limestone formed by shell Very good aquifers with high porosity and
fragments and oolites. permeability.
5.8 Limestone&shale mixed Mixed sequence of limestone and shale Moderate to good aquifers depending on the
sequence having primary porosity and permeability. porosity.

Lithologic unit
6 Consolidated sediments Precambrian to Cambrian sedimentaries of Aquifer characteristics depend mainly on the
Cuddapah, Delhi, Vindhyan Groups & bedding planes and secondary porosity
217
equivalents, comprising of consolidated developed by fractures, joints, foliation,

sediments without any intergranular pore spaces schistosity, cleavage planes etc besides
(except bedding planes). Based on their aquifer weathering. The porosity and permeability
charastristics following 8 lithounits are identified- vary widely depending upon the rock type.
6.1 Thin bedded / flaggy Thin bedded/ flaggy sandstone / quartzite with Aquifers with limited to moderate porosity and
sandstone/ quartzite a no. of well defined bedding planes. permeability due to thin bedded nature.
6.2 Thick bedded / massive Hard and massive sandstone / quartzite, with Aquifuge; fractured or weathered sandstone
sandstone / quartzite very few bedding planes and no intergranular / quartzite form good aquifers.
217
pore spaces.
6.3 Thin bedded limestone/ Thin bedded, flaggy limestone / dolomite with a Aquifers with limited to moderate porosity and
dolomite no. of well defined bedding planes. permeability due to thin bedded nature.
6.4 Thick bedded / massive Hard and massive limestone / dolomite with very Aquifuge; fractured, weathered or cavernous.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
limestone / dolomite few bedding planes. limestones / dolomites form good aquifers.
Shaly limestone ominantly limestone with significant shale Aquitards with limited porosity and

content as impurity or with shale intercalations. permeability imparted by bedding planes.
6.6 Shale-limestone/ sandstone Mainly shale sequence with bands and lenses Aquiclude with good porosity and limited
bands/lenses of limestone / sandstone. permeability along bedding planes.
6.7 Shale Hard and compact shale / claystone. Aquitard; very low permeability.
6.8 Conglomerate Hard & conglom Conglomerate without Aquifuge;fractured or weathered conglome-
nrsa
significant intergranular pore space spaces. rate develops limited porosity/ permeability.
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Lithologic unit
7 Massive igneous rocks Include a variety of hard and massive igneous Act as aquifuge; ground water prospects
rocks with no primary porosity. depend on weathering and fracturing in these
218
rocks.
7.1 Granitoid rocks / acidic Massive igneous rocks of granitic / acidic ——do——
rocks composition. Actual name of the rock type to be
mentioned in the map legend on case to case
basis.
7.2 Alkaline rocks Massive igneious rocks of alkaline composition. ——do——
Actual name of the rock type to be mentioned in
the map legend on case to case basis.
7.3 Basic Rocks Massive igneous rocks of basic composition. ——do——
218
Actual name of the rock type to be mentioned in

7.4 Ultrabasic / ultramafic Massive igneous rocks of ultrabasic composition. ——do——
rocks Actual name of the rock type to be mentioned in
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM

7.5 Others Massive igneous rocks other than 71-74 referred ——do——
above.

Lithologic unit
8 Gneiss- granitoid Complex rock suites like Peninsular gneissic Granites / migmatites act as aquifuge;
Complex / Charnockite – complex Bundelkhand gneissic complex, Gneisses weather faster than granites and
219
Khondalite complex / charnockite – khondalite complex and migmatite form aquifers. Ground water prospects
Migmatite complexes. depend on the depth of weathering, intensity
of fracturing and recharge.
8.1 Gneiss–granitoid Gneisses and granites occurring together which Granite forms aquifuge and gneiss forms
complex can not be separately mapped. aquifer depending on extent of weathering,
fracturing and recharge.
8.2 Mainly comprising of gneisses with granitic Gneisses form aquifer depending on extent
Granitic Gneiss lenses. of weathering and fracturing, and recharge.
8.3 Hard and massive migmatites. Act as aquifuge unless fractured.
219
8.4 Migmatite complex Hard and massive migmatites with lenses of ——do——
Migmatite with Granite granite.
Lenses
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM

nrsa
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Lithologic unit
9 Metamorphics Include a variety of metamorphosed igneous, Ground water prospects depend on secondary
sedimentary and volcanic rocks. porosity developed due to cleavage,
220
schistosity, foliation, fracturing, faulting,

weathering and recharge conditions.
9.1 Gneiss Gneisses of different mineral composition with Gneisses form moderately productive aquifers
crude to well developed foliations. depending on extent of weathering, fracturing
and recharge.
9.2 Schist Crudely foliated schists of different composition. Aquitards with limited transmissivities;
fracturing and weathering improve the ground
water prospects to a limited extent.
9.3 Phyllite Crudely foliated phyllites. ——do——
220
9.4 Slate Slates with well developed slaty cleavage. Aquitards with limited transmissivities;
fracturing and weathering improve the ground
water prospects to a limited extent.
9.5 Quartzite Hard and brittle quartzites. Generally, act as barriers for movement of
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
ground water unless fractured.

9.6 Calc-gneiss / calc-schist Calcareous gneisses / schists with crude to well- ——do——
developed foliations.
9.7 Crystalline limestone Hard and brittle limestone / marble. Generally, acts as barriers for movement of
ground water unless fractured.
Annexure-VB
Description of Geomorphic units / Landforms and their influence on ground water regime
Geomorphic unit / Description Influence on ground water regime
Landform
Hill ranges / Composite Hills A group of hills occupying large area having Mainly act as run-off zone. Large hills contribute
(HR/CH) minimum extent of 10 KM in all directions. significant recharge to the narrow valleys and
221
other favourable zones within the hills and to the

adjoining plains.
Structural Hills (SH) Linear to arcuate hills showing definite structural — do —
trends.
Residual Hills (RH) A group of hills occupying comparatively smaller Limited prospects along valleys and limited
area than composite hills ranging from 2x2 to 10x10 recharge potential to the surrounding plains.
sq.km.
Inselberg (I) An isolated outcrop abruptly rising from the ground. Mainly act as run-off zone.
Plateaus (PL) Elevated flat uplands occupying large area (> 5 km Ground water regime on the plateaus depends
221
x 5km) and bound by escarpments / steep slopes on their geomorphic position, areal extent,
on all sides. Based on the geomorphic position, dissection pattern and recharge conditions,
they are classified into 3 categories–1) Upper, 2) besides underlying lithology, fractures and depth
Middle and 3) Lower. Further, based on dissection, of weathering.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
these Upper, Middle and Lower Plateaus have been

further classified into undissected, moderately

dissected and highly dissected categories.
– Undissected A plateau (upper / middle / lower) which is fully Better prospects in the central part. Recharge
preserved in its original form and has not been depends on its relative elevation compared to the
dissected. surrounding landforms.
– Moderately Dissected A plateau (upper / middle / lower) dissected by deep Shallow aquifers partially drain out into the deep
valleys/ gullies changing the original form valleys formed by dissection.
nrsa
considerably.
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Landform
– Highly Dissected A plateau (upper / middle / lower) more frequently Shallow aquifers fully drain out into deep valleys
dissected by deep valleys separating into individual formed by dissection.
222
mesas / buttes.
Valleys Low lying depressions and negative landforms of Favourable zones for ground water accumulation.
varying size and shape occurring within the hills Act as discharge zones at places with springs &
associated with stream / nala courses. seepages.
Fracture / Fault Line (FV) Very good recharge from surrounding hills, subject
Narrow linear valleys formed along fractures / faults.
to good rainfall. Ground water prospects depend
on the depth persistence and nature of fracture /
fault.
Small valleys occurring within the hill ranges / Very good recharge from surrounding hills, subject
222
Intermontane Valley (IV)

composite hills and residual hills. to good rainfall. Ground water prospects depend
on the underlying rock types, structures, thickness
of valley fill and its composition.
Linear / Curvilinear A narrow linear / curvilinear resistant ridge formed Forms divide for both surface & ground water
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
Ridge(LR / CR by dolerite dyke, quartz reef, quartzite bed, etc. unless cut across by faults / fractures.
Cuesta (C) An isolated hill formed by gently dipping (5-15o) Form run-off zones without any significant
sedimentary beds with escarpment / steep steep recharge potential and prospects.
slope one side & gentle dip slope on other side.
Mesa (M) Flat-topped hills having width 2 km to 250 m. Form run-off zones without any significant
recharge potential and prospects.
Butte (B) Flat-topped hills having width < 250 m ——do—
Inselberg (I) An Isolated hill of massive type abruptly rising Act as run-off zone.
above surrounding plains.

Landform
Pediment (PD) Gently undulating plain dotted with rock outcrops Forms run-off and recharge zone with limited
with or without thin veneer of soil cover. prospects along favourable locales.
223
Buried Pediment (BPD) Same as above, but buried under unconsolidated Limited-moderate recharge zone depending on
sediments. the thickness of buried column.
Dissected pediment (DPD) Same as pediment, but dissected. Shallow aquifers drain out due to dissection.
Pediment-Inselberg Pediment dotted with a number of inselbergs Inselbergs form run-off zones. Pediment
Complex(PIC) which cannot be separated and mapped as contributes for limited to moderate recharge.
individual units.
Piedmont Slope (PS) Slope formed by bajada and pediment together. Forms run-off and recharge zone.
Piedmont Alluvium – Alluvium deposited along foot hill zone due to Alluvium forms good shallow aquifer depending
Shallow (PAS) – Moderate sudden loss of gradient by rivers/streams in humid on its thickness, composition and recharge
223
(PAM) – Deep (PAD) and sub-humid climate. Based on thickness, it is conditions.

divided into 3 categories – 1) Shallow (0-10 m),
2) Moderate (10-20 m), and 3) Deep (more than
20 m).
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
Bajada (BJ)-Shallow (BJS) Detrital alluvial out-wash of varying grain size Forms highly productive shallow aquifers subject
– Moderate(BJM) – Deep deposited along the foot hill zone in arid and semi- to the thickness of deposited material and

(BJD) arid climate. Based on the thickness, it is divided recharge conditions.
into 3 categories – 1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2)
Moderate (10-20 m) and 3) Deep (> 20 m).
Linear / Curvilinear Ridge Same as earlier Same as earlier
(LR/CR)
Cuesta (C) ——do—— ——do——
nrsa
Mesa (M) ——do—— ——do——
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Landform
Butte (B) ——do—— ——do——
Inselberg (I) ——do—— ——do——
224
Alluvial Fan (AF) A fan shaped mass of sediment deposited at a Form productive aquifers subject to thickness of
point along a river where there is a decrease in sediment and recharge.
gradient.
Talus Cone (TC) A cone shaped deposit of coarse debris at the foot Form productive aquifers in the lower reaches
of hills / cliffs adopting the angle of repose. subject to thickness of sediment and recharge.
Pediplain-Weathered Gently undulating plain of large areal extent often Pediplains occupied by semi-consolidated
(PP) dotted with inselbergs formed by the coalescence sediments form good aquifers depending on their
– Shallow (PPS) of several pediments. Based on the depth of composition. In hard rocks, they form very good
– Moderate (PPM) weathering, weathered pediplains are classified recharge and storage zones depending upon the
224
– Deep (PPD) into 3 categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) Moderate thickness of weathering / accumulated material,
(10-20 m), and 3) Deep (more than 20 m). its composition and recharge conditions. Faults /
fracture zones passing through pediplains act as
conduits for movement and occurrence of ground
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
water.
Pediplain-Buried (BP) Same as above, but buried under transported ——do——
– Shallow (BPS) material. Based on the total thickness of
– Moderate (BPM) transported material and depth of weathering,
– Deep (BPD) buried pediplains are classified into 3 categories -
1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) Moderate (10-20 m), and
3) Deep (more than 20 m).

Landform
Stripped Plain (SP) Gently undulating plain formed by partial stripping The ground water prospects depend on the
– Shallow Basement(SPS) (erosion) of older pediplains. The presence of rock depth to basement, faults / fractures passing
225
– Mod. Basement(SPM) outcrops along valleys and deeply weathered zones through the hard rocks and recharge.
– Deep Basement(SPD) along inter-stream divides indicate the stripped plains.
Based on depth to basement, it is classified into 3
categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) Moderate (10-20
m), and 3) Deep (more than 20 m).
Linear/ Same as earlier Same as earlier
CurvilinearRidge(LR / CR)
Cuesta(C) ——do—— ——do——
Mesa(M) ——do—— ——do——
225
Butte (B) ——do—— ——do——

Inselberg (I) ——do—— ——do——
Valley Fill (VF) Valleys of different shapes and sizes occupied by valley Form moderately productive shallow aquifers,
– Shallow (VFS) fill material (partly detrital and partly weathered material). subject to thickness of valley fill material, its
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
– Moderate (FVM) They are classified into 3 categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 composition and recharge conditions.
– Deep (FVD) m), 2) Moderate (10-20 m), and 3) Deep (more than 20

m).
Fracture / Fault line Valley ———— ————
(FV) Valley (V)
Flood Plain (FP) Alluvium deposited along the river / stream courses due Flood plains receive good recharge and form
Shallow (FPS) to repeated flooding. Based on the thickness of alluvium, good shallow aquifers depending on the type
Moderate (FPM) it is classified into 3 categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) of sediments, their thickness and recharge
nrsa
Deep (FPD) Moderate (10-20 m) and (3) Deep (>20 m). conditions.
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Landform
Alluvial Plain (AP) Same as above Same as above. Younger refers to late cycle of
Shallow (APS) deposition and lower refers to lower elevation.
226
Moderate (APM) Based on the thickness of alluvium, it is classified

Deep (APD) into 3 categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2)
Moderate (10-20 m) and (3) Deep (>20 m).
Deltaic Plain (DP) Alluvial plain formed by the distributary network These deltaic plains receive very good recharge
Shallow (DPS) of the rivers / streams at their confluence with sea. due to repeated flooding and form shallow
Moderate (DPM) Based on the thickness of alluvium, it is classified aquifers. The aquifer conditions depend upon the
Deep (DPD) into 3 categories-1) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) Moderate nature of sediments and their thickness. Nearer
(10-20 m) and (3) Deep (>20 m). to the coast, they are underlain by marine
sediments containing brackish water.
226
Channel Bar (CB) Sand bar formed in the braided river course due Highly productive shallow aquifer with good
to vertical accrition of the sediments. recharge from the river flow.
Point Bar (PB) Sand bar formed at the convex side of meandering Form moderate to highly productive aquifers
river by lateral accrition of sediment. depending on their thickness and recharge.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
River Terrace (RT) Flat upland adjoining the river course, occurring Form good aquifer depending on the thickness of
at different levels and occupied by river-borne alluvium, composition and recharge.
alluvium. It indicates the former valley floor.
Natural Levee (NL) Natural embankment formed by deposition of Aquifer condition depends mainly on the grain size
alluvium on river bank due to flooding. of sediments and the recharge.
Back Swamp (BS) Depressions formed adjacent to natural levees in These swamps are temporarily occupied by water.
the flood plains of major streams/rivers. Occupied Form aquitards due to the dominance of clayey
by clay & silt with or without water. sediments.

Landform
Cut-off Meander (CM) Meander loop of a matured river, cut-off from the Highly productive shallow aquifers with good
main stream / river, filled with river-borne recharge from the river.
227
sediments.
Abandoned Channel An old river bed cut-off from the main stream, Highly productive shallow aquifers with good
(AC) occupied by channel- lag / channel-fill material. recharge from the river.
Ox-bow Lake A lunate shaped lake located in an abandoned Generally forms ground water discharge zone with
(OL) meandering channel. highly productive shallow aquifer.
An earlier river course filled with channel lag or Forms highly productive shallow aquifer subject to
Palaeochannel (PC) channel fills sediments, which is cut off from the the thickness of sediment, its composition and
main river. recharge.
——do——
227
Buried Channel (BC) Old river course filled with channel lag or channel
fill deposits, buried by recent alluvium / soil cover. Coastal plains are generally occupied by marine
Coastal Plain (CP) Nearly level plain formed by marine action along sediments containing brackish water. Fresh water
Shallow (CPS) the coast, mainly containing brackish water occurs as a thin layer floating over brackish water.
Moderate (CPM) sediments. Based on the thickness of alluvium, it is
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
Deep (CPD) classified into 3 categories - 1) Shallow (0-10 m) 2)

Moderate (10-20 m), (3) Deep (>20 m). Fresh water occurs as a thin layer over the

Beach Narrow stretch of unconsolidated sand/silt brackish water under favorable morphologic and
(B) deposited by tidal waves along the shore line. recharge conditions. Over-exploitation disturbs
sensitive balance between fresh and brackish
water resulting sea water intrusion.
Beach Ridge (BR) Linear ridge of unconsolidated sand/silt parallel to ——do——
shore line
nrsa
Beach Ridge & Swale A group of beach ridges and swales occurring Fresh water may occur as thin layer in the beach
Complex (BSC) together. ridges.
ANNEXURES
nrsa

Landform
Swale (SW) Linear depression occurring between two beach Generally, ground water is brackish.
ridges.
228
Offshore Bar (OB) Embankments of sand and gravel formed on the ——do——
sea floor by waves and currents, occurring parallel
to the coast line.
Spit (SP) Off-shore bar attached to the land at one end and ——do——
terminating in open water at the other.
Mud Flat (MF) Mud deposited in the back swamps and along tidal Form aquiclude due to high clay content.
creeks.
Salt Flat (SF) Flat lands along the coast comprising of salt Quality of ground water is saline/ brackish.
encrustations.
228
Tidal Flat (TF) Flat surface formed by tides comprising of mostly ——do——
mud and fine sand.
Lagoon (LG) An elongated body of water lying parallel to the ——do——
coast line and separated from the open sea by
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
barrier islands.
Channel Island (CI) An island formed in the braided river course. Good recharge from river, however, fresh water
occurs as thin layer.
Palaeochannel (PC) An earlier river course filled with channel lag or Forms productive shallow aquifer subject to the
channel fill sediments, which is cut off from the thickness of sediment, its composition and
main river. recharge.
Buried Channel (BC) Old river course filled with channel lag or channel ——do——
fill deposits, buried by recent alluvium / soil cover.

Landform
Eolian Plain (EP) A plain formed by deposition of wind blown sand dotted Eolian plains do not receive good recharge due
Shallow (EPS) with number of sand dunes. Based on thickness of to scanty rainfall. They form good shallow aquifers
229
Moderate (EPM) sand sheet and dissection, it is classified in to – 1) depending on their thickness and recharge
Deep (EPD) Shallow (0-10 m), 2) Moderate (10-20 m), and 3) Deep conditions.
(more than 20 m).
Sand Dune (SD) Heaps of sand of different shapes and sizes formed Not suitable for ground water development.
by wind action in the desertic terrain.
Stabilised Dune (STD) Same as above, but stabilised. ——do——
Dune Complex (DC) Group of sand dunes occuring together which can not Very Limited prospects in the interdunal
be mapped separately. depressions; quality is often brackish.
Interdunal Depression Depression occurring between sand dunes. Suitable for water harvesting structures.
229
(ID)
Interdunal Flat (IF) Flat land occurring between sand dunes. ——do——
Playa (PL) Dry lake in an interior desert basin. Better prospects, subject to recharge.
Desert pave (DPV) Flat or gently sloping surfaces, developed on fans, Better prospects subject to sufficient thickness of
bajadas and desert flats formed by concentration of pebbly zone and recharge.
4/1/2008, 4:26 PM
pebbles after removal of finer material by wind action.

Loess Plain (LS) Deposit of wind-blown silt. Forms moderate aquifer under favourable

recharge conditions.
Palaeochannel (PC) An earlier river course filled with channel lag or channel Forms highly productive shallow aquifer subject
fill sediments. to the thickness of sediment, its composition and
recharge.
Buried Channel (BC) Old river course filled with channel lag or channel fill ——do——
nrsa
deposits, buried by recent alluvium / soil cover.
ANNEXURES
Annexure-VI
Colour scheme for representing ground water prospects information
DEPTH RANGE OF WELLS

COLOUR YIELD RANGE OF
WELLS SHALLOW MODERATE DEEP
< 30 M 30-80 M > 80 M
> 800 LPM
400 – 800 LPM
200 – 400 LPM
100 – 200 LPM
50 – 100 LPM
10 – 50 LPM
Prospects limited to
valley portions only
(Hills & Plateaus)
Run off zones / Barriers D
(Linear ridges / Dykes ridges / Inselbergs

D
Incase of Hillyterrain the the yield range of 10-50 LPM is further classified into the following
three sub divisions.
30 – 50 LPM
20 – 30 LPM
10 – 20 LPM
nrsa
230
06_Annexures_3.pmd 230 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Annexure-VII
Map Composition Tutorial
For preparation of Ground Water Prospect Maps in Arc GIS Environment using Arc Map
the following items are required.
I. Ground Water Prospect Map Template

II. Symbol Libraries
III. Input Layers:
1. Admin
}
2. Canal
3. Drainl
4. Drainp
5. Geom
6. Irrg_area
7. Lithgeom
8. Litho The no. of layers may vary
9. Rail depends on the availability. (Some
10. Rain maps may not have all 18 layer).
11. Roads
12. Settlep
13. Spring
14. Stru 1
15. Stru 2
16. Wells
17. Wrdpl
18. Wrdpp
The Map composition methods are as follows.
Ground water prospect map template
Open ArcMap. In the Start using ArcMap with window select the A template
Radio Button and click OK button (Fig. 1).
From the New window click the folder icon and select the GROUNDWATER
PROSPECR MAP Template from the corresponding folder and click Open.
(Fig. 2 & Fig. 3)
ANNEXURES
nrsa
231
06_Annexures_3.pmd 231 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 1
Fig. 2
nrsa
232
06_Annexures_3.pmd 232 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 3
Fig. 4
ANNEXURES
nrsa
233
06_Annexures_3.pmd 233 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

The Groundwater Prospect Map Template is opened now (Fig. 4).
Adding Layers to the Template
Right click Map icon in the left Panel and click Add Data Button
(Fig. 5).
Select the folder containing the layers and add one by one. Here in
Fig. 5 showing adding lithgeom layer.
Fig. 5
After adding, Right click the lithgeom layer and select the Properties
from the drop down menu (Fig. 6).
Fig. 6
nrsa
234
06_Annexures_3.pmd 234 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

eIn the Layer Properties window select the Symbology Tab. Within the symbology
select the from the Categories heading (Fig. 7a).
From the Value Field drop down arrow select SYM-CODE (Attribute Field)
( Fig. 7a).
Click the Browse button and open the polygonsymbol file from the corresponding
symbol library. (lithgeom layer is a polygon layer, hence selecting polygon
symbol. If the layer is a point layer, then open markersymbol file and for line
feature open linesymbol file respectively ( Fig. 7c).
Fig. 7a
ANNEXURES
nrsa
235
06_Annexures_3.pmd 235 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 7b
Fig. 7c
nrsa
236
06_Annexures_3.pmd 236 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 7d
Click Match Symbols Button and remove the tick from <all other values>.
Finally click Apply and OK. In view if colours not coming then refresh the
map view.(Fig. 7d)
Fig. 7e
ANNEXURES
nrsa
237
06_Annexures_3.pmd 237 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Now the Map with lithgeom layer is ready. In the similar way add other layers
like stru, admin, drainp, drainl, roads, rail, settlep etc. and add the corresponding
Polygon symbol , Point symbol OR Line symbols to the layers Fig. 8
Now the Ground water Prospect Map is ready. Save the map by clicking File
menu and Save as button and give name GWP45N1 (GWP followed by
Toposheet name).
Fig. 8
Adding label to the map layers
Right click the settlep point Layer in the Left window and open Layer Properties
window (Fig. 9).
Give tick to the Label features in this layer button (Fig. 9).
Click the drop down button Text String (Label Field:) and select S-NAME field
(Fig. 9).
In the Text Symbol field change font size to 7 & Bold. Click Apply & OK (Fig. 9).
Similar way the Labels should be added for Lithgeom, Roads, Rail,Canals,
Rivers and Wells etc (Fig. 10).
nrsa
238
06_Annexures_3.pmd 238 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 9
Fig. 10
ANNEXURES
nrsa
239
06_Annexures_3.pmd 239 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Creating Legend For The Ground Water Prospect Map
Click the Insert button on the Top Menu Buttons of the Arc Map. (Fig. 11)
Fig. 11
In the Legend Wizard window select all the layers from Legend Items and click
the single greater than button and remove all the layers. Select lithgeom polygon
layer from Map Layers and click single less than button and add to the Legend
Items. Click Next Button. Don’t change any parameters and click Next buttons
until Finish button comes. Finally click Finish button. Now the Legend for lithgeom
portion is ready. (Fig. 12a, 12b, 12c).
Fig. 12a
nrsa
240
06_Annexures_3.pmd 240 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 12b
Fig. 12c
Select the Legend by clicking (see the colour border comes to the legend
portion).
Select Convert to Graphics button and click it (Fig. 13a).
Again select and right click and select Ungroup. Again select each box and do
Ungroup. Remove the text parts and make copy of the lithgeom symbol boxes
according to the Geo-Chronology classes and change box sizes accordingly
(Fig. 13b).
ANNEXURES
nrsa
241
06_Annexures_3.pmd 241 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 13a
Fig. 13b
Use these tools for Zooming, Panning and Full extent etc.
nrsa
242
06_Annexures_3.pmd 242 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Writing Legend
Drawing a Line for separating the Legend Rows.
Click the arrow close to the Rectangle Box at the bottom of the ArcMap Tools.
From different features shown in Fig. 14 select the line feature and draw line in
the legend part seperatingng each lithgeomm symbols. Copy and paste the
line and make similar lines in the legend as per requirement . (Fig. 15)
Select the tool from the tool box (New Text) for writing text part in the Legend
portion. Select font Arial and Font Size 7 Bold. Type the Legend according to
the Groundwater Prospect Conditions and Field data.
Fig. 14
Fig. 15
ANNEXURES
nrsa
243
06_Annexures_3.pmd 243 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 16a
Fig. 16b
Select the Map Sheet Index box and right click and Ungroup it. Double click the
Map sheet No and change it according to the Current map setting. Draw the
Administrative Index also. (Fig. 17)
Type the corresponding details in the Prepared By and Participating
Organizations columns in the Legend part. (Fig. 18)
Change the Map Sheet No ( Top Left of Map) and District Name ( Top Right of
Map) according to the current map. (Fig. 19)
Fig. 17
nrsa
244
06_Annexures_3.pmd 244 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Fig. 18
Fig. 19
ANNEXURES
nrsa
245
06_Annexures_3.pmd 245 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Annexure – VIII
Proforma for Collecting Lithological / Structural / Geomorphic /Hydrological Information
1. Location (Village / Block / Taluk / :

District / State)
2. Toposheet No. & Quadrant :
3. Latitude and Longitude :
4. Lithology / Rock Type :
5. Landform / Geomorphic Unit :
6. Depth of Weathering & Nature of :

Weathered Material
7. Thickness & Nature of Deposited :

Material
8. Structural Information :
9. Sub-surface Information :
10. Hydrological Information / :

Recharge Conditions
11. Any other Information :
Signature :
Name of Investigator :
Organization :
Place :
Date :
nrsa
246
06_Annexures_3.pmd 246 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Annexure – IX
Proforma for Collecting Well Inventory Data
Well Number :
Location (Village / Block / Taluk / :

District / State)
Toposheet No. & Quadrant :
Latitude and Longitude :
Owner (Govt. / Name of the Owner) :
Type of Well :
Depth of Well :
Depth of Water Table :

(in meters b.g.I)
Water Table Fluctuation :

(Pre- and post- monsoon)
Yield Range :
Utilisation (Drinking Irrigation/Industrial):
Water Drawn in m3 / day :

(for irrigation wells, area irrigated
should be indicated)
Rate of Recuperation (in hrs) :
Lithology / Rock Type :
Landform / Geomorphic Unit :
Depth of Weathering & Nature of :

Weathered Material
Thickness & Nature of Deposited :

Material
Sub-surface Strata :
Any other Information

Signature :
Name of Investigator :
Organization :
ANNEXURES
Place :
Date :
nrsa
247
06_Annexures_3.pmd 247 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

Annexure-XA
NNRMS Standards-Parameters and Values

for Thematic / GIS database and output for 1:50,000 scale
Image standards
Generic/Standard Resolution ??25m XS or better
IRS and Aerial Image Resolutions recommended for 23.5 m XS supported

NNRMS activities by 5.8 m Pan / XS
NSF State
Projection for image outputs LCC/TM
Datum for image products WGS 84
Image Frames (geometrically corrected; important 15’ X 15’
for seamlessness)
Image Position (Planimetric) 25
Accuracy (0.5 mm of scale) in m
Band-to-Band Registration for XS data (0.25 pixel) in m ~6
Thematic / Cartographic mapping standards
NSF State
Minimum Map Frame size for incorporation to NRR 15’ X 15’
Image Registration accuracy @ 0.5 pixel (RMS) 12m
Map Projection LCC/TM
Datum WGS 84
Position (Planimetric) Accuracy (1mm of scale) in m 50
Minimum Mappable Unit (MMU) (3 x 3 mm of scale) in sq m 22500
DEM Z-Spacing as 1mm of scale in m 50
DEM Z-Accuracy in m 10
Thematic Accuracy of Classification/Mapping 90/90
Map Formats • Digital GIS

compliantPaper
nrsa
248
06_Annexures_3.pmd 248 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

GIS database standards
Spatial Framework Seamless -National

Tie-Point Intervals for Spatial Framework 5’ X 5’ &
3’ 45" X 3’ 45"
Coordinate units for Precision Decimal-Seconds
Projection Geographic
Datum WGS 84
Coordinate Precision Single
Minimum Frame size for NRR 15’ X 15’

GIS DB Tic Registration Accuracy (0.25mm of scale) 12.5
(RMS) in m
Position (Planimetric) Accuracy (1mm of scale) in m 50
Coordinate Movement Tolerance (CMT) (0.125mm 6.25
of scale) in m*
Weed Tolerance (WT) (0.125mm of scale) in m* 6.25
Sliver Polygon Tolerance <22500
(SPT) (LESS-THAN MMU) in m*
Grid Size (for Image/Raster/DEM Layers)
(0.5mm of scale) in m 25
Output standards
Output Formats (Filter as defined by • Digital GIS compliant.
National map Policy) • Digital Web-compliant
• Paper
Output Framework • Admin Units:
State, District, Taluk, Villages
• Cadastre Reference
• Natural Regions
• User defined region polygon
ANNEXURES
• Spatial Framework grids
nrsa
249
06_Annexures_3.pmd 249 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

06_Annexures_3.pmd
Annexure - XB
nrsa
NSF PARAMETERS OF LCC PROJECTION SYSTEM FOR 1:50K & LARGER SCALE
STATE LATITUDE (IN LONGITUDE REF. LCC PARAMETERS (IN DECIMAL DEGREE) FALSE
250
DECIMAL (IN DECIMAL LONG (IN ORIGIN
DEGREE) DEGREE) DECIMAL IN METRES
DEGREE)
SP1 SP2 CEN. SCALE (Both X&Y)
PARALLEL FACTOR
Andhra Pradesh 12.5 20 76.75 85 80.875 13.75 18.75 16.25543298 0.99050399 1000000
Arunachal Pradesh 26.5 29.5 91.5 97.5 94.5 27 29 28.00157897 0.999799464 1000000
Assam 24 28 89.5 96 92.75 24.6666667 27.333333 26.00257703 0.999694921 1000000
Bihar 24 27.75 83.25 88.5 85.875 24.625 27.125 25.87725247 0.999728271 1000000
Delhi 28.25 29 76.5 77.5 77 28.375 28.875 28.62510126 0.999936773 1000000
Gujarat 20 24.75 68.25 74.5 71.375 20.7916667 23.958333 22.37807121 0.999601981 1000000
250
Haryana 27.5 31 74.25 77.75 76 28.0833333 30.416667 29.25226266 0.999734937 1000000
Himachal Pradesh 30.25 33.25 75.5 79.25 77.375 30.75 32.75 31.75183497 0.999766243 1000000
Jammu & Kashmir 32.25 37.25 72.5 80.5 76.5 33.0833333 36.416667 34.75570874 0.999461303 1000000
Jharkhand 22 25.25 83.25 88 85.625 22.5416667 24.708333 23.62652682 0.999798754 1000000
Madhya Pradesh 21 27 73.75 83 78.375 22 26 24.00529821 0.999368976 1000000
Maharashtra 15.5 22.25 72.5 81 76.75 16.625 21.125 18.88015774 0.999225467 1000000
Manipur 23.75 25.75 93 95 94 24.0833333 25.416667 24.75060911 0.99990381 1000000
Meghalaya 25 26.25 89.75 93 91.375 25.2083333 26.041667 25.62524747 0.999940111 1000000
4/1/2008, 4:28 PM
Nagaland 25 27.25 93.25 95.5 94.375 25.375 26.875 26.12581974 0.999878274 1000000
North East 21.75 29.5 89.5 97.5 93.5 23.0416667 28.208333 25.63452135 0.998955546 1000000
Orissa 17.75 22.75 81.25 87.5 84.375 18.5833333 21.916667 20.25305174 0.999567913 1000000
Punjab 29.5 32.5 73.75 77 75.375 30 32 31.00178226 0.999773823 1000000
Rajasthan 23 30.75 69.25 78.5 73.875 24.21916667 29.458333 26.88505546 0.998947797 1000000
Uttar Pradesh 23.75 30.5 77 84.75 80.875 24.875 29.375 27.13270823 0.999190172 1000000
Uttaranchal 28.5 31.5 77.5 81.25 79.375 29 31 30.0017132 0.999783182 1000000
06_Annexures_3.pmd
NSF PARAMETERS OF TM PROJECTION SYSTEM FOR 1:50K & LARGER SCALE
STATE LATITUDE (IN LONGITUDE (IN REF. REF. TM FALSE
251
DECIMAL DEGREE) DECIMAL DEGREE) LAT (IN LONG (IN ORIGIN IN
DECIMAL DECIMAL METRES
DEGREE) DEGREE)
Scale factor (Both X & Y)
ANDAMAN & NICOBAR 6.75 13.75 92.00 94.50 10.25 93.25 0.9999428 1000000
ISLAND
CHHATTISGARH 17.75 24.25 80 84.5 21 82.25 0.9998332 1000000
GOA 14.75 16 73.5 74.5 15.375 74 0.9999913 1000000
KARNATAKA 11.5 18.75 74 78.75 15.125 76.375 0.9998012 1000000
251
KERALA 8 13 74.5 77.5 10.5 76 0.9999177 1000000
LAKSHADWEEP 8.25 11.75 72.00 74.25 10 73.125 0.9999536 1000000

MIZORAM 21.75 24.5 92 93.5 23.125 92.75 0.9999821 1000000
SIKKIM 27 28.25 88 89 27.625 88.5 0.9999926 1000000

TAMIL NADU 8 13.75 76 80.75 10.875 78.375 0.9997942 1000000
4/1/2008, 4:28 PM
TRIPURA 22.75 24.75 91 92.5 23.75 91.75 0.9999822 1000000
WEST BENGAL 21.5 27.25 85.75 90 24.375 87.875 0.9998584 1000000
nrsa
ANNEXURES
nrsa
252
06_Annexures_3.pmd 252 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

REFERENCES
nrsa
253
06_Annexures_3.pmd 253 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

nrsa
254
06_Annexures_3.pmd 254 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

LITERATURE CONSULTED
1. Bhan, S.K. and Bedi, N. (1978). Satellite remote sensing survey of natural resources
of Andhra Pradesh. Project Report, NRSA, Hyderabad.
2. Bhan, S.K., Bhattacharya, A., Guha, P.K. and Ravindran, K.V. (1991). IRS-1A
applications in geology and mineral resources. Current Science, Vol. 61, Nos. 3 & 4,
pp 247-251.
3. Department of Space / ISRO (1988). Manual for Hydrogeomorphological mapping

for Drinking Water Mission.
4. Fairbridge, R.W. (1968). The Encyclopaedia of Geomorphology. Reinhold Book

Corporation, New York.
5. Fetter, C.W. (1990). Applied Hydrogeology. CBS Publishers, Delhi.
6. Gold, D.P. (1980). Remote sensing in geology – Chapter 14 (Edited by Barry et al.).
John Wiley & Sons, New York.
7. NRSA (1995). Integrated Mission for Sustainable Development – Technical

Guidelines. National Remote Sensing Agency, Dept. of Space, Hyderabad.
8. NRSA (1999). Methodology &Technical guidelines for preparation of ground water

prospects maps.
9. NRSA (2003). Methodology &Technical guidelines for preparation of ground water

prospects maps.
10. NRSA and RRSSC (1997). Manual of procedure for preparation of wastelands digital
data base using Remote Sensing & GIS techniques. NRSA and RRSSC, Dept. of
Space, Govt. of India.
11. Rao, D.P. et al. (1974). Integrated resources survey – a pilot project in parts of
Karimnagar district, A.P. Internal Report of Indian Photo interpretation Institute
(IPI), Dehra Dun.
12. Rao, D.P., Bhattacharya, A. and Reddy, P.R. (1996). Use of IRS-1C data for
geological and geomorphological studies. Current Science, Vol. 70, N0. 7,
pp 619-623.
13. Reddy, P.R., Kumar, K.V. and Seshadri, K. (1996). Use of IRS-1C data in ground
ANNEXURES
water studies. Current Science, Vol. 70, N0. 7, pp 600-605.
nrsa
255
06_Annexures_3.pmd 255 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

14. Reddy, P.R. (1999). Remote sensing in ground water studies. Remote Sensing for
Earth Resources – Chapter 12, Publication of Association of Exploration
Geophysicists, Hyderabad.
15. Reeves, R.G., Anson A. and Landen, D. (1975). Manual of Remote Sensing,
Vol.-II, American Society of Photogrammetry, Falls Church, Virginia, USA.
16. Sabins, F.F. (1997). Remote sensing principles and interpretation. W.H. Freeman &
Company, New York.
17. SAC (1997). National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS) – Node Design
and Standards. SAC Document No. SAC/RSA/NRIS-SIP/SD-01/97.
18. Thornbury, W.D. (1984). Principles of Geomorphology. Wiley Eastern Limited, New
Delhi.
19. Whitten, D.G.A. and Brooks, J.R.V. (1983). A Dictionary of Geology. Penguin Books Ltd.,
England.
nrsa
256
06_Annexures_3.pmd 256 4/1/2008, 4:28 PM

GWP Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GWP Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RGNDWM Project Manual

Ground Water Prospects Mapping

Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission Project

National Remote Sensing Agency

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 1 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

© National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA)

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 2 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

Document Control Sheet

Document Number NRSA/RS&GIS-AA/ERG/HGD/TECHMAN/JAN08

Title Manual on Ground water prospects mapping using

Type of Document Technical Document

Number of Pages 276

Author(s) Inter-Center Committee of Department of Space

Reviewed by Chairman, Inter-Center Committee of Department of Space

Approved by Deputy Director, RS&GIS-AA, NRSA

Abstract This manual is prepared for carrying out ground water

Controlled by A master copy with Deputy Director, RS&GIS-AA, NRSA

Distribution Project team members and Partner Institutions

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 3 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 4 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 5 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 6 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

In the process of technological advancement and the improvement of satellite sensors,

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 7 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

Apart from the above Prof. S.M. Ramaswamy, Bharathidasan University,

Special appreciation and thanks to Mr. G. Sreenivsa Reddy of Hydrogeology Division,

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 8 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

Project Background and Previous Work

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 9 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

Shri V. Tamilarasan, Scientist, SG, SAC, Ahmedabad – Chairman

Dr. S. K. Subramanian, Scientist, SG, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member

Dr. A. K. Joshi, Scientist, SF, RRSSC, Nagpur – Member

Shri S. K. Srivastav, Scientist, SF, IIRS, Dehradun – Member

Shri K. Seshadri, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member

Shri A. Arunachalam, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member

Shri G. Sreenivasa Reddy, Scientist, SE, NRSA, Hyderabad – Member

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 10 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

Phase-I & II Phase-III

Precision geocoded FCC’s Digital data with WGS 84 Datum

Interpretation of satellite data On-screen satellite data interpretation

Manual integration of thematic layers Integration of overlays in GIS

Digital database created after mapping Digital database created simultaneously

Ground water prospects information Ground water prospects information

No flexibility in legend creation User friendliness in legend creation

Schematic diagram showing the technical advancements

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 11 4/1/2008, 4:12 PM

1.1 Ground water scenario in the country 3

INPUT AND OUTPUT

2.1 Occurrence and movement of ground water-the concept 19

2.2.3 Delineation of hydrogeomorphic units 30

2.2.4 Assessment of recharge conditions 32

2.4 Sample ground water prospects maps for reference 51

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 13 4/2/2008, 10:33 AM

CHAPTER – 3: INPUT AND OUTPUT DATA

3.1 Input data 73

CHAPTER – 4: IMAGE INTERPRETATION

4.1 Image interpretation techniques 83

CHAPTER – 5: CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS

5.1 Classification systems 123

CHAPTER – 6: DATABASE STANDARDS

6.1 Database structure 139

01_Rajeevgandhi_prepages.pmd 14 4/2/2008, 10:33 AM

6.2.3 Structural layer-2 144